gujarat state electricity corporation ltd. office/kutch lignite power... · of 190 m high rcc...

Phone: 91-2839-262452 / 264423. Fax: 91-2839-262431 / 264434.

Email: [email protected]. Website: www.gsecl.in

CIN: U40100GJ1993SGC019988

GUJA RA T STA TE ELECTRI CI TY CORP ORA TI ON LI M I TED

KACHCHH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION

PANANDHRO, PO: S.K. VARMANAGAR, TALUKA LAKHPAT, KACHCHH, GUJARAT (INDIA)PANANDHRO, PO: S.K. VARMANAGAR, TALUKA LAKHPAT, KACHCHH, GUJARAT (INDIA)PANANDHRO, PO: S.K. VARMANAGAR, TALUKA LAKHPAT, KACHCHH, GUJARAT (INDIA)PANANDHRO, PO: S.K. VARMANAGAR, TALUKA LAKHPAT, KACHCHH, GUJARAT (INDIA)

GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LTD.

KUTCH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION, SKVNAGAR, TAL.: LAKHPAT, KUTCH-

370601

E-TENDER FOR THE WORK OF

Design, Engineering and Turnkey Execution for Construction of 190 M High RCC

Chimney, Flue Duct and related work to suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS, Panandhro,

Gujarat


KUTCH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION, SKVNAGAR, TAL.: LAKHPAT, KUTCH-370601 Design, Engineering and Turnkey Execution for Construction of 190 M High RCC Chimney, Flue Duct and

related work to suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS, Panandhro, Gujarat

Table of Contents of 169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TENDER NOTICE ........................................................................................................................................... 3

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ......................................................................................................................... 6

QUALIFICATION CRITERIA .......................................................................................................................... 12

FORMS AND AGREEMENT .......................................................................................................................... 13

SCOPE OF WORK ...................................................................................................................................... 342

GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE GUIDENCE OF CONTRACTOR ............................................... 48

TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS ....................................................................................................... 50

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ....................................................................................................................... 53

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ......................................................................................................... 66

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT....................................................................................................... 67

TECHINICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................... 786

TABLE OF CONTENTS (EXECUTION AND QUALITY CONTROL).................................................................. 101


KUTCH LIGNITE THEMAL POWER STATION, SKVNAGAR, TAL.: LAKHPAT, KUTCH-370601 Web site: www.gseb.com E-mail: [email protected]

Phone no:

02839–262452

Fax No:

02839–262431

169169169Signature of

Contractor

Tender Notice of 169

TENDER NOTICE

TENDER NOTICE NO: KLTPS/-78 / CEG / 2014-15 / WE-536(RFQ-29147)

Chief Engineer (G) KLTPS invites “On-line Tenders” (e-tendering) for the work of “Design, Engineering

and Turnkey Execution for Construction of 190 M High RCC Chimney, Flue Duct and related work to

suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS, Panandhro, Gujarat” from experienced Contractors/Engineering firms

who have executed works of similar nature and magnitude successfully. The tender details are listed

below:

Tender Papers & Specifications may be downloaded from Web site http://gsecl.nprocure.com (For view,

down load and on line submission) and GUVNL/GSECL web sites www.gseb.com & www.gsecl.in(For

view & down load only).Tender fee may be paid along with submission of tender in EMD cover, for

respective tender. All the relevant document of tenders to be submitted physically will be received only

by Registered Post A.D. or Speed Post addressed to “CHIEF ENGINEER (G), GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY

CORPORATION LTD, Kutch Lignite Thermal Power Station, SKVnagar, Ta. Lakhpat, Dist. Kutch.”

All the bidders should have valid e-tender vender registration. Further bidder should be registered in

class “AA” or above with Government/ semi-government as per tender conditions. Otherwise their bids

will not be considered eligible for technical scrutiny and as such, their technical bids will not be

opened& price bid will not be considered.

1.0 Pre-bid meeting at Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited, C.O.

Office, Vadodara.

27/06/2014

2.0 Last date of submission of tender on-line (e-tendering) Technical as

well as Price bid along with soft copy of all other documents as stated

hereunder, up to 16.30 hrs.(This is mandatory)

09/07/2014

3.0 Last date of physical submission of all relevant documents as stated

hereunder along with DD of EMD and Tender Fee by RPAD/ Speed

Post up to 16.30 hrs.

11/07/2014

Name of Work : Design, Engineering and Turnkey Execution for Construction of 190 M High

RCC Chimney, Flue duct and related work to suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS,

Panandhro, Gujarat.

Estimated Cost : Rs. 10,30,00,000 (Rs. Ten Crores and Thirty Lakhs only)

Date of Pre-bid

discussions

: 27.06.2014

Time Limit : 24 (Twenty Four) Calendar Months from date of placement of order.

Tender Fee : Rs. 15,000.00 (Rs. Fifteen Thousand Only) (Non-Refundable)

E.M.D. : Rs. 10,30,000.00 (Rs. Ten Lakhs and Thirty Thousand Only)

Security Deposit : 5 % of Contract Value



Phone no:

02839–262452

Fax No:

02839–262431


Contractor


4.0 Date of opening of Technical bid at 16.30 hrs. 11/07/2014

5.0 Tentative date of on line opening of price bid at 16.30 hrs. (if

possible)

14/07/2014

6.0 Validity of Tender 180 Days from opening of

technical bid

IMPORTANT:

A. Only following listed documents must be submitted on line as well as physically (Excluding price bid)

along with the D.D. of Tender Fee, EMD in sealed cover on OR before due date and time.

1) Demand Draft for EMD

2) Demand Draft for Tender fee

3) Attested copy of Registration Certificates under appropriate class as stated in tender notice

4) Attested copy of document showing “Provident Fund” Number in Company’s name obtained by the

bidder

5) Attested copy of Proprietorship or Partnership Deed

6) Attested copy of Power of Attorney, if any for signing the bid documents

7) Attested copy of Balance Sheet with Profit & Loss account of last 3 financial years duly audited by

Chartered Accountant.

8) Attested copy of latest Solvency Certificate.

9) Attested copy of work experience certificate for the similar nature & magnitude of works executed

as per qualification criteria.

10) List of works in progress

11) Details of equipment, tools & plants immediately available with the bidder for use of this work

12) Details of technical personnel

13) PAN Number and copy of PAN for TDS

14) Undertaking duly Notarized as per attached Declaration Form

15) Any other documents required to verify technical, financial capability of the bidders & other

credentials

16) All such documents should be strictly submitted by RPAD / speed post only. Otherwise the offer will

not be considered and no any further communication in the matter will be entertained.

B. Bidder has to submit their queries / clarifications to be discussed during pre-bid meeting 10 days

before the Pre-bid meeting to C.E[G] KLTPS and ACE[CIVIL] by Email. [ [email protected] ;

[email protected]].

C. After Pre-Bid meeting all the bidders will be put at par. No technical / commercial deviation will

be allowed thereafter.

D. Any deviation found in Data/Details/Documents between on line offer (e-tendering) and physically

submitted documents (Tender document fee, bidder) offer of the same bidder will not be

considered and no any further communication in the matter will be entertained.

E. Further bidders are requested to submit price – bid i.e. Schedule-B on line only and not to submit

the price bid in physical form. This is mandatory. If price bid is submitted in physical form, same will



Phone no:

02839–262452

Fax No:

02839–262431


Contractor


not be opened and only on-line submitted price will be considered for evaluation. The bidder is

requested not to submit the hard copy of downloaded tender document, condition of the contract,

specification & other relevant documents, except documents as stated here above. Instead of the

same, the bidder shall submit the duly Notarized Undertaking as stated below declaration form on

the stamp paper of Rs.100/-.

F. It is mandatory for all the bidders to submit their tender documents by online (e-tendering ) within

the scheduled time. Tender documents submitted in only physical form will not be accepted and

considered. Also, all bidders shall submit required Physical documents as stated in Tender notice.

G. GSECL reserves right to reject any OR all tenders without assigning any reasons thereof.

Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS

DECLARATION FORM (To be submitted duly notarized on Rs 100/- Stamp paper) (1) I/We hereby declare that I/We have carefully studied the entire tender placed on the WEB site and condition of the contract, specification & other relevant documents of this work mentioned in the tender and abide by the same. Also I/We hereby and agree to execute the same accordingly. (2) I/We hereby abide to execute the contract agreement by downloading the copies of the condition of the contract, specification & other relevant documents of this work or otherwise I/We will get copy of the same form the office of the tender inviting authority and the same will be acceptable to me /us. I/We hereby accept and confirm that any dispute on this regards shall not be entertained by the tender inviting authority. (3) I/We hereby declare that I/we have visited the work site and fully acquainted myself/ourselves with the local situation regarding materials, labor and other factors pertaining to the work before submitting this tender. (4) I/We hereby confirm that our offer is Un-conditional and without any technical & commercial deviations. Signature of Contractor, Names, Seal, detail address With Phone/Fax. & company’s round seal

GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY

CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor Instructions to Bidders of 169

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

E-tenders are hereby invited for work of “Design, Engineering and Turnkey Execution for Construction

of 190 M High RCC Chimney, Flue Duct and related work to suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS, Panandhro,

Gujarat” for Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd. (herein after referred to as GSECL). The project is

located in Kutch District in the state of Gujarat.

1.0 The work shall be carried out according to the enclosed General Conditions, other conditions,

Technical Specifications etc. & such of the working drawings approved by the GSECL.

2.0 Tenders must be submitted in the enclosed schedule of work & quantities. Those received in any

other form will not be accepted. They should be accompanied by a covering letter in which the

bidder should give all information as called for in the specifications & any other point which he

would like to be considered along with the tender.

3.0 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

3.1 Bidders are requested to pay an earnest money deposit by demand draft or by Bank

Guarantee.

Guarantees issued by following banks will be accepted as SD/EMD on permanent basis.

1. All Nationalized Banks including the Public Sector Bank IDBI Ltd.

2. Private Sector Banks authorized by RBI to undertake State Government Business

(at present - Axis bank, ICICI bank and HDFC bank)

Guarantees issued by following banks will be accepted as SD/EMD for period up to March 31, 2015.The

validity cut-off date in GR is with respect to date of issue of Bank Guarantee irrespective of date of

termination of Bank Guarantee.

1. Commercial Banks

1. Kotak Mahindra Bank

2. Yes Bank

3. IndusInd Bank

4. Ratnakar Bank.

5. Karur Vyasa Bank

6. DCB Bank

7. ING Vyasa Bank

2. Co-operative Banks of Gujarat

1. The Kalupur Commercial Co-operative Bank Ltd.

2. Rajkot Nagarik Sahakari Bank Ltd.

3. The Ahmedabad Mercantile Co-operative Bank Ltd.

4. The Mehsana Urban Co-Operative Bank Ltd.

5. Nutan Nagrik Sahakari Bank Ltd.

Payment of EMD in form of Cheque shall not be accepted.

3.2 The EMD shall be submitted along with submission of Technical bid only . Tenders not

accompanied by EMD shall be rejected as non-responsive.

3.3 If during the tender validity period, i.e. 180 days, the bidder withdraws his tender, the

EMD shall be forfeited and the bidder may be disqualified from tendering for further

works.

3.4 The EMD will be returned promptly to the unsuccessful bidder. The EMD will be returned

to the successful bidder after he furnishes the Security Deposit for performance and duly

enters in to the contract. If he fails to furnish the SD or to execute the contract for the


CORPORATION LTD.


work offered to him, his EMD shall be forfeited and the bidder may be disqualified from

tendering for further work.

4.0 Bids are invited under a Single Stage – Two bid procedure. This will also include the process of

qualification of the bidders. Bidders are to submit simultaneously, technical bid both online &

physical as per the given schedule. However, price bid will be submitted only by online & if price

bid will be submitted physically the same will not be opened & will not be considered. Proposal

including bidder’s data on his technical and financial strengths along with experience profile to

meet with post qualification criteria and Bidder’s Technical proposals containing work methods,

approach, construction programme etc. will be submitted by the bidder both online & physical.

The Technical Proposal along with the data and information for qualification will be opened first.

The technical proposal along with qualification information will be subjected to an evaluation

process contained as a part of the tender document and bidders those who found fit to qualify

will be invited for opening of the price bid. GSECL as an employer reserves its absolute and

unchallengeable right to qualify or disqualify one or all bidders by following an objective and

transparent system. The envelope containing the post qualification data and the technical bid will

be opened first for post qualification of the bidders and evaluation of their technical proposals

and to determine the responsiveness of the bids. Price bids of only those contractors who are

declared as substantial responsive to the requirements of the bid documents will be opened only

online for further evaluation.

Qualification requirement specifying financial capacity, technical, minimum acceptable levels with

regards to bidders experience in relevant projects and other relevant factors, such as work in

hand, future commitments and litigation history etc. will be evaluated first, and those qualifying

the criteria will be considered for further price evaluation. Technical proposal, which are not

substantially responsive will be rejected.

5.0 The price proposals will be opened online only as per the schedule, after conclusion of the

Technical Evaluation and Post Qualification process.

6.0 Schedules for tools & tackles, equipment, personnel details etc., and all other necessary details

shall also be submitted, in Envelope – I, i.e. Technical Bid. Tenders will be opened on the day &

time indicated in the tender notice in the presence of such bidders who wish to remain present.

7.0 The bidders shall note that no deviations from the technical specifications or commercial

conditions with this bid are acceptable & it will be presumed that the bidder agrees entirely with

the specifications & General terms & conditions of the contract.

8.0 The tenders received after time and date specified in the tender notice, will not be accepted.

Once the offer submitted by the contractor before due date of submission, the contractor will not

be allowed to submit revised / additional / modified / other offer even before due date. However,

if the issue and receipt of tender is extended by the GSECL due to any reason, the contractor may

submit the revised offer before due date of submission, if he wish to submit.

9.0 The work shall be completed within the period stipulated in the contract. However it may be

noted that drawings shall be released progressively & site clearance arranged accordingly to the

progress of work at site. Therefore the contractor has to organize & coordinate the works to suit

these. In the event of any delay due to the above or due to any other reason not attributable to

the contractor, reasonable extension in the completing the work may be given at the discretion &

as decided by the GSECL but no compensation or idle charges will be paid to the contractor under

any circumstances.

10.0 The GSECL reserves the right to accept any tender irrespective of whether it is lowest or not or to

reject all the tenders without assigning any reasons thereof. Tenders departing from the technical

Specification or the method of bidding in a radical manner may also be rejected.

11.0 The bidders shall be presumed to have carefully examined the drawings, conditions &

specifications of the work & to have acquainted themselves with all the details of the existing site


CORPORATION LTD.


conditions, locations, materials, geological & weather conditions/characteristics, labour

conditions & in general necessary information & data etc. pertaining to & need of the work.

12.0 On acceptance of the tender the name(s) of the accredited representative(s) of the bidder who

would be responsible for taking instructions from the Engineers of the GSECL shall be

communicated to the Chief Engineer (Gen), Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd, KLTPS,

Panandhro.

13.0 All royalties, sales tax, toll tax, local tax, development charges, VAT tax, & any other taxes

including Works Contract taxes etc. in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor

& Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd will not entertain any claims whatsoever in this aspect.

Any statutory variation in future towards the above mentioned taxes that shall also be payable by

the contractor & Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd shall not entertain any claim of

whatsoever nature, during or after the completion of this tendered work. Proof of such payments

made by the Contractor to the appropriate departments shall be produced to Gujarat State

Electricity Corporation Ltd failing which appropriate amount shall be withheld on getting

information / instruction from the concerned departments.

The rates are “Excluding the service tax”. Service tax will be paid separately to the contractor as

per prevailing rules from time to time.

14.0 This specification is intended as a general description of quality envisaged for materials &

workmanship & of the finished work. It is not intended to cover minute details. The work shall be

executed in accordance with the best modern practice & to the complete satisfaction of the

GSECL. Special techniques approved by the GSECL shall be used if & where found necessary

without any extra claim. This specification shall have precedence if anything contrary to this is

stated elsewhere in the contract documents, the GSECL’s decision shall be final & binding to the

contractor on any issue arising out of such discrepancies.

15.0 The price bid submitted online by bidders should be without any deviation in commercial as well

as in the technical specification of the work.

16.0 The successful contractor will have to sign an agreement as per the GSECL’s rules on stamped

paper & the necessary stamp duty charges shall be borne by the contractor.

17.0 The bidder shall carefully study the work to be carried at different elevations & shall take into

account & consider all factors, method of demolition as well as construction, sequence of all

activities, site situation location all conditions etc. & shall consider for all such

information/data/Conditions in the rates quoted. The GSECL will not pay any extra rate for any

reason in case the contractor claims, after acceptance of contract, to have misjudged the site

condition.

18.0 The price quoted shall include cost towards all materials, & machinery including equipment,

fixtures, labour, constructional equipment, scaffolding, staging, ramps, walkways, approach and

haul road, temporary works, etc. bearing permanent or temporary nature necessary for the

completion of the work in all respects, except for those items specifically mentioned to be issued

by the GSECL. The contractor must also arrange for the transport of materials & include all such

costs in the rates quoted by him for finished work.

19.0 The Quoted % above or below shall be written both in words, & figures & the units in words. If

any discrepancy occurs between words & figures, then words shall prevail. The tender documents

shall be written legibly & free from erasure, overwriting or conversions of figures, crossing out,

initializing, dating & rewriting.

20.0 During the execution of the work if it is found that the work is not progressing as per the

Scheduled Progress Programmed, approved by the GSECL & planned by the Contractor, due to

the reasons attributable to the Contractor suitable action shall be taken as per ClauseNo.3, 4 and

other relevant clauses appearing in the section of ``Tender & Contract for Works’’ of tender

document. And GSECL may also take such action as it may deem fit to ensure that the work is

completed in time at risk and cost of the contractor.


CORPORATION LTD.


21.0 The contract or any part thereof shall not be subject to change without the written permission of

the Chief Engineer (G), Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd, Kachchh Lignite Thermal Power

Station, Panandhro, Kutch or his authorized representatives.

22.0 The bidders should note that the completion of above mentioned works in all respect in

accordance with the time limit given is very important and should be strictly adhered to. The

work is to be completed in time limit from the date of issue of written order to commence the

work by the Chief Engineer (G) , KLTPS

a. The bids should be valid for a minimum period of 180 days from the date of opening of technical

bid. During this period tenderer shall not be allowed to withdraw their tender and if withdrawn,

the Earnest Money Deposit submitted with the tender will be forfeited.

b. L1 bidder has to pay Security deposit within 10 days from the date of issue of L.O.I.

c. After lapse of 10 days, if successful bidder not paying SD then, RPAD notice will be issued to the

successful bidder mentioning that on failing to pay security deposit within next 07 days from the

date of issue of RPAD Notice the EMD will be forfeited.

However, Tender inviting authority at his discretion may decide and prolong the time period for

paying of the Security Deposit as per the urgency of the work.

d. in case when successful bidder not at all responding within notice period or withdraws his offer

then his EMD shall be forfeited and he will not be allowed to participate in the tenders invited

from this office for the period of One year.

23.0 Further information required, if any, can be had from the office of the Chief Engineer (G), Gujarat

State Electricity Corporation Ltd, KLTPS, during working hours. But it must be clearly understood

that the tenders must be received complete in every respects by the due date & time.

24.0 GSECL cannot provide quarter facility for residence to contractor. If however there are any

surplus quarters available after meeting the requirements of GSECL’s staff, then GSECL will

consider allotting of quarters on rent as per the GSECL’s rules.

25.0 The contractor will have to make their own arrangement of water for construction work as well as

for their labourers at his own cost.

26.0 Work carried under this contract shall be completed in all respects within 24 (Twenty Four)

calendar months from the date of issue of letter of order to commence the work. However,

interim mile stones of the work will have to be completed as per the priority, sequence, schedule

given by GSECL time to time.

27.0 Bidders must quote firm price only, till completion of work under contract, & this is to be

confirmed by bidder while submitting his offer.

28.0 No escalation towards labour and material / fuel shall be paid in this execution of contract. Price

quoted shall be firm. Contractor shall pay minimum wages to his labourers as per the Minimum

Wages Act, 448 & rules there under as applicable from time to time in pursuant to the State

Government notification. The concerned contractor shall submit the details of the payment with

due certificate of LWO/IRO of the GSECL.

29.0 Each bidder shall also submit a Declaration to the effect that bidder is an engineering

construction firm or an association of firm which has successfully carried out large works of this

nature & has adequate organization & experienced personnel to handle this type &magnitude of

work. Information should be also given regarding the constitution of the firm; it’s authorized,

subscribed & paid up capital, the date & place of registration, the place of business, the names of

the directors & other relevant information.

30.0 In the case of non-Indian firms the declaration should also include an undertaking to the firm

registered, within three months of the date of notice of the acceptance of the tender.

31.0 Failure to so, as required in above clauses, in registering the firm after due notice, the tender

acceptance is liable to result in the annulment of the tender with forfeiture of the earnest money


CORPORATION LTD.


deposit & other penalties that may be applicable under the conditions specified intender &

contract documents.

32.0 Each tender shall contain the name, residence & place of business of person or persons making

the tender & shall be signed by the bidder with his usual signature with seal of the company.

33.0 An attested copy of the constitution of the firm with the name of partners shall be furnished.

Whenever, whether in submission of the tender or later in other matters, the signatures are

made by one person on behalf of Directors or a firm or a corporation, an attested copy of the

resolution of the partners or of law shall be supplied by the bidder authorizing Witnesses &

sureties shall be persons of status & probity, &their names, occupation & address shall be stated

below their signatures. All signatures shall be dated.

34.0 Tenders by corporation shall be signed with the legal name of the corporation followed by the

name of the state of incorporation & by the signature & designation of the president, secretary or

other person authorized to bind it in the matter with rubber seal of the company.

35.0 GSECL reserves the right to delete any item of Schedule-B for which contractor shall not have any

right to claim on this account.

36.0 The contractor shall carry out whole work without affecting the plant activities and power

generation. The contractor shall carry out the whole work in such a way that plant operation,

maintenance, vehicular movements and other construction activities/ works are affected.

37.0 The Contractor shall prepare all required roads, including haul roads ramps, turning points

diversion of drains, trenches, nallas, conduits, pipes, cables etc. to execute various items of this

Contract & arrange all transport of materials & all such costs shall be taken care of while quoting

the rates. No extra payments shall be admissible towards such costs. On completion, this shall be

cleared if asked by GSECL at no extra cost.

38.0 No idle charges shall be entertained by Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd for any site

conditions or any circumstances.

39.0 The Contractor shall take all requisite & necessary care to observe that no damage is caused to

the Existing structures, assets etc. For any damage to the Existing Structures, assets of Gujarat

State Electricity Corporation Ltd, the Contractor shall be held responsible, and he will have to

rectify/restore/replace the damage immediately up to the satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge, at

his own cost.

40.0 The Bidders shall note:

40.1 Lump sum price quoted shall cater for the cost of all materials & labour including all leads

& lifts, tools, plants, consumables such as but not limited to fuels, lubricants, etc. cost due

to mobilizing /demobilizing, temporary / permanent constructions.

40.2 Lump sum price quoted shall include for the details of constructions, which are obviously

& fairly intended & which may not have been specifically referred to in these documents

but are essential for the satisfactory completion of the work.

40.3 No price escalation on any account, will be payable.

40.4 GSECL will not pay any type of Advanced including Mobilisation Advance

41.0 Tenders who do not fulfil all the above conditions & those specified in the documents attached

with this contract document or incomplete in any respect are liable to rejection.

42.0 The contractor shall have a separate Provident Fund Code of RPFC in the name of company. The

contractor who does not possess such separate P.F. code shall not be considered for acceptance

of tender. The contractor has to submit such certificate showing P.F. code along with tender.

43.0 Effect and validity of Bid: The submission of any bid connected with these documents and

specification shall constitute an agreement that bidder shall have no cause of action or claim

against the owner for rejection of his bid. The GSECL shall always be at liberty to reject or accept,

split any bid or bids at his sole discretion and any action will not be called into question and the

bidder shall have no claim in that regards against the owner.

44.0 SITE VISIT:


CORPORATION LTD.


The bidder is advised to visit the site and examine the site conditions and the areas where-in the

work is proposed to be carried out and to get his acquainted himself on his own responsibility for

all information that may be necessary for quoting the tender bid and entering in to contract. All

cash and liabilities arising out of the site visit shall be at bidder account.

45.0 RECOVERIES

45.1 In case of any damage to equipment/machinery or structure/building of GSECL or any public

property due to negligence’s of contractor or any other reasons attributed to contractor the

decision of Engineer-In-Charge regarding the amount of recovery shall be final.

45.2 If the contractor fails to execute the work as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge within the time

frame given by GSECL, the Engineer-In-Charge shall get the work done through any other

contractor at the risk and cost of the contractor and the cost of execution of such work along

with 15 % overhead charges shall be deducted from contractor monthly bill over and above

recovery as per rules.

46.0 The notice inviting tender, general instruction to bidders and all other documents of this tender

shall form part of the contract.

47.0 ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF BID

47.1 The GSECL reserves the right to accept any tender irrespective of whether it is lowest or

not or to reject all the tenders without assigning any reasons thereof. Tenders departing

from the stipulated technical specifications, commercial conditions or the method of

bidding in a radical manner are liable to be rejected.

47.2 The bid is liable for rejection prima facie, if it is:

1) Without payment of EMD and/or Tender Fee.

2) Not in prescribed form.

3) Not bearing signature of the bidder & seal of the company on all the documents

accompanying the tender as mentioned in tender notice.

4) Not confirming to specifications or conditional tender.

5) Received after expiry of the due date & time.

6) Received by telex or telegram or fax.

7) Submitted by bidders who are listed under declaration of ineligibility for corrupt or

fraudulent practices issued by GSECL, Government of Gujarat or its Public Sector under

taking.

Tenders not fulfilling all the above conditions and those specified in the documents

attached or incomplete in any respect are liable to rejection.

48.0 R. A. BILL: One measured R.A. Bill shall be made every month on submission of bill by the

contractor in GSECL's prescribed format. No Ad-hoc payment will be made.

Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS

I/We accept the above conditions…

Contractor’s Representative legible

signature:_______________________________________________________

Name of the

person:______________________________________________________________________________

______

Seal of the Company________________________________ Date & place:

____________________________________


CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor Forms And Agreement of 169

QUALIFICATION CRITERIA

The tender documents are of two separate bids i.e. technical and price bids. Bidders are requested to

submit the technical bid with the following credentials for post-qualification, both online as well as

physical as per schedule.

1) Experience Certificate:

Contractor should produce evidence of having experience on his own firm of successfully similar

completed works (A) One similar completed work costing not less than the amount equal to 80 % of

the estimated cost or (B) Two similar completed works each costing not less than the amount equal

to 50 % of the estimated cost or (C) Three similar completed works each costing not less than the

amount equal to 40 % of the estimated cost, during the last seven years in Govt. /Semi Govt./ GSECL

/GETCO / DISCOMS / GEB/Large Corporate Companies (like TATA/ADANI/RELIANCE) along with

certified copies of documentary evidence, preferably photo copy of orders secured from GSECL

/GETCO / DISCOMS / GEB / Government/Semi- Government, Large Corporate Companies (like

TATA/ADANI/RELIANCE) and satisfactory completion certificate from respective department

thereof. The GSECL may verify the above certificates / documents from respective department, if

necessary. Joint Ventures will not be allowed.

Similar works means Design and Construction of RCC Brick lined Chimney and associated

structures, foundations, etc. having height not less than 110.0 Meter above Ground Level.

The experience certificate from Private Individuals for whom the work is executed/ being executed

shall not be acceptable.

Without the experience certificate of sufficient magnitude and of similar in nature the offer is liable

to be rejected.

In absence of the work completion certificates from the Concerned Authority, the details of

experience submitted shall not be considered.

2 ) Latest bank solvency certificate of from any Nationalized Bank, Public Sector Banks, or IDBI

Bank / AXIS Bank / HDFC Bank / ICICI Bank / The Kalupur Commercial Co-operative Bank Ltd.

for a sum of Minimum 20 % of estimated cost, of this wok, not more than 12 months old.

3) Separate provident fund code number towards registration of your firm with Regional P.F.

Commissioner.

4) Contractor should submit evidence as a register contractor in appropriate class with Government/

Semi. Government i.e. Class “AA” and above or any such registration allowed to work for amount more

than Rs. 7.00 Crores working with, erstwhile GEB / GSECL/GETCO / DISCOM / Central / State

Government / Semi Government. Further bidder should also have valid E-tender Registration.

1) EMD & Tender fee as described in the tender document.

2) The price bid of only qualified bidders will be opened on line only. GSECL may verify the documents,

experience certificates from authority who have issued such certificates / details.

Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS


CORPORATION LTD.


FORMS AND AGREEMENT

FORM-A: DETAILS OF STRUCTURE & ORGANIZATION. .......................................................................... 14

FORM-B: DETAILS OF PERSONNEL. ........................................................................................................ 15

FORM-C: DETAILS OF MACHINERIES & EQUIPMENT ............................................................................. 16

FORM - D1: DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE OF COMPLETED WORKS ............................................................. 17

FORM-D2: DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE OF ONGOING SIMILAR WORK. ..................................................... 18

FORM - E: DETAILS OF FINANCIAL CAPABILITY ...................................................................................... 19

FORM - F: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................. 21

STATEMENT-S2: STATEMENT SHOWING THE DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE IN EXECUTION OF PWD OR

LARGE CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS (LAKHS RS.) ................................................................................... 22

FORM-H: DETAILS PERTAINING TO THE GSECL WORKS FOR WHICH BIDDER HAS BEEN QUALIFIED

DURING LAST TWO YEARS (I.E. DURING PERIOD 01.04.2011 TO 31.03.2013) ...................................... 23

FORM-I: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION & LITIGATION HISTORY .............................................................. 24

SCHEDULE I: BIDDER’S EXPERIENCE LIST................................................................................................ 25

SCHEDULE II: BIDDER’S DETAILS OF PERSONNEL ................................................................................... 96

SCHEDULE B ........................................................................................................................................... 97


CORPORATION LTD.


FORM-A: DETAILS OF STRUCTURE & ORGANIZATION.

1) Name of Bidder

2) Nationality of Bidder

3) Office address (with

Telephone Number

Telex / Fax Number

4) Year of Establishment

5) Location of Establishment

6) Application is submitted as

A. an individual

B. a proprietary firm

C. a firm in partnership

D. a limited company or corporation

E. a group of companies

7) Attach the Organization chart showing the structures of

the Organization including the names of the Directors &

position of Officers

8) Number of years of Experience as a prime contractor

(shouldering major responsibility)

i) in own country

ii) other countries (specify country)

9) For how many years has your organization been in

business of similar work under it’s present Name?

What were your fields when your organization was

established?

Whether any new fields were added in your organization?

And if so, when?

10) Whether you were required to suspend construction for

period more than six months continuously after the work

is started? if so, give the name of project and reasons

therefore.

11) Have you ever left the work awarded to you incomplete?

If so, give name of projects and reasons for not

completing work.

12) In how many your projects were penalties imposed for

delay? (Please give details)

13) In which fields of civil engineering construction do you

claim specialization and interest?

14) Give details of experience in Dismantling & construction

works with modern Technology & quality control.

15) Give details of experience for various related works of

similar magnitude

16) Give details of experience in using latest demolishing &

construction equipment and related to quality control.

17) Give details of soil and material testing laboratory, if

any?

18) In how many of your works cases Litigation has arisen.

Signature of Contractor


CORPORATION LTD.


FORM-B: DETAILS OF PERSONNEL.

Give details of key Technical & Administrative Personnel who could be assigned the work.

(A) Details of the Directors:

1) Name of Director:

2) Address:

3) Organization:

(B) Key Technical & Administrative Personnel & Consultants

1) Name

2) Professional Qualification

3) Present position in the firm

4) Professional experience and details of work carried out.

5) No. of years worked with the Applicant.

6) Languages known

(C) Additional information

Skilled and other labour (indicate number category wise)

1) Skilled labour

2) Other labour

Signature of Contractor


CORPORATION LTD.


FORM-C: DETAILS OF MACHINERIES & EQUIPMENT

Give details of Machinery & Equipment owned and proposed to be used for the work

1) Name of Equipment

i) Excavation Equipment

a) Excavators

b) Tippers

c) Dozers/Tractors with blade

d) Compressors and Breakers equipment for rock excavation

e) Equipment required for drilling & blasting.

ii) Concreting Equipment

a) Batching Plant

b) Mobile/Transit concrete mixers

c) Concrete Pumps

d) Vibrators[ needle, shutter, high frequency type]

e) Concrete placer boom

f) Bar cutting and Bending machines

g) Grout pumps

h) Water tankers

i) Weigh batcher

j) Cube Test machine

k) Lift

iii) Dismantling /Rock cutting & Other machineries

a) Pump sets for dewatering

b) Generators

c) Cranes

d) Concrete Breakers with compressor machine

e) JCB/ Hitachi with Hydraulic Hard rock Breakers

f) If any other latest machineries

iv) Slip-form shuttering

v) Any other machinery or equipment required for completion of project.

vi) Tower crane, Crawler crane, Derrick cranes, mobile cranes

vii) Winches, hoist

viii) Cable way with head mast, winch track rope etc.

ix) Trucks/dumpers

x) Surveying Instruments, lessor plumb testing equipment

xi) Piling equipment

2) No. of units of each category

(Give details whether new and/or old owned and / or leased)

3) Year & make of equipment for each category & date of purchase/lease (with period of lease &

date of completion of the lease)

4) Capacity of each category of equipment

5) Normal life specified by the Manufacturer for each equipment in working hours (age &

condition of the equipment)

6) No. of actual working hours put in by the machine/equipment.

7) Present location of each equipment.

8) Present condition of each equipment.

9) Depreciated cost of each equipment

10) Remarks.


CORPORATION LTD.


FORM - D1: DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE OF COMPLETED WORKS

Give details of the similar type of work completed during last 7 years in the following Proforma

(separately for each work)

1) Name of work.

2) Agreement No. & Date

3) Country and location

4) Client’s name and address

5) Total tendered cost of work

6) Brief description of work Including principal features and quantities of main items of the work such

as earth work, Concrete, Masonry, brick lining work.

7) Annual achievement (duly supported by certificate from Engineer-In-Charge)

a) Of key quantities, total Physical output of last seven Years(Separately for each item) (For

excavation, embankment, Brick lining and structures)

b) Financial output in Rs. (Including cost of materials supplied by department)

8) Period of completion

a) Originally stipulated time limit Date of start.

b) Extended time limit if any

c) Actual time taken to complete the work.

d) Reasons for non-completion of work in stipulated time limit/ extended time limit if so.

9) Name of bidder’s Engineer-In-Charge of the work and his educational Qualification.

10) Where there any penalties/fines/ stop notice/compensation / liquidated Damage imposed?(Yes or

NO) (If yes, give amount and explanation)

11) Give details of annual production Record, in respect of earth work in excavation and banking from

Borrow area and concrete work. In statement No.S1 (a) and Statement No. S1(b) and Financial

performance in Form G respectively attached.

12) Details of litigation/arbitration Cases, if any pertaining to works completed.

NOTE: Attached clients’ certificate for the details furnished in this Form. (Not below rank of Executive

Engineer or equivalent).


CORPORATION LTD.


FORM-D2: DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE OF ONGOING SIMILAR WORK.

Give details of on-going work and performance during last 7 years in the following Performa (separately

in form for each work)

1) Name of work:

2) Agreement No. & Date:

3) Location:

4) Client’s name and Address:

5) Tendered cost of work:

6) Name of bidder’s Engineer-In-Charge with his educational qualification:

7) Brief description of work including principal features and quantities of main items of the work such

as earth work, excavation in soil, concrete, (masonry in hydraulic structure, lining):

8) Details of works on hand

i) Percentage of Physical completion

ii) Amount billed for the work completed

iii) Date of start

iv) Cost of work remaining to be executed

v) Stipulated date of completion:

vi) Anticipated date of completion

9) Explain for non-completion of work within stipulated time limit, if so.:

10) Where there any penalties/fine/Claims/stop notice/compensation liquidated damages imposed?

(Yes/No) (If yes, give amount and explanation):

11) Details of litigation/arbitration Cases, if any.:

12) Attach client’s certificate for the Details furnished in this form (Not Below the rank of Exe. Engineer

or Equivalent):

Signature of the Contractor


CORPORATION LTD.


FORM - E: DETAILS OF FINANCIAL CAPABILITY

1) Name of firm

2) Name of Partner/Director

3) Capital

a) Authorized

b) Issued and paid-up

4) Furnish Balance sheet and profit and loss statement with Auditor’s report and Income Tax

assessment orders for last seven years. It should interalia include the following information.

i) Working capital

ii) Foreign Investment

iii) Turnover for the last seven years(Furnish reference page number to balance sheet attached)

Sr.

No.

Year Turnover Rs. in Lac

Reference pg. No. of balance sheet

1 2006-2007

2 2007-2008

3 2008-2009

4 2009-2010

5 2010-2011

6 2011-2012

7 2012-2013

iv) Gross income during last seven years

Sr.

No.

Year Gross Income Rs. in Lac

Reference pg. No. of balance sheet

1 2006-2007

2 2007-2008

3 2008-2009

4 2009-2010

5 2010-2011

6 2011-2012

7 2012-2013

v) Total liabilities

a) Ratio or acid- test (Ratio of Assets divided by current liabilities)

b) Total liabilities to net worth

vi) Maximum gross income from Contract works during the seven years.


CORPORATION LTD.


vii) Details of cash flow for three months at the peak construction period.

5) What is the maximum annual turn-over of the project that you can handle? (please give details)

6) Have you ever been denied tendering facilities by any Government, Department / Public sector

under taking? (If yes, please give details)

7) List your source of finance.

8) Amount of financial soundness Certified by Nationalize Bank (Attach copy of certificate)

9) Name and address of Bank from whom Reference can be obtained.

10) Have you ever been declared bankrupt? (if yes, please give details )


CORPORATION LTD. SPECTRUM TECHNO

CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD.


FORM - F: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

(A) Please add any further information, which the bidder considers relevant in regard to his capabilities.

(B) Please give a brief note indicating why the bidder considers himself eligible for pre-qualification for the work.

(C) List of works for which bidders have already been submitted to the client but not awarded.

Sr.

No.

Name of work Estimated

amount Rs. (in

Crores)

Date of

submission

of offer

Name of client Likely date

of award

Position with

reference to

lowest bid

Signature of the Contractor





FORM G: STATEMENT SHOWING THE DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE IN EXECUTION OF GOVERNMENT UNDERTAKING AGENCIES AND

REPUTED CORPORATEFOR LARGE CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS (LAKHS RS.)

Sr.

No.

Name of Work Locality/

Region

Cost of

Work

Whether

completed

or in

progress

Cost of

work

executed

Year

2006-

2007

2007-

2008

2008-

2009

2009-

2010

2010-

2011

2011-

2012

2012-

2013





FORM-H: DETAILS PERTAINING TO THE GSECL WORKS FOR WHICH BIDDER HAS BEEN QUALIFIED DURING LAST TWO YEARS (I.E.

DURING PERIOD 01.04.2011 TO 31.03.2013)

Sr. No. Name of Work Locality/

Region

Estimated

cost put to

tender

Qty. of

Excavation

items

Qty. of

concrete/

masonry/

structures

Prescribed

time limit

for

completion

If work

awarded

give

present

status of

progress

of work

Details of concerned Executive

Engineer of GSECL

Refere

nce No.

* Name Full

Addr

ess

Tel

Nos.

Fax.

No.

* Reference no. Under which the result of prequalification informed by the EE/SE to the bidder

Signature of Contractor Execution and Quality Control of 169

FORM-I: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION & LITIGATION HISTORY

Name of Applicant or partner of a joint venture

1. Please describe: Company’s history of litigation or arbitration from contracts executed in the last

ten years or currently under execution. Please indicate for each case the year, name of employer,

cause of litigation, matter in dispute, disputed amount, and whether the award was for or against

company.

2. Please add any further information that you consider to be relevant to the evaluation of your

application for qualification. If you wish to attach other documents, please list below.


SCHEDULE I: EXPERIENCE LIST

A list of similar jobs executed by the Bidder & Name with address of a person whom reference can be

made, by the GSECL, if required. (Bidders shall submit the information in the Format detailed here as

under.)

Sr.

No.

Name &

Description of

work

Value of

work

executed

Time

period

as per

WO

Actual time

period for

completion

Date of

completi

on

Client Persons to

whom

reference

may be

made

Principal

features

Contractor’s Representative’s legible signature:

___________________________________________________

Name of person:

___________________________________________________________________________________

Seal of Company, Date & Place:

____________________________________________________________________


GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED KLTPS.

I N T E G R I T Y P A C T

OUR ENDEAVOUR

To create an environment where business confidence is built through best business practices and

is fostered in an atmosphere of trust and respect between providers of goods and services and

their users for the ultimate benefit of society and the nation.

GSECL’S COMMITMENT PARTY’S COMMITMENT

To maintain the highest ethical standards in

business and professions.

Not to bring pressure recommendations from

outside GSECL to influence its decision.

Ensure maximum transparency to the

satisfaction of stakeholders.

Not to use intimation, threat, inducement or

pressure of any kind on GSECL or any of its

employees under any circumstances.

To ensure to fulfill the terms of agreement /

contract and to consider objectively the view

point of parties.

To be prompt and reasonable in fulfilling the

contract, agreement, legal obligations.

To ensure regular and timely release of

payments on due dates for work done.

To provide goods and / or services timely as per

agreed quality and specifications at minimum cost

to GSECL.

To ensure that no improper demand is made by

employees or by anyone on our behalf.

To abide by the general discipline to be

maintained in our dealings.

To give maximum possible assistance to all the

Vendors / Suppliers / Service Provider and

others to enable them to complete the contract

in time.

To be true and honest in furnishing information.

To provide all information to suppliers /

contractors relating to contract / job which

facilitates him to complete the contract / job

successfully in time.

Not to divulge any information, business details

available during the course of business

relationship to others without the written consent

of GSECL.

To ensure minimum hurdles to vendors /

suppliers / contractors in completion of

agreement / contract / work order.

Not to enter into cartel / syndicate /

understanding whether formal / non-formal so as

to influence the price.

Seal & Signature

(GSECL’s Authorized Signature)

Seal & Signature

Party’s Authorized Person)

J.E. (Civil) D.E. (Civil)

Name :

E.E. (Civil) S.E. (Civil)

CHIEF ENGINEER (G)

Sign.of Contractor KLTPS


TENDER FOR THE WORK ___________________________________On Firm’s Letter

Head.

CERTIFICATE-“A”

I / We

____________________________________________________________________

M/s. ___________________ hereby Certify that M/s. ___________________ is not

related with other firms who have submitted tenders for the same items under this

inquiry / Tender.

Seal of the Firm Place Date

SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER WITH DESIGNATION


ANNEXURE- I

Financial Department ,GR.No. EMD/10/2013/107/DMO Dtd.06/04/2013

(A) Guarantees issued by following banks will be accepted as SD/EMD on permanent basis.




(B) Guarantees issued by following banks will be accepted as SD/EMD for period up to March 31, 2015.The validity cut-off date in GR is with respect to date of issue of Bank Guarantee irrespective of date of termination of Bank Guarantee.

1. Commercial Banks


2. Yes Bank

3. IndusInd Bank

4. Ratnakar Bank.

5. Karur Vyasa Bank

6. DCB Bank

7. ING Vyasa Bank








ON STAMP PAPER OF Rs.100/-

FORM OF BANKER’S UNERTAKING

(For Security Deposit for work period as per Terms and Conditions of Tender)

We, Bank of ______________________________________________ hereby agree

unequivocally and unconditionally to pay immediately on demand in writing from the Gujarat

State Electricity Corporation Limited, or any Officer authorized by it in this behalf any amount up

to and not exceeding Rs.__________ (in words) Rupees

____________________________________________________________________

to the said Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited on behalf of

M/s.___________________________________________________ who have entered into a

contract for the supply / works specified below :

L.O.I. No. _____________________________________________________ dated

______________.

This agreement shall be valid and binding on this Bank upto and inclusive of

___________________ and shall not be terminable by notice or by change in the constitution of

the Bank or the firm of Contractors / Suppliers or by any other reason whatsoever and our

liability hereunder shall not be impaired or discharged by any extension of time or variations or

alterations made, given conceded or agreed, with or without our knowledge or consent, by or

between parties to the said within written contract.

“NOT WITHSTANDING” anything contained herein before, our liability under this guarantee is

restricted to Rs._______________ (Rupees

_______________________________________________________ only). Our guarantee shall

remain in force until _______________ (date of validity of the Guarantee). [Unless demands or

claims under this Bank Guarantee are made to us in writing on or before _____________ (date

should be 1 month after the above validity period of BG), all rights of Beneficiary under this

Bank Guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released and discharged from all liabilities

there under]:

Place :

Date :

Please Mention here Complete Postal Signature of

Address of the Bank with Branch Code, Bank’s Authorized Signatory

Telephone and Fax Nos. with Official Round Seal


EMD BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT

FOR TENDER /ENQ. NO. ___________________________________

APPENDIX – I

(BANK GUARANTEE ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF Rs.100)

WHEREAS M/s.

_______________________________________________________________

(Name and Address of the Firm) having their registered Office

at______________________

_________________________________________________(Address of the Firm’s registered

Office) (hereinafter called the Tenderer) wish to participate in the Tender

No.__________________________ for

______________________________________ of (supply / Erection / Supply & Erection /

Work) of __________________________________ (Name of the material / equipment / work)

for _________________________ Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited and WHEREAS

a Bank Guarantee for (hereinafter called the “Beneficiary”) Rs. _____________ (Amount of

EMD) valid till ____________ (mention here date of validity of this Guarantee which will be 4

(FOUR) months beyond initial validity of Tender’s offer) which is required to be submitted by

the Tenderer along with the Tender.

We,

___________________________________________________________________

_______

(Name of the Bank and address of the Branch giving the Bank Guarantee) having our

registered Office at _____________________ (Address of Bank’s registered Office) hereby

give this Bank Guarantee No. _________________dated ____________ and hereby agree

unequivocally and unconditionally to pay immediately on demand in writing from the Gujarat

State Electricity Corporation Limited or any Officer authorized by it in this behalf any amount not

exceeding Rs.____________ (amount of EMD) (Rupees

______________________________________________________) (in words) to the said

Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited on behalf of the Tenderer.

We, ____________________________________________ (Name of the Bank) also agree that

withdrawal of the tender or part thereof by the Tenderer within its validity or non-submission of

Security Deposit by the Tenderer within one month from the date of tender or a part thereof has


been accepted by the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited would constitute a default on

the part of the Tenderer and that this Bank Guarantee is liable to be invoked and encashed

within its validity by the Beneficiary in case of any occurrence of a default on the part of the

Tenderer and that the encashed amount is liable to be forfeited by the Beneficiary.

This agreement shall be valid and binding on this Bank upto and inclusive of

____________________ (mention here the date of validity of Bank Guarantee) and shall not be

terminated by notice or by Guarantor change in the constitution of the Bank or the Firm of

Tenderer or by any reason whatsoever and our liability hereunder shall not be impaired or

discharged by any extension of time or variations or alterations made, given, conceded with or

without our knowledge or consent by or between the Tenderer and the Gujarat State Electricity

Corporation Limited.

NOT WITHSTANDING anything contained hereinbefore our liability under this Guarantee is

restricted to Rs. _________________ (amount of EMD) (Rupees

________________________________________________ (in words). Our Guarantee shall

remain inforce till _____________ (date of validity of the Guarantee). Unless demands or

claims under this Bank Guarantee are made to us in writing on or before ___________ (date

should be 1 month after the above validity period of BG), all rights of Beneficiary under this

Bank Guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released and discharged from all liabilities

there under.

Place :

Date :

Please mention here complete Postal Signature of the

Address of the Bank with Branch Code, Bank’s authorized

Telephone and Fax Nos. Signatory with Official Seal.

________________________________________________________________

NAME OF DESIGNATED BANKS :

1. All Nationalized Banks including Public Sector Banks IDBI Bank Ltd.

2. Private Sector Banks authorized by RBI to undertake the State Government business, which are (i) Axis Bank (ii) ICICI Bank (iii) HDFC Bank.

Note: The Banks shall be the Banks recognized / notified by the Finance Department,

Government of Gujarat (GoG) from time to time.


GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LTD. KUTCH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION,PANANDHRO, Ta. Lakhpat, Dist.: Kutch

SCOPE OF WORK


Chimney, Flue Duct Foundation and related work to suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS,

Panandhro, Gujarat


CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor Scope of Work of 169

TABLE OF CONTENTS (SCOPE OF WORK)

1.0 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................... 34

2.0 SCOPE OF WORK OF THE CONTRACTOR .................................................................................... 34

3.0 TERMINAL POINT ....................................................................................................................... 36

4.0 TIME OF COMPLETION AND WORK SCHEDULE ......................................................................... 36

5.0 PROJECT SYNOPSIS AND DATA ................................................................................................... 37

6.0 HANDING OVER OF SITE ............................................................................................................. 38

8.0 APPROACH ROADS ..................................................................................................................... 39

9.0 PREVENTION OF POLLUTION ..................................................................................................... 39

10.0 SAFETY MEASURES (Separate sheet attached Annexure-I) ....................................................... 39

11.0 EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERY ................................................................................................ 39

12.0 CONSTRUCTION AND WORKMANSHIP ...................................................................................... 39

13.0 ROYALTIES, TAXES, DUTIES, ETC. ............................................................................................... 39

14.0 COMPLETION OF JOB ................................................................................................................. 40

15.0 STOPPAGE OF WORK ................................................................................................................. 40

16.0 QUALIFIED PERSONNEL .............................................................................................................. 40

17.0 APPROVALS, PERMISSIONS, ETC. ............................................................................................... 40

18.0 DEFECT LIABLITY PERIOD ........................................................................................................... 40

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE WORK .................................................................................................... 41

ANNEXURE-I ........................................................................................................................................... 42


CORPORATION LTD.


SCOPE OF WORK

1.0 GENERAL

The scope of work shall comprise all civil, structural, architectural, mechanical, electrical and

instrumentation works including collection of all site related data, conducting site investigations, Detail soil

exploration ,design, preparation of all construction drawings, supply of all labour, materials, construction,

fabrication, erection and testing etc whatever necessary for RCC brick lined Chimney. The works shall also

include those required for Installation, Commissioning, testing, operation and maintenance of RCC

Chimney though not mentioned herein.

2.0 SCOPE OF WORK OF THE CONTRACTOR

2.1 CONSTRUCTION ENABLING WORKS

1) Construction water to be arranged by the Bidder.

2) Distribution of construction power within site boundary

3) Testing lab and fabrication yard

4) Storage yard

5) Grading of the site with jungle cleaning.

2.2 RCC brick lined CHIMNEY AND FLUE DUCT

Design and construction of Civil, Structural, Architectural, Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation

supply and works including Wind tunnel study. work to be provided by the contractor, unless specified

otherwise, shall include but shall not be limited to the following:

1) Providing of all labour, Supervision, services, securities,insurance, material, power, fuel, complete slip

forms system, templates, supports, scaffolding, tools, plants, construction equipment approaches,

transportation etc. required for the entire work

2) Prepare and submit for approval of the detailed schemes for operations like material handling,

placement of concrete, fabrication,etc. and for items like approaches, services etc.

3) Carrying out RCC Design mix through Govt approved laboratory and submit for approval the mix

proportion for concrete to be adopted on job.

4) Carrying out of testing of the samples through Govt approved laboratory and submit for approval of

the results of tests for various properties of the following materials confirming to relevant I.S

Specifications.

a) Ingredients of concrete i.e. Cement, Coarse aggregate, Fine aggregate, reinforcement bars etc.

b) Concrete

c) Metal work components

d) Fire bricks

e) Castable refractories

f) Insulation material

g) Paints

5) Soil investigation performed by them at Site

6) Preparation of design basis report, design calculation, drawings including detail construction

drawings, fabrication drawings and obtaining approvals from various statutory government and non-

governmental bodies including approval from Owner’s engineer/consultant.

7) Demolition of existing structures like Toilet Block, Silo, drains, pavement, foundations etc. in area of

the proposed chimney location, including removal, disposal of the same, clearing the site and

rerouting the existing demolished drains and other systems.

8) All excavation works in all types of soils/ rocks including de-watering as required.


CORPORATION LTD.


9) Providing and laying of grounding mat.

10) Excavation and back filling around the raft foundation up to a distance of 10.0 m from the periphery

of foundation including RCC plinth concreting.

11) Construction of following components:

a) Chimney raft foundation, shell & other allied works as per drawings.

b) Windshields of GI/SS, electrically operated rolling shutter, access door and floor/ roof slabs.

c) External RCC platforms with railing at various levels and pipe hand railings.

d) Brick flue lining including insulation with required supporting structures.

e) Ash collecting RCC hopper.

f) Access, maintenance and clean out doors.

g) Miscellaneous metal works for ladders with safty cage , doors, windows and frames at various

openings, providing chimney top cap and miscellaneous fixtures.

h) Flue duct from terminal point to chimney

i) Flue duct supporting structures and foundations including all necessary structures.

12) Platforms, inserts & miscellaneous bolts and anchors required for instrumentation of chimney

13) /GI/SS Strakes including all fixtures and embeds as required.

14) Lightning protection and grounding systems.

15) All painting work including day warning painting as per aviation requirements.

16) Provision of drainage system for discharging rainwater, from platforms to ground up to terminal point

of discharge.

17) Aviation night warning lights, lighting system inclusive of all accessories and cabling work.

18) Provision of necessary air ventilation system inside the stack.

19) Installation of lights at all platforms.

20) Installation of receptacles.

21) Providing and installation of rack & pinion elevator of 400 kg capacity with necessary guides,

supporting steel, facility for landing at each platform and other accessories etc. as required for safe

and trouble free operation.

22) A.C. Distribution Board & Lighting Boards etc.

23) Cables and accessories.

24) Mandatory spare parts.

25) One (1) set of special tools and tackles.

26) All relevant drawings, data and instruction manuals.

27) Necessary site clearing and grading all-round the RCC chimney.

28) Provision of necessary test and instrument ports through flues of required size, number and at

required level as per standard norms for measuring concentration of particulate matters like Nox, Sox,

CO etc. in the flue gas for monitoring and taking necessary measure for environmental pollution

control with Opacity meter and all accessories etc complete system.

29) Wind tunnel model study for determining the aerodynamic interference. The study shall be done by a

specialist expert agency in this field acceptable to Owner.

30) Furnishing of all materials labour, tools, plant and equipment, transportation, transit insurance,

fabrication, supervision construction as per drawings including embedment of bolts, inserts, leaving

holes, pockets, grooves, chamfers as shown therein and all incidental items not shown or specified but

reasonably implied or necessary for satisfactory completion of the project as a whole.

It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of design and construction of the works

covered under this specification. All works shall be done as per relevant standard specifications and in

a manner acceptable to “Engineer-In-Charge”, who shall have the power to reject any work or


CORPORATION LTD.


material. In case of any conflict regarding the interpretation of meaning of specifications or drawings,

Engineer shall interpret such meaning, which will be final and binding on the Contractor.

31) Supply all brand new equipment and accessories as specified with such modification and alteration as

agreed upon in writing after mutual discussion.

32) Unloading & intra-site transportation of materials.

33) Making all necessary roads and approaches to carry out the work without disturbing existing plant

system

34) Any additional works/supply whether mentioned herein or not in this specification but necessary to

complete RCC Chimney in all respects, as well as require for operation and maintenance purpose shall

be deemed to be in the scope of this tender and the agency has to provide the same at no extra cost.

35) The drawing and data given in tender documents are only for guideline purpose and bidder has to

verify the details at site and with documents.

36) The successful bidder has to carry out the design and whole construction work of Chimney in all

respect as per the relevant standards specifications, codes, rules and standard practices. The agency

has to provide the all materials as per relevant standard specifications of standard manufacturers of

best quality with latest technology and of best workmanship. The materials to be used shall be get

approved from EIC/ Consultant before using in the work.

37) All the above works shall conform to high standards of design with considering high factor of safety

considering the appropriate seismic zone, wind velocity, soil bearing capacity, environmental and soil

property, rain fall data and other engineering aspects. Design and construction shall conform in every

respect to all local and state regulations governing such works and to stipulations of Indian Standards

unless stipulated otherwise in detail specification.

Quantities, sizes and capacities of various systems mentioned in this specification and enclosed

drawings are tentative and for BIDDER’s guidance only.

3.0 TERMINAL POINT

The terminal point for gas flue duct shall be from the outlet of the relevant ID fans of Unit #4.

TIME OF COMPLETION AND WORK SCHEDULE

The Bidder shall carefully read the instructions as outlined below

3.1 The total Work covered under this specification including full-fledged commissioning of the chimney

shall be completed in all respects within 24 (Twenty Four) months from the date of commencement by

the EIC.

3.2 Time is the essence of the Contract. Contractor’s particular attention is drawn to the fact that the time

schedule for completion of this Contract is firm and has to be strictly complied with. It is essential that

the Contractor strictly adhere to work schedule mutually agreed upon between him and the Owner /

Engineer.

3.3 The Contractor within three weeks of the date of award of contract, shall commence work and submit

to the GSECL for approval a detailed work schedule along with a detailed PERT and BAR charts showing

how he proposes to carry out the work at the required rate specifically mentioning time period as well

as date of completion and such approved schedules must be strictly adhered to by the Contractor. The

Schedules shall be reviewed periodically with the Owner / Consultant to ensure that the completion

date will be met and to institute all corrective steps such as mobilizing additional resources in terms of

labour, materials, equipment, tools and plant, night work etc. at no extra cost to the Owner to achieve

any accelerated progress at any time to the extent required to adhere to the completion dates. The

Owner reserves the right to revise the work schedule at his discretion in order to keep up to the

completion date and to suit the project requirements and such alterations shall not entitle the

Contractor to any extra payment.


CORPORATION LTD.


3.4 The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer / Consultant with fortnightly progress reports with coloured

photographs in triplicate on the Saturday of every fortnight in the following format: -

3.5 The fortnight Progress shortfall, to make-up if any the shortfall In the event of the Contractor failing to

furnish the Owner / Consultant with fortnightly reports on time, the running payments shall be

withheld till submission of such reports.

4.0 PROJECT SYNOPSIS AND DATA

KLTPS is pit head lignite based Thermal Power Station in Kutch District of Gujarat, India. Two

units, Unit No. 1 & 2 of 70 MW each and Unit No. 3 & 4 of 75 MW are in operation at KLTPS. The

proposed chimney is intended for Unit No. 4, which will replace the existing 110m tall chimney

currently under operation. Additional information regarding the project is as listed below:

Owner : GUJARAT STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LTD.

KACHCHH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION

Pandharo, P.O. S.K. Varmanagar, Taluka: Lakhpat, District:

Kachchh, Gujarat – 370601

Station : KLTPS, Panandhro

Location : Panandhro, Taluka Lakhpat, Dist. Kutch, Gujarat

Nearest Airport : Bhuj (140 km)

Nearest Railway Station : 1) Bhuj (140 km)

2) Gandhidham (180 km)

Road Approach : Bhuj is connected by National Highway No. 8 to Gandhidham.

State Highway No. 45 connects Bhuj to Lakhpat. Approach to

site is available from Dayapar Village and Gadauli Village.

All equipment and construction materials have to be

transported by road to site.

Nearest Port : Kandla (200 km)

Altitude : Approx. 56 m to 59 m above MSL

Rainfall : 1) 350 mm (Annual Average)

2) For one hour: 40 mm

3) For 24 hours: 470 mm

4) Period of water scarcity – June to August. Area is prone to

draughts for sustained period of 4 to 5 years.

Ambient Air

Temperature

: 1) Max. dry bulb temp.: 44 ºC

2) Min. dry bulb temp.: 5.4 ºC

3) Highest Monthly mean daily max. temp: 36 ºC

Relative Humidity : 1) Max. Humidity: 95%

2) Min. Humidity: 20%

3) Annual Mean Humidity: 60%

Ground Water Table

during monsoon

: 51.8 m below ground level. Brackish water.

Existing Drainage : Towards river Kali, Westwards.

Construction Power &

Construction Water

: Electricity will be made available by the Owner at rates

stipulated by the company from time to time. No water will be

made available by the Owner.

Wind Velocity : 50 m/s (Additional data in technical specifications)


CORPORATION LTD.


Seismic Zone : Zone V as IS:1893 (Additional data in technical specifications)

Existing Chimneys : 3 Nos. RCC Chimneys are in the vicinity of the proposed

chimney:

1) 220 m tall Chimney



Type of Atmosphere : Saline corrosive oxides of Sulphur and Chlorides present in

surrounding air

5.0 HANDING OVER OF SITE

Efforts will be made by the GSECL to hand over the site to the Contractor free of encumbrance,

excluding the structures to be demolished/re-routed as mentioned elsewhere. However, in case of any

delay in handing over the site to the Contractor, the GSECL shall only consider suitable extension of time

for the execution of the work. It should be clearly understood that the GSECL shall not consider any

other compensation whatsoever viz. towards idleness of contractor’s labour, equipment etc.

DISMANTLING OF EXISTING STRUCTURES

This work shall consist of removing, as hereinafter set forth, existing structures as mentioned in the list

of structures to be demolished, which are in place but interfere with the new construction or are not

suitable to remain in place, and of salvaging and disposing of the resulting materials and back filling the

resulting trenches and pits.

Existing structures and the foundations, shall be removed up to the limits and extent specified in the

drawings or as indicated by the Engineer.

Dismantling and removal operations shall be carried out with such equipment and in such a manner as

to leave undisturbed, adjacent pavement, structures and any other work to be left in place.

All operations necessary for the removal of any existing structures which might endanger new

construction shall be completed prior to the start of new work.

Dismantling Toilet Block & Silo

The structures shall be dismantled carefully and the resulting materials so removed as not to cause any

damage to the serviceable materials to be salvaged, the part of the structure to be retained and any

other properties or structures nearby. Removal of overlying or adjacent material, if required in

connection with the dismantling of the structures, shall be incidental to this item.

Steel structures shall, unless otherwise provided, be carefully dismantled in such a manner as to avoid

damage to members thereof. If specified in the drawings or directed by the Engineer that the structure

is to be removed in a condition suitable for re-erection, all members shall be match-marked by the

Contractor with white lead paint before dismantling; end pins, nuts, loose plates, etc., shall be similarly

marked to indicate their proper location; all pins, pin holes and machined surfaces shall be painted with

a mixture of white lead and tallow and all loose parts shall be securely wired to adjacent members or

packed in boxes.

Dismantling Pavements and Other Structures

In removing pavements, drains and other structures like guard-rails, fences, manholes, inlets, etc.,

where portions of the existing construction are to be left in the finished work, the same shall be

removed to an existing joint or cut and chipped to a true line with a face perpendicular to the surface of


CORPORATION LTD.


the existing structure. Sufficient removal shall be made to provide for proper grades and connections

with the new work as directed by the Engineer.

6.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE CHECK LIST

Quality assurance check list is enclosed to this specification giving details of Tests to be carried out on

various materials however also to be followed as per the relevant I S Specifications for material testing

and the agency shall be responsible for carrying out such tests at his own cost. The samples of all

materials to be tested by the Contractor shall be tested by him in presence of authorized representative

of the Engineer-In-Charge at the specified frequencies.

However such check list shall in no way limit the liabilities and responsibilities of the contractor in

regard to quality of work as detailed out in technical specification and documents.

7.0 APPROACH ROADS The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for approach to the work site and within the work area

for movement of men, material, machinery, other equipment etc. required for carrying out the work

included under this contract as per specifications and the rates quoted for various items under schedule

of items & shall be inclusive of the cost for preparation and maintenance of approach roads/haulage

roads/access roads, etc throughout contractual period.

Providing and laying required diameter RCC pipe in rain water / Nala’s / plant water drain/trenches

pipes passing of water, their diversions etc. for preparing the approach to carry out the work without

affecting to the resident of colony wherever necessary at no extra cost.

8.0 PREVENTION OF POLLUTION The contractor shall be solely responsible and liable for all the damages/activities caused by any

pollution that may take place during the execution of works and he shall make arrangements, as

approved by the Engineer for preventing pollution but, not withstanding, such approval, the entire

responsibility for any pollution shall rest with the contractor. No separate payment shall be made for

the pollution control measures and the quoted rates shall include the cost for all pollution control

measures.

9.0 SAFETY MEASURES (Separate sheet attached Annexure-I) The contractor shall ensure the safety of workers, material and structure including existing structures

during execution of the contract. Safety measures shall be followed during operations of

equipment/machinery being used. No separate payment shall be made for the safety measures and the

quoted rates shall include the cost for all safety measures.

10.0 EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERY The contractor shall have to use his own latest safe technology equipment, machineries tools, tackles

etc as required, of good condition, duly tested and certified from C.A and any other machinery required

for the entire scope of work for all construction works activities.

11.0 CONSTRUCTION AND WORKMANSHIP The all construction materials and workmanship shall be in accordance with the items of Schedule-B as

well as per the relevant I.S. Specifications, P. W. D manuals and as per the booklet of GSECL “General

Specifications for Civil Works”. All the materials to be used shall be the best and from manufacturers,

make and brand as approved by Engineer-In-Charge. After getting the sample tested and approved the

same materials only shall be procured and used in the work by the contractor. The cost of all materials

are to be included in quoted rates.

12.0 ROYALTIES, TAXES, DUTIES, ETC. All the royalties, taxes, Government duties or any unforeseen expenses, if required to be made, shall be

borne by the agency. The rates quoted shall be deemed to account all such factors after careful

consideration of work and site condition. No extra claim shall be entertained in any circumstances on

any account.


CORPORATION LTD.


13.0 COMPLETION OF JOB Any activity not specifically mentioned in the tender but necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-In-

Charge of the work, must be carried out for successful completion of job.

14.0 STOPPAGE OF WORK If due to any stoppages, or litigation / stay order etc. work is suspended then no idle charges will be

paid. Only suitable time limit extension will be granted based on genuine reason but no extra claim will

be entertained.

15.0 QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The contractor shall engage sufficient nos., of qualified engineers and trained supervisors (especially for

slip forming) at site, to look after the work on behalf of the agency. In no case, the work shall be allowed

to be continued without sufficient engineers/supervisors at site. Due care shall be taken by the

contractor in this regard.

16.0 APPROVALS, PERMISSIONS, ETC. During the working, all required government approvals/ permissions/N.O.C. from revenue department;

Gujarat Pollution Control Board (G.P.C.B.)/Airport Authority etc. shall be obtained by the contractor at

his own cost and shall have to be furnished to GSECL from time to time.

17.0 DEFECT LIABLITY PERIOD Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out Operation and Maintenance for 5 years including that of

structural steel, Electrical equipment and fittings and Mechanical parts and fixtures.

The contractor has to carry out painting in the 5th

year again before the defect liability period expires.

Any failure in Aviation lighting, opacity meters, Ducting insulation, Elevators etc. shall be replaced

without any extra cost as and when the failure occurs.


CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor Special Conditions Of The Work of 169

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE WORK

1.0 The contractor shall take all the required safety measures and observe all safety rules while

carrying the above excavation works etc. to avoid any type of accident and damage. The

contractor shall be held fully liable and responsible for any type of accident, injury, damage and

loss etc. if occur at site till the completion of work.

2.0 The quoted rates in Schedule –B shall remain firm and no any escalation towards price, labour,

POL or any other materials etc. shall be applicable till overall completion of the work under the

contract, during contract period or during extended period for this work

3.0 All royalties, sales tax, toll tax, local tax, development charges, VAT tax, & any other taxes

including Works Contract taxes etc. in respect of this contract shall be payable by the contractor

& Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd will not entertain any claims whatsoever in this aspect.

Any statutory variation in future towards the above mentioned taxes that shall also be payable by

the contractor & Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd shall not entertain any claim of

whatsoever nature, during or after the completion of this tendered work. Proof of such payments

made by the Contractor to the appropriate departments shall be produced to Gujarat State

Electricity Corporation Ltd failing which appropriate amount shall be withheld on getting

information / instruction from the concerned departments.

The rates are "Excluding the service tax". The reimbursement against service tax will be paid to

the contractor as per rules. The proof of payment made by the contractor to appropriate

department shall be submitted to GSECL, failing which the appropriate amount will be withheld

on getting information/ instruction from concerned department.

4.0 The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the site for grading levelling for laying

as is where are basis and aware with the site, locations, elevations, structures, quantities, types of

the various soil strata whatever will be available while excavating grading the area. The

contractor shall be deemed to be fully aware with the local site conditions & sounding structures

and also all the terms & conditions, scope, drawings etc., attached herewith. The bidders are

ADVISED to visit the site, inspect the existing location of executing the work before quoting the

rates. Any extra claims for extra items, rates etc. for any reason will not be entertained after

acceptance of contract bid.

5.0 The contractor shall prepare & submit the detailed “as built” drawings, showing all the

dimensions in plans, elevations, section of the area to be excavated/ graded showing the original

as well as final levels taken jointly duly signed by Agency and GSECL Engineer and submit the

detailed schedules of quantities of various soil strata and take the signature of the Engineer-In-

Charge before start of excavation work from time to time and keep the records regularly.

6.0 The rates are inclusive of all type of labourers, tools, tackles, equipment, machineries, shoring,

staging, scaffolding cranes Excavators, Compressors breakers etc. staking, stockpiling the

removed materials category wise, their protection, preservation, storing, loading, unloading,

transporting for all leads lifts & elevations height/depths and inclusive of all risks & all liabilities,

providing all safety precautions, Insurance, securities, site cleaning levelling dressing the sites etc.

required for completion of the work in all respects.

7.0 Blasting will not be permitted under any circumstances.

8.0 The contractor shall dismantle and grade the area from top to foundation bottom including

removing and re-establishing the existing electric installation, pipelines, drainage lines, trenches

cables conduits, nallas, etc., without damage and to clear the site completely at no extra cost. The

contractor has to carry out the jungle clearance by removing all thick vegetation, plants, shrubs,

trees at their own cost.

9.0 The responsibility and liability of manpower to be engaged for this work will be totally of

contractor who has been awarded this contract and he will take away all these manpower in his

own establishments on completion of this contract. The GSECL will not be held responsible and

liable in any way in the matter.


CORPORATION LTD.


ANNEXURE-I

“GENERAL SAFETY RULES / NORMS TO BE OBSERVED BY THE CONTRACTORS” All the contractors working at Kutch Lignite Thermal Power Station shall have to strictly observe the

following Safety Rules. The Contractors shall be responsible for informing & observing these rules by

their supervisors / employees / labours as well as the supervisors / employees/ labours of their sub-

agencies / sub-Contractors engaged, if any. Prior to commencement of the work, Contractor shall have

to submit a written assurance on their letterhead to the concerned Sectional Head / Engineer-In-Charge

that they have thoroughly gone through these Rules, have educated their employees / employees of

their sub-contractor and will strictly observe the said Rules while execution of work under work contract

awarded to them. They will have to indemnify the Corporation for any loss or damage / accident / injury

to the Corporation’s property / employee or employee of their own in default of non - observing these

rules.

1) Persons to be employed for carrying out the work shall possess required qualification, be fully

trained and conversant for works to be done. All persons should have gate pass. Register

consisting the full details (i.e. photo, address, phone no, details of nearest relative, etc.) of all

persons is to be maintained. During the work execution, one trained & competent supervisor

should always remain present at site.

2) The contractor shall take all the required safety measures prior to commencement of work on

dangerous substances, machineries or area at which cautionary notice is displayed and obtain

“Line Clear” or “Work Permit” through the concerned Department / Section.

3) Prior to carrying out welding, gas cutting, furnace heating or any other hot work job, the

contractor shall remove all the inflammable material lying at or nearby worksite or cover it

properly by suitable protective covering. Also, special care shall be taken before carrying out such

job & see that all possible contributing factors to set fire shall be removed / vanished prior to

commencement of the work. Advance intimation shall be given to concerned section / fire section

to commence the work in fire prone areas. They should also keep ready all the First Aid / Fire

Extinguishers / equipment & fire extinguishing media / material like sand / water buckets or other

appropriate equipment at such place.

4) While carrying out work in confined space or inside vessel, the contractor shall obtain necessary

“Confined Space / Vessel Entry Permit” from concerned department prior to commencement of

the work.

For lighting in such areas, only 24-volt (ISI certified & with proper guard) hand lamp shall be used.

For taking care of the persons working inside the confined space / vessel, a supervisor / person

capable to keep continuous watch on person(s) working inside, assist them in case of emergency

or arrange to get immediate outside help, shall remain present at entry point and shall use full

body safety belt without fail.

While working inside sewage, trench or in-depth, a person to warn outsiders / entrants / passers

etc shall remain available near entry point or the entry point shall be cordoned by a barricaded

tape with a cautionary notice. After completion of the works, all the lids / covers / grills / grits

opened, shall be refixed / re-placed in the original position as it were prior to commencement of

the work and leave the work place in safe condition in all respect, so as to prevent accident to

fellow workers.

5) The contractor shall see that he / his persons do not block (by stacking material, spare parts,

tools, tackles, equipment, etc.), any passages / walkways / gangways / aisles / staircases / ladders

/ lifts or any other approaches / roads leading to plants or its auxiliaries, on which there is a traffic

movement or possible traffic movements in case of emergency. Such passages are meant for safe

escape in the event of emergency. If it is utmost necessary to carry out work in such area with

blocking of passage, prior permission of Competent Authority or the Engineer-In-Charge shall be

obtained. To demarcate / declare the area as UNSAFE, cordon it using barricading tape & display

suitable caution notice or keep a person to restrict / divert the traffic on this route through other

safe passage.


CORPORATION LTD.


6) Prior to use power / electrically operated hand tools / equipment / machines / gadgets like

welding machine, hand grinder, hand drill etc., ensure for its safe operation & use it only if it is

found safe to use. Do not use defective, unsafe or improperly maintained equipment.

The electrical power supply required to run such equipment shall not be taken directly at their

own but shall be obtained through concerned Electrical Maintenance Departments or their

authorized persons or under their observations / guidance only. The Electrical Section shall

provide temporary electrical connection up to contractor’s Mains Board on which it is compulsory

to install mains switch, ELCB & fuses of adequate capacity. All such equipment shall invariably be

earthed adequately to prevent electrical shock, sparking, short circuit etc. Power cord to be used

shall be of adequate capacity, without any joint & shall consist of earth wire also. Hence, it is

necessary to use adequate capacity 3- wire power cord for single & 5-wire power cord for three

phase power connections. The plugs, receptacles, pins, holders etc shall be of adequate capacity

& safe to use.

All electrical & mechanical equipment / tools-tackles viz. welding machine, cutting machine,

Grinder, Drill, Chain Pulley Blocks, Hook chooks etc required to be used during work execution

shall be of standard make & bear ISI certification mark on it. The consumables like welding

electrodes, grinding wheels / discs etc. which has specific prescribed life span shall not be used in

any case if its expiry date is over.

7) It is compulsory to use standard make Personal Protective Equipment (P.P.Es.) as per the job

requirement. Do not work without use of required P.P.Es. Contractor is responsible to provide

standard make (ISI approved) Personal Protective Equipment / Safety Gadgets suitable to give

sufficient protection against hazards involved in their work / job to their staff, as per the job

requirement and insist / enforce their staff to put on the same while at works.

The on-going work is liable to be stopped at any time if the contractors’ staff is found working

without P.P.Es. Following is the list of various P.P.Es. to be used for various works / worksites.

LIST OF SAFETY EQUIPMENTS

01 Industrial Safety Helmet For protection of head against falling objects or during

fall of person from height

02 Safety Goggles (Grinding,

Welding, etc.)

For protection of eyes against flying particles / dust,

chemical splash, spark, arc, flashover etc.

03 Face shield (Half or full) For protection of face against flying particles / dust,

chemical splash, spark, arc, flashover etc.

04 Earplug / Ear muffs For ear / hearing system protection while working in

high noise level area

05 Apron (Rubber/ PVC/

Asbestos/ Leather/ Cotton)

For body protection against chemicals, oils, sharp edged

objects, heat, hot objects etc.

06 Gloves (Rubber/PVC,

Asbestos, Leather, Electrical

shock proof)

For protection of hands against chemicals, oils, sharp

edged objects, heat, hot metals/objects, electricity etc.

07 Safety/ Leather/ Asbestos

shoes, Gum-boots etc.

For protection of leg/feet against falling objects, sharp

edged objects, heat, hot metals/objects, electricity etc.

08 Safety Belt(full body)/ Rope/

Life line/ Fall prevention

system etc.

For fall prevention while working at heights or in depth,

working in vessel or in confined space

09 Dust Respirator/ Scarf Protection of respiratory system against dust

10 Chemical Cartridge Respirator Protection against chemical fume/ vapor etc.


CORPORATION LTD.


11 Canister Gas Mask Protection against toxic/ poisonous fumes/ gases

12 Air supply respirators Working in oxygen deficient zone

8) Before using lifting machines / tackles (like C.P.Bs., Hook chooks, winch, forklift, mobile crane,

EOT crane etc.) & its attachments (like D-shackles, slings, U-clamps, Eye bolts or any fixtures), it

shall be checked and used only if found safe to use. Also, ensure that these are tested, examined

& certified in form no 9 / 10 by Competent Person as per the Factory act-1948 and its validity is

not expired. Further, it shall be fixed properly and firmly prior to lifting the weight.

9) Scaffoldings to be used for working at height shall be of adequate size & capacity. Obtain the

work permit when working at height. While climbing on such scaffolding or working on any

structure at height, use of full body safety belt & Helmet is compulsory. It is also necessary to

fasten chinstraps of the helmet.

10) Contractor or their employees shall not interfere in day-today routine plant activities / works

except the work assigned to them, and shall not loiter in the areas other than their work

jurisdiction, as well as shall not tamper / operate / touch the machineries / equipment /

auxiliaries with which they are not concerned. Also, the contractor shall strictly instruct their staff

not to sit or take rest at / near / below running plants, auxiliaries, systems or any place which is

risky, hazardous & prone to accident.

11) The cylinders containing poisonous / toxic or inflammable / explosive gas like Oxygen, Acetylene,

LPG, Hydrogen, Ammonia, Chlorine, CO2 or any type of material of explosive nature etc. shall be

handled safely taking due care. To handle / shift such cylinders a special trolley / cage meant for it

must be used but in no case it should be rolled. Domestic LPG cylinder shall not be used /

permitted.

12) On completion of the work, cotton waste, spilled oil / grease, pieces of welding rod & other waste

material shall be removed from work site and the area shall be left safe, neat & clean.

13) In case of any injury / accident while working, it shall immediately be reported to Safety

Department through concerned Sectional Head / Engineer. The prescribed Form No. 21 may be

obtained from concerned section or Safety Officer.

For any incident occurred but have no injury to any persons should also be informed to Safety

Officer as “Near Miss Incident.”

14) In all risky jobs, before starting the work, contractor should obtain General Safety Work Permit

from concerned section well in advance.

15) In case of noticing smoke or fire during their work execution, they shall make immediate efforts

to extinguish / control it and simultaneously inform the Fire Brigade on phone Nos. as Int. No.

[222] & M: 9099069658 shall shift the casualty to nearby hospital after rendering first aid in case

of accident.

16) Over & above these, contractor shall have to follow all the safety requirements / rules &

regulations / norms and legal provisions laid down in various statutes, particularly the provisions

of The Factories Act-1948 &The Gujarat State Factories Rules-1963 (Amended up to date) shall be

followed strictly. The contractor shall also obey the rules / regulations / instructions of the local

Competent Authority for safety requirements.

17) No women or young person shall be allowed to clean, lubricate or adjust any part of a prime

mover or of any transmission machinery while the prime mover or transmission machinery is in

motion. Examination or operation of motion machinery shall be made or carried out only by a

specially trained adult male worker wearing tight fitting clothing as per section 22 of factories act

1948.

18) No women or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in Lead-compound area like

battery room etc. as per schedule VI of GFR 1963.

19) All the relevant labour and industrial laws shall also be followed compulsorily.


CORPORATION LTD.


20) It is felt necessary to deploy safety officers / Safety supervisors by contractors / Agencies involved

in carrying out hazardous activities / operations inside TPS to have better and constant

supervision in terms of Health Safety and Environment activities.

21) In case, it comes to the notice of GSECL/KLTPS management that the safety guidelines / safety

rules / safety norms are not being followed then a minimum sum, which is to be decided by site,

shall be penalized on the contractor / Agency and for subsequent such violation, a severe penalty

/ action as deemed fit shall be imposed, which may please be noted.

22) The above rules shall be scrupulously followed and where required, they may contact the Safety

Officer for any ambiguity / further guidance in this regard.

23) For performance evaluation of contractor, safety factors of work accident, fire incident & near

miss accident will be considered. Steps can be taken to review the job assignment up to

cancellation for negligence.

Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS


KUTCH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION, PANANDHRO, PO.: SKVNAGAR, Ta.

LAKHPAT, DIST. KUTCH

BOOKLET FOR TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS



Panandhro, Gujarat


CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor Tender And Contract For Works of 169

TABLE OF CONTENTS (TENDER & CONTRACT)

GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE GUIDENCE OF CONTRACTOR ............................................... 48

TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS ....................................................................................................... 50

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ....................................................................................................................... 53

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ......................................................................................................... 66

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT....................................................................................................... 67


CORPORATION LTD.


GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE GUIDENCE OF CONTRACTOR

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in the specification or tenders in subsequent

exchange of correspondence, the conditions of contract shall be binding on the contractor and any

change or variations expressed or implied, however made in the said conditions shall not be valid or

operative unless expressly sanctioned by the GSECL. The contractor shall be deemed to have fully

informed himself and to have special knowledge of the provisions of the conditions of contract herein

contained

1.0 All works proposed to be executed by the contract shall be noticed in one of the English and one

of the vernacular local daily newspapers, stating the work to be carried out as well as the date of

submitting and opening tenders and time allotted in carrying out the work. Also the amount of

earnest money to be deposited with the tender and the security deposit to be deposited by the

successful bidder and the percentage, if any.

2.0 Copies of specifications, design, drawings, estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other

documents required in connection with the work which will be signed by the Engineer-in- Charge

for the purpose of identifications shall be open for inspections by the contractors at the office of

the Executive Engineer during office hours.

3.0 Whether the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recommended by

the contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the Gujarat State Electricity

Corporation Ltd, such specifications with designs and drawings shall form part of the accepted

tender.

4.0 The bidders and receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm

should be signed by all the partners except where the contractors are described in their tender as

a firm, in which case the receipt shall be signed in the name of firm including the partners or

some other person having authority to do so.

5.0 The bidder at shall fill up the usual form stating at what percentage above or below rates

specified, he is willing to undertake the work. Only one rate or such percentage on all the

estimated rates or schedule rates shall be mentioned.

6.0 Bidder which proposes any alternation in the work specified in the form in invitation to tender or

in the time allowed for carrying out the works or which contain any other conditions of any sort,

will be liable to rejection.

7.0 No single tender shall include more than one work, but contractors who wish to tender, for two

or more works, shall submit a separate tender for each work. Tender shall have the name and the

number of the works, of which they pertain, be super scribed on the envelope.

8.0 The Engineer-In-Charge or his duly authorized assistant will open tenders in the presence of any

intending contractors who may be present at the time and will enter the amount of the several

tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted,

the contractor shall there upon, for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications

and other documents. In the event of tender being rejected, the officer (Engineer-In-Charge) shall

authorize the paying officer concerned to refund the amount of the earnest money deposited to

the contractor making the tender on his giving a receipt for the return of the money.

9.0 The officer, competent to dispose off the tenders, shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the

tenders, without assigning any reasons thereof.


CORPORATION LTD.


10.0 No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by contractor in regard to any matter

relating to tender of the contract shall be valid of binding on the GSECL unless it is signed by the

Engineer-In-Charge.

11.0 The memorandum of work to be tendered for and the schedule of materials to be supplied by the

Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd and their rates shall be filled in and completed by the

office of the Engineer-In-Charge before the tender form is issued if a form issued, to an intending

bidder has not been so filled in and uncompleted he shall request the said office to have this

done, before the completes and delivery his tender.

12.0 All works shall be measured, meet by standard measure and according to rules are custom and

usual in the use in the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd, and no proposal to adopt

alternative method will be accepted, the Engineer-In-Charge decision as to what is “the usual

method in use in the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd” shall be final.

13.0 Every contractor shall, except the registered contractor on the approved list of the GSECL,

produced, along with the tender a solvency certificate from the collector of the District within

which he resides, of a banker’s certificate of his financial stability, if he fails to produce such a

certificate his tender will not be considered.

14.0 All corrections and addition or pasted slips should be initialled

15.0 Bidder shall be deemed to have full knowledge of relevant documents, site conditions etc.

whether inspected or not by him.

16.0 Submissions of tender by a contractor implies that he has read the instructions and condition of

contract herein contained and has made himself aware of the scopes and specifications of the

work to be done and conditions and rates at which stores materials etc. will be issued to him and

local conditions and other factors bearing on the execution of the work.

17.0 Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for any item of

contract without prior sanction of the competent authority.

18.0 These rules and directions shall form part of the contract.


CORPORATION LTD.


TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS

I/We hereby tender for the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd (herein referred as “GSECL”) of the

work specified in the underwritten memorandum within the time specified Schedule B (Memorandum

showing items of work to be carried out) and in accordance, in all respect, with the specifications,

design, drawings and instructions in writing and as per annexed conditions of contract and agree that

when the materials for works are provided by the GSECL such materials and rates to be paid for them

shall be as provided in Schedule A hereto.

MEMORANDUM

1) General Description of Work:

2) Estimated Cost:

3) Earnest Money:

4) Security Deposit:

a) In addition to the security deposit at specified rate mentioned elsewhere, the contractor shall

pay in the form of bank guarantee an amount equal to 10% of the contract value towards

performance guarantee of the structure for 5 years from the date of completion of the work.

Such performance guarantee shall be valid till expiry of 6(SIX) months after the completion of

Performance Gguarantee Period.

b) Alternatively if desired by contractor, whole S.D. can be paid by bank guarantee of the following

banks.

A. Guarantees issued by following banks will be accepted as SD/EMD on permanent basis.




B. Guarantees issued by following banks will be accepted as SD/EMD for period up to March 31,

2015.The validity cut-off date in GR is with respect to date of issue of Bank Guarantee

irrespective of date of termination of Bank Guarantee.

1. Commercial Banks


2. Yes Bank

3. IndusInd Bank

4. Ratnakar Bank.

5. Karur Vyasa Bank

6. DCB Bank

7. ING Vyasa Bank







C. The bank guarantee of Co-Operative banks and other scheduled banks etc. will not be accepted.


CORPORATION LTD.


Time allowed for the completion of work from date of issue of Work Commencement Letter.

Should this tender be accepted I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfil all the terms and provisions of

the conditions of contract annexed hereto as applicable and in default thereof forfeit and pay to the

GSECL the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions.

Receipt No.___________ Date _____________ from the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd in

respect of the sum of Rs.__________________________ (Rupees

__________________________________________________________ (the amount to be specified in

figures and words) is herewith forwarded representing the earnest money (the full value of which is to

be absolutely forfeited to the GSECL should I/We not deposit the full amount of security deposit

specified in above memorandum in accordance with clause-(d). Security Deposit of the said conditions /

otherwise the said sum of Rs______________ shall be refunded on surrendering the original receipt, in

case of non-award of contact.

Signature of the

contractor____________________________________________________________________________

Address of the

contractor____________________________________________________________________________

_

Dated _________________ day of ________________year

Signature of

Witness______________________________________________________________________________

____

Address of

Witness______________________________________________________________________________

______

Occupation___________________________________________________________________________

________________

Dated ______________ day of ___________ year.

The above tender is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd.

Chief Engineer (G) KLTPS or his duly authorized assistant.

PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT/ PERFORMANCE

[On stamp Paper of Rs. 100/-]

The bank of _____________________________________________________ hereby agree

unequivocally and unconditionally to pay within 48 hours on demand in writing from Gujarat Electricity

Corporation Ltd. or any officer authorized by it in this behalf any amount up to and not exceeding

Rs.____________ [in words]

_______________________________________________________________ to the said Gujarat

Electricity Corporation Ltd. on behalf of M/s. ______________________________who have entered in

to contract for the supply / works specified below.

A/T NO ______________________________________ DATED _______________________________

This agreement shall be valid and binding on this Bank up to inclusive of _____________ and shall not

be terminable by notice or by change in the condition of the Bank or the firm of contractors or by any

other reasons whatsoever and our liability hereunder shall not be impaired or discharged by any


CORPORATION LTD.


extension of time or variation or alterations made, given conceded or agree, with or without our

knowledge or consent by our between parties to the said within written contract.

[NOTWITHSTANDING anything contained herein before our liability under this guarantee is restricted to

Rs. ____________________________ ,

[Rupees

_____________________________________________________________________________________

____]

Our guarantee shall remain in force until ______________________________

PLACE _________________________________

DATE __________________________________ SIGNED

_________________________________

Signature of contractor


CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor Special Conditions of Contract of 169

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 DEFINITIONS:

1.1 The Contract means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof, together with

the documents referred to therein or individual work order in the case of term contract, including

these conditions, schedules and / or additional conditions attached to the form of tender or

individual work, order, rate schedule, the specifications and the drawings and all these

documents as applicable taken together shall be deemed to form the contract.

1.2 The “Tender Document” means the form of tender, the applicable schedules and/or additional

conditions and the specifications and/or drawings as issued to the contractors for the purpose

preparing tender.

1.3 The expression “works” or “work” when used in the conditions of contract shall, unless there be

something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction means, the works or the work

contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract whether original or altered.

1.4 The “Contractor” means the individual or firm or company, whether incorporated or not,

undertaking the works and shall include his or its legal personal representative, successors and

permitted assignees.

1.5 “GSECL” means the Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Ltd. and the “Accepting Officer” means

the officer who is authorized to sign and signs the contract on behalf of the “GSECL.”

1.6 The letter “EE” means Executive Engineer who in the case of measurement and lump sum

contract, direct the contractor and the letters “SE” means Superintending Engineer” and “CE”

means Chief Engineer who administers and in the case of the term contracts directs the contract.

1.7 The “Engineer-in-charge” means all officers of the GSECL appointed by the Chief Engineer to

supervise the works or part of the works.

1.8 “Approved” and “Directed” means the approval or direction of the Chief Engineer to

Superintending Engineer or the person deputed by him for the particular purpose.

1.9 “B.S.” means the “British Standard” as issued by the British Standards institution. “A.S.” means

the American Standards as issued by the American Standard Institutions and “I.S.” means the

“Indian Standards” as issued by the Indian Standards Institutions. Wherever the above mentioned

abbreviations are preferred to, in the specifications and / or work orders, they mean the addition

with all amendments current at the date of issue of tender documents of work orders. In the case

of measurement and terms of contracts “Specifications” means those contained in Gujarat State

Electricity Corporation Ltd schedule together with any amendments etc. embodied in the tender

documents, “Drawings” refer to those accompanying the tender documents and/or any work

orders referred therein.

1.10 The “Contract Sum” means the sum accepted or the sum calculated in accordance with the prices

accepted in the tender and/or the contract rate as payable to the contractor for the full and

entire executing and completion of works.

1.11 “The date of completion” is the date or dates of completion of the work or any part of the works

set out or ascertained in accordance with the individual work orders and the tender documents

or any subsequent agreed amendments thereto.

2.0 SECURITY DEPOSIT

The contractor shall pay, within 10 days of the issue of Letter Of Intent, 5% of contract value as

Security Deposit. The Bank Guarantee from banks mentioned elsewhere in this tender, in lieu of

cash or government securities towards Security Deposit will be accepted. All damages, costs,


CORPORATION LTD.


charges, expenses and other sums which may be or may become due or payable by the

contractor to the GSECL under the terms of the contract may be deducted from the cash in the

proceeds of sale of the Securities/Bank Guarantee to deposited (which the officer or person to

whom the same may be endorsed as aforesaid is hereby authorized to sell / to en cash for that

purpose) or from the interest of any such securities of from any sums due or which may become

due to the contractor by the GSECL or from the whole or the balance unpaid as aforesaid of the

encash securities so deposited being repaid or transferred and returned as may be to contractor

after the expiry of the date up to which the contractor has to maintain the work in good order.

In addition to the security deposit at specified rate mentioned elsewhere, the contractor shall pay

in the form of bank guarantee an amount equal to 10% of the contract value towards

performance guarantee of the structure for five years from date of completion of the work.

3.0 COMPENSATION FOR THE DELAY

The time limit allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall strictly observed by

the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commerce the work is

given to the contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of contract the proceeds

with due diligence (time being deemed to be essence of contract) and for delay, the contractor

shall pay compensation, an amount equal to half percent per one week for the contract amount

of work. However, the total amount of compensation to be paid by the contractor, under the

provision of the clauses shall not exceed 10 [Ten] percent of the amount of contract value as

decided by the competent authority of the GSECL. The penalty will be invariably deducted from

the bills of the contractor and no refund will be given unless the competent authorities approves

the reduction the reasons for delay attributable to GSECL as well as to party will be brought out

clearly while putting the proposal for waiver reduction in penalty.

4.0 ACTION WHEN WHOLE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IS FORFEITED

In any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract the contractor shall have

tendered himself to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit or in the

case of abandonment for the work owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any other

cause, the Executive Engineer on behalf of the GSECL, shall have powers to adopt, (a) below and

any of the following courses under (b) and (c) as he may deem best suited to the interest of the

GSECL.

4.1 To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice of 10 days) in writing to the contractor under

the hand of the Executive Engineer shall be conclusive evidence and in that case the security

deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and absolutely at the disposal of the GSECL.

4.2 To employ labour paid by the GSECL, to supply materials to carry out of the works or any part of

the works debiting the contractor with the cost of the labour and the price of the materials (as to

the correctness of which cost and price the certificate of the Executive Engineer shall be final and

conclusive against the contractor) and crediting him with value of the work done, in all respects in

the same manner and at the same rates as if it had been carried out by the contractor under the

terms of this contract and in that case the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the value of

the work done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

4.3 To order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to take such part thereof, as shall

be unexecuted, out of his heads and to give it to another contractor to complete, in which case,

any expenses, which may be incurred in excess of the sum, which would have been paid to the

original contractor, if the whole work had been executed by him as to the amount of which


CORPORATION LTD.


excess expenses the certificate in writing of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be final, conclusive and

shall be borne and shall be paid by the original contractors and shall be deducted from any

money due to him by the GSECL under the contract or otherwise from his security deposit of the

proceeds sale thereof or a sufficient part thereof.

4.4 In the event of the above courses being adopted by the Executive Engineer the contractor shall

have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or

procured any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advances on account of or

with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. And in case the

contract shall be rescind under the provision aforesaid, the contractor shall not be entitled to

recover or be paid any sum for any works thereof actually performed by him under this contract

unless and until the Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the performance of such

works and the amount payable to him in respect thereof and he only be entitled to be paid the

amount so certified.

5.0 NOTICE FOR UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS

If the progress or a particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory the Executive Engineer whose

decision shall be final, shall notwithstanding that the general progress of work is satisfactory; be

entitled to take action under Clause 4(c) after giving the contractor 10 days notice in writing and

the contractor will have no claim for compensation for any loss sustained by him owing to such

actions.

6.0 ACTION IN THE CASE OF DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR

If any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by Clauses 4 and 5

hereof, shall have exercised and the same shall not have been exercised, the non exercised

thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall not

withstanding be exercisable in any further case of default by the contractor for which, by any

clauses hereof, he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security

deposit and liability of the contractor for past and future compensation shall remain unaffected in

the event of the Executive Engineer taking action under sub clause (a) or (c) of Clause 4 he may, if

he so desires, take possessions of all or any tools, plants, materials, and stores in such upon the

work or the site thereof belonging to the contractor, or procured by him and intended to be used

for the execution of the work of any part thereof paying for allowing for the same in account at

the contract rates, or in the case of a contract rates not being applicable to current market rates

to be certified by the Executive Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the

alternative, the Executive Engineer may by notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of

works, foremen or other authorised agent, require him to remove such tools, plants, materials or

stores from the premises within a time to be specified in such requisition to decisions to the

contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the decision of the Executive Engineer as to

the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceed and expense of any such sale,

be final and conclusive against the contractor.

7.0 EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT

If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time limit for completion of the work on the

ground of his having been unavoidably hinder in its execution or on any other ground, he shall

apply in writing to the Chief Engineer (G) and the Chief Engineer (G) may, if in his opinion there

are reasonable grounds for granting extension, recommend such extension as he may think

necessary or proper. The decision of the competent authority in this regard shall be final and


CORPORATION LTD.


binding to the contractor. Any delay attributed to GSECL shall be compensated only by way of

extending the limit.

8.0 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

On completion of the work the Contractor shall be furnished with Completion Certificate by the

Executive Engineer of such completion but no such certificate shall be given nor shall be the work

considered to be complete until works are taken over and/or duly tested and put to operative as

the case may be, nor until the work shall have been measured by the Engineer-In-Charge or

where the measurement have been taken by his subordinated until they have received the

approval of the Executive Engineer the said measurement being binding and conclusive against

the contractor.

9.0 EFFECT OF THE CERTIFICATE

No payment shall be made for any work estimated to cost less than Rs.1,000/- till after the whole

of said work shall have been completed and certificate of completion given. But in the case of

works estimated to cost more than Rs.1,000/- Contractor shall on submitting a monthly bill

thereof, be entitled to receive payments. Proportionate to the part of the work then approved

and passed by the Engineer-In-Charge, whose certificate of such approval and a passing of the

sum so payable shall be final and conclusive against the contract. All such intermediate payments

shall be regarded as payment by way of advance against the final payment only and not as

payments for work actually done or completed and shall not preclude the Engineer-In-Charge

from requiring bad, unsound, imperfect or unskilful work to be removed and taken away and

reconstructed or re-erected nor shall any such payment be considered as admission of the due

performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect of the accruing of the claim nor

shall conclude, determine or effect in any way the powers of the Engineer-In-Charge as to the

final settlement and adjustment of the accounts otherwise or in any other way, vary or affect the

contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for

completion of work, otherwise the certificate of Engineer-In-Charge of the measurement and of

total amount payable for the work shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.0 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTORS

The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs.1,000/- agreed to within shall

be valid only when the item concerned is accepted, having been completed full, in accordance

with the sanctioned specification. In case, where the items of the work, are not accepted, as so

completed the Engineer-In-Charge, may make payment on account of such items at such reduced

rates, as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or running accounts bills.

11.0 BILLS

Shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the Engineer-In-

Charge, for all works, executed in the previous month and the Engineer-In-Charge shall take or

cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose or having the same verified and the

claim so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within ten days from the presentation

of the bills. If the contractor does not submit the bill, within the time fixed, as aforesaid, the

Engineer-In-Charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in the presence of the

contractor or his duly authorised agent, whose counter signature in the measurement shall be

sufficient warrant and the Engineer-In-Charge may prepare a bill from such list which shall be

binding on the contractor in all respects.

12.0 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS TO CONTRACTOR


CORPORATION LTD.


-DELETED

13.0 WORKS TO BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, ORDERS ETC.

The contractor shall execute in whole and every part of work in the most substantial and

workmanlike manner and both as regarding materials and in every other respect in strict

accordance with the specification. The Contractor also shall confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to

the designs, drawings and instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the Engineer-In-

Charge and lodged in his office and to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for

the purpose of Inspection at such office, or in the site of the work, during office hours and the

contractor shall, also if he so requires, be entitled at his own expenses to make or cause to be

made copies of the specification, and of all such designs, drawings and instructions as aforesaid.

14.0 ALTERATION IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGNS NOT TO INVALIDATE CONTRACTS.

The Executive Engineer shall have powers to make any alteration, or addition to the original

specification designs, and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during

the progress of the work and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the work in accordance

with any instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing, signed by the

Engineer-In-Charge and such alterations shall not invalidate the contract. Any additional work

which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work

shall be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respect on which he agreed to

do the main works, and at the same rates as are specified in the tender for the main work.

Where, however, the works is to be executed according to the designs, drawing and specifications

recommended by the contractor and accepted by the competent authority, the alteration above

referred to shall be within the scope of such designs, drawings, and specifications appended to

the tender.

15.0 RATES FOR WORKS NOT ENTERED IN ESTIMATE OR SCHEDULE OF RATE OF THE DISTRICT

If the additional and altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this

contract, then such class of work shall be carried out at the rates entered in the Schedule of Rates

of the Division or at the rate mutually agreed upon between the Executive Engineer and the

contractor, whichever are lower. If the additional or altered work for which no rate is entered in

the Schedule of Rates of the Division is ordered to be carried out before the rates agreed upon

then the contractor within seven days of date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work

inform the Executive Engineer for the rate which in his intension to charge for such class of work

and if the Executive Engineer does not agree to this rate he shall be noticed in writing be at liberty

to cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry it out in such manner as he

may consider advisable provided always that if the rates shall have been determined as lastly

here in before mentioned then in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the

work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the determination of the rate

as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the Executive Engineer. In the

event of dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle will be final.

16.0 EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT IN CONSEQUENCE OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION

The time limit for the work shall be extended in the proportion that the increase in its cost

occasioned by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the original contract work and the

certificate of the Engineer-In-Charge as to such proportions shall be conclusive.

17.0 NO COMPENSATION FOR ALTERNATION IN OR RESTRICTION OF WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT


CORPORATION LTD.


If at any time, after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer-In-Charge shall, for any

reason whatsoever, require the whole or any part of the work, as specified in the tender, to be

stopped for any period or shall not require he whole or part of the work to be carried out at all or

to be carried out by the contractor, he shall give notice in writing of the fact to the contractor

who shall thereupon suspend or stop the work totally or partially as the case may be in any such

case, except as provided here under the contractor shall have no claim to any payment or

compensation what so ever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived

from the execution, of the work in full but which he did not so derive in consequence of the full

amount of work not having been carried out or on account of any loss that he may be put to on

account of materials purchased or agree to be purchased or for unemployment of labour

recruited by him. He shall not also have any; claim for compensation by reason of any alterations

having been made in the original specification, drawings, designs and instructions which may

involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated. Where however, materials have

already been purchased or agreed to be purchased by the contractor before receipt by him of

said notice, the Executive Engineer provided they are not in excess or requirement and are of

approved quality and /or shall be compensated for the loss, if any, that he may put to in respect

of materials agreed to be purchased by him. The amount of such compensation shall be

determined by the Executive Engineer whose decision shall be final. If the contractor suffers any

loss on account of his having to pay, his labour charges during the period, during which the

stoppage of work has been ordered under this clause the contractor shall on application be

entitled to such compensation on account of labour charges as the Executive Engineer whose

decision shall be final, may consider reasonable provided that the contractor shall not be entitled

to any compensation on account of labour charges if, in the opinion of the Executive Engineer,

the labour could have been employed by the contractor elsewhere for the whole or part of the

period during which the stoppage of the work has been ordered as aforesaid.

18.0 NO CLAIM TO COMPENSATION ON ACCOUNT OF LOSS DUE TO DELAY IN SUPPLY OF MATERIALS

BY GSECL

The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from GSECL for the loss suffered

by him on account of delay by GSECL in the supply of materials entered in Schedule A where such

delay is caused by:

18.1 Difficulties relating to supply of railway wagons

18.2 Force Majeure

18.3 Act of God

18.4 Any other reasonable cause beyond the control of GSECL including Shortage of materials to

be supplied by the GSECLs & difficulties in time by reaching at the site of any materials

equipment.

In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, GSECL shall grant such extension of time for

the completion of the works as shall appear to the Executive Engineer to be reasonable in

accordance with circumstances of the case. The decision in the Executive Engineer as to the

extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor.

19.0 TIME LIMIT FOR COMPENSATION CLAIMS

Under no circumstances, whatsoever, shall the contractor be entitled to any compensation from

GSECL on any account unless the contractor has claimed in writing to the Executive Engineer

within one month of the cause thereof.


CORPORATION LTD.


20.0 ACTION AND COMPENSATION PAYABLE IN CASE OF BAD WORK

If at any time, before the security deposit is refunded to the contractor, it shall appear to the

Executive Engineer or his subordinate in charge of the work that any work has been executed

with unsound, imperfect or unskilful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality or that any

materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound or of a inferior

quality to that contracted for or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be

lawful for Engineer-In-Charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and then

notwithstanding the fact that the work, materials or articles complained of, may have been

inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify or

remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or any part, as the case may require or if

so required shall remove the materials or articles so specified and provided other suitable

materials or articles at his own charge and cost, and in the event of his failing to do so within a

period to be specified by the Engineer-In-Charge in the written intimation aforesaid the

contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the

estimate for every day, not exceeding ten days during which the failure so continue and in the

event of any such failure as aforesaid the Engineer-In-Charge may rectify or remove and re-

execute the work or remove and replace the materials or articles complained of, as the case may

be, at the risk and expense in all respects of contractor should the Engineer-In-Charge consider

that any such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted, or made use of, it

shall be within his discretion to accept the same as such reduced rates as he may fix thereof.

Provided that in the case of any work of which visible check is not possible, if the Engineer-In-

Charge or his subordinate in charge of the work feels that such work has been executed with

unsound, imperfect or unskilful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality, he shall take

sample tests at random, cost of which shall have to be borne by the contractor and if after taking

such test, part of such work is found to be defective in any respect or to have been executed with

materials of inferior quality, then the contractor shall be paid for the whole work such amount as

may be fixed by the office of the Engineer-In-Charge on the basis of the lowest quality of work

found by him in such samples tests.

Explanation: I

Sample Test shall mean:

(i) In relation to poles fixed as line supports, the token of one pole out of every 100 poles after

taking it out from its foundation for inspection.

(ii) In relation to any other work, such test as may be considered necessary, by the Engineer-

In-Charge or his subordinate in charge of the work.

Explanation: II

Cost of the sample test shall mean cost incurred for the purpose of taking Samples & test and for

restoring tested work to its original condition.

21.0 WORK TO BE OPENED TO INSPECTION, CONTRACTOR OR RESPONSIBLE AGENT TO BE PRESENT

All works under execution or in course of execution in pursuance of the contract shall at all times

be open to the inspection and supervision of the Executive Engineer and his subordinate and

contractor shall at all times, during the usual working hours and at all other times at which

reasonable notice of the intension of the Executive Engineer or his subordinates to visit the works

shall have been given to the contractor, during which period either he should be present to

receive order and instruction, or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing, present for


CORPORATION LTD.


that purpose. Orders given to the contractor’s duly authorised Agent shall be considered to have

the same force and effect as if they had been given to the contractor himself.

22.0 NOTICE TO BE GIVEN BEFORE WORK IS COVERED UP

The contractor shall give not less than 5 days notice in writing to the Executive Engineer or his

subordinates in charge of the work, before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of

measurement of any work, in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions

thereof, taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and

shall not covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and work without the consent

in writing of Executive Engineer or his subordinate in charge of work, If any work shall be covered

up or placed beyond the reach without such notice having been given or consent obtained, the

same shall be uncovered at the contractor’s expense, and in default thereof, no payment or

allowance shall be made for such work, or for the materials, with which the same, was executed.

23.0 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITIES

The Contractor shall supply, at his own cost, all materials (except such special materials, if any as

may be supplied form the GSECL stored in accordance with the contract) plant, tools, appliances,

implements, ladders, cordage, tackles, scaffolding and any temporary works which may be

required for the proper execution of the work., in the original, altered or substituted form and

whether included in the specification or other document forming part of the contract or referred

to in these conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or

complying with the requirements of the Engineer-In-Charge as to any matter on which under

these conditions, he is entitled to be satisfied or which he is entitled to require together with

carriage thereof to and from the work, the contractor shall also supply without charge, the

requisite number of persons for setting out works, and counting, weighting and assisting in the

measurement of, examinations at the time and from time to time of the work or materials, failing

this, the same may be provided by the Engineer-In-Charge at the expenses of the contractor and

the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor under the contract or from

his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof the

contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and light required to protect the public from

accident and shall also be bound to bear expenses of defence of every suit, action or other legal

proceedings of law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained. Owing to neglect of

the above precautions and to pay any damage and costs which may be awarded in any such suit,

action or proceedings to any such persons, or which may with the consent of the contractor be

paid in compromising any claim by any such person.

24.0 CONTRACTOR LIABLE FOR ALL DAMAGES

Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by contractor’s labourer,

whether in or beyond the limit of GSECL’s property, shall be estimated by the Executive Engineer,

or such other office, as he may appoint and the estimate of the Executive Engineer, subject to the

decision of the Superintending Engineer, on appeal, shall be final and the contractor shall be

bound to pay the amount of the assessed compensation demand, failing which, the same will be

recovered from the contractor as damages or deducted by the Engineer-In-Charge from any sums

that may be due to or become due from GSECL to the contractor under this contract or

otherwise. The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal

proceedings that may be brought by any person for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of


CORPORATION LTD.


precautions to prevent the spread of fire and he shall also pay any damage and costs that may be

awarded by the court if in consequence.

25.0 RESCISSION OF CONTRACT AND FORFEITURE OF DEPOSIT

The contractor shall not assign or sublet, without the written approval of the Engineer-in charge

and if the contractor assign or sublet his contract, or attempt to do so or become insolvent or

commence any proceedings to be adjudicated as insolvent or make any composition with

creditors, attempt to do so, the Engineer-In-Charge may, by notice in writing rescind the contract.

Also, if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or advantage pecuniary or otherwise shall

either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the contractor or any of his servants,

or agents, or any person to the employee of GSECL in any way relating to his office or

employment or if any such officers or persons shall become in any way directly or indirectly

interested in the contract, the Executive Engineer may, by 10 days notice in writing, rescind the

contract. In the event of a contract being rescinded the Security Deposit of the contractor shall

there upon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of GSECL and the same

consequences shall ensure as it the contract has been rescinded under clause 4 thereof and in

addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work thereof actually

performed under the contract.

26.0 COMPENSATION

All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be

considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of GSECL, without reference to

the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has not been sustained.

27.0 CHANGE IN THE CONSTITUTION OF FIRM TO BE NOTIFIED

In the case of tender by partners of a firm, any change in the constitution of firm shall be

forthwith notified by the contractor to the Executive Engineer for his information.

28.0 WORKS UNDER DIRECTION OF SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to

the approval of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle, Engineer-In-Charge for the time being

who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be

commenced and from time to time carried on.

29.0 DECISION OF SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER TO BE FINAL.

Except where otherwise specified in contract and subject to the power delegated to him by GSECL

under the GSECL’s rule, then in force the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle /

Engineer-In-Charge. for the time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all of the

specification, designs, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the quality of

workmanship or material used on the or as to any other question, claim, right matter or thing

whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the contract, designs, drawings, specifications,

estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning, the works or the

execution or failure to execute the same, whether arising during the progress of the work or after

the completion or abandonment thereof.

30.0 ARBITRATION

‘ALL QUESTIONS, DISPUTES OR DIFFERENCES, WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY AT AN TIME ARISE

BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO THIS CONTRACT IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONTRACT OR ANY

MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN RELATION THERE TO, SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE “GUJARAT


CORPORATION LTD.


PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS DISPUTES ARBITRATION TRIBUNAL” AS PER THE PROVISIONS OF THE

GUJARAT PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS DISPUTES ARBITRATION TRIBUNAL ACT, 1992.

31.0 STORES TO BE OBTAINED FROM GSECL

-DELETED

32.0 LUMP SUM IN ESTIMATE

When the estimate on which tender is made, includes lump sums in respect of parts of the works

the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of works involved or the part

of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract or such items or if

the part of work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge capable to

measurement the Engineer-In-Charge may at his discretion pay the lump sum amount entered in

the estimate and the certificate in writing of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be final and conclusive

against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of the

clause.

33.0 LUMP SUM TENDERS

Whenever lump sum tenders have been invited for building or other structures of the same type,

design, the contractor shall submit his bill stated in Clause No.11 and the Engineer-In-Charge not

below the rank of Executive Engineer shall certify by general measurement or by other method

considered suitable to him, the value of work done and the contractor shall be paid monthly a

sum equal to 90% of the total value the work so certified, since the last payment, after deducting

a part or whole of the secured advance if not already paid for the materials utilised on the works.

An additional secured advance for any fresh materials brought on site will also be paid if certified

by the officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer. After the work is completed final bill

would be paid on the certification of officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer, that the

work is done according to drawing and specifications attached to the tender. If any additions and

alteration have been carried out, detailed measurements in respect thereof shall be recorded and

extra payment or deductions are regulated as per item rates quoted by the contractor while

submitting the tender and if there are any items in the additions and alterations for which the

contractor has not quoted a rate, the payment shall be as per Clause 15 above.

34.0 ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATIONS.

In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specifications as is mentioned in clause

1. such work shall be carried out in accordance with the divisional specifications and in there

event of there being no divisional specifications, the work shall be carried out in all respects in

accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-In-Charge / consultant of the

GSECL etc.

35.0 INDUSTRIAL LABOUR LAWS

35.1 Wages to be paid and time of payment etc. by the Contractor

1) The contractor shall pay Rs.210.90/- per day as per prevailing norms or as may be specified

hereafter or fixed under minimum wages Act whichever is higher. The wages of every contract

labour employed by him under this contract shall be paid by him before the expiry of 7th day of

the last day of the month in respect of which the wages are payable (i.e. wages of a month have

to be paid by him in the first week of the next month). The payment shall be disbursed in

presence of Management Representative during the working hours in factory premises and the

contractor shall get the entries certified in the register of wages by the Representative of the


CORPORATION LTD.


GSECL. Any default will result in cancellation of contract forthwith or else the contractor shall be

punishable to the extent of Rs.100/- fine per each day.

2) The contractor shall give his telephone number and address to the GSECL so that in case of labour

trouble etc., the contractor can be contacted. The contractor shall arrange to have his office

outside the factory premises and the contractor keep himself present throughout the working

hours.

35.2 Labour Laws

1) Person below the age of 18 years shall not be employed for the work.

2) No female worker shall be employed in the night shift between 7.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.

3) Contractor shall maintain a valid labour license under the Contract Labour

(Regulation and Abolition Act) for employing necessary manpower to be required by him. In the

absence of such license the contractor shall be liable to be terminated without assigning any

reason thereof.

4) The contractor shall at his own expense comply with all labour laws and keep the GSECL

indemnified in respect thereof. Some of the major liabilities under various labour and industrial

laws which the contractor shall comply with are as under:

a) Payment of contribution of wages of employers contributions towards Provident Fund, Family

Pension Scheme, Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme, Administrative Charges etc. at the rates made

applicable from time to time by Government of Gujarat / Government of India or other Statutory

Authorities.

b) Payment of deposit in respect of each contract labour of the rate of RS.30/- with the office of the

Commissioner of Labour as per the Contract Labour Act (Regulation & Abolition).

c) Licence Fee as prescribed under the contract Labour Act (Regulation and Abolition) and Rules

framed there under depending upon the number of workmen employed by the contractor.

d) Paid leave facility and wages as per the provision of the Factories Act at the rate of one day for

every 5 days of working.

e) Identity cards as prescribed under the factories Act with photo affixed thereto, the same for

identification.

f) Payment of retrenchment compensation, notice pay and other liabilities as per Industrial Disputes

Act. Any payment to the contractor’s employees arising out of any claim of disputes under the

Industrial Disputes Act – 447 or any other laws.

g) Provision of compensation in the case of accidental injury.

h) Payment of crèche if the female labour employed is more than 30 numbers

i) Maternity leave as per the provision of the Maternity Benefit Act.

j) The above are some of the major liabilities of the contractor in addition to other liabilities

prescribed under the various Labour Las in force from time to time from Statutory Authorities like

State Government / Government of India which the contractor shall have to comply with.

35.3 Provident Fund And Family Pension Scheme

The contractor shall submit along with his bill (month wise) a statement regarding deductions

against employees provident fund and family pension scheme in respect of each concerned

employees. Provident fund and family pension scheme at the rate of 12 % (or at the rates made

applicable by the Government from time to time) of the wages. The contractor’s contribution

and his workers contribution towards provident fund and family pension scheme shall be

deposited by the contractor with regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad.

35.4 Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme:-


CORPORATION LTD.


The contractor shall have to deposit ½ % of the wages in-respect of employees who is a member

of the Provident Fund as the contribution to the Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme with Regional

Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad.

35.5 Administrative Charges:- Administrative charges for maintaining Provident Fund Account shall

be deposited by the contractor with Regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Ahmedabad at the

rates applicable.

35.6 Paid Leave Facility : Paid leave facility at the rate of one day for every 5 days worked by the

contract labourer shall be provided by the contractor to his workers. He shall maintain Leave

records/ Leave Cards for individual labourer which shall be duly verified and approved/ certified

by the authorized officer of the GSECL.

35.7 Workmen’s Compensation Fund And Employers Liability Insurance:-

The contractor shall cover all his employees under Workmen’s Compensation Fund and under

the Liability Insurance.

35.8 The contractor shall employ adequate number of experienced staff at site for daily supervision

and for maintenance of various registers and records required under the law and contract. No

payment for supervision shall be admissible.

35.9 Contractor To Indemnify The GSECL The contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the

GSECL and every officer and employees of the GSECL and also Engineer-In-Charge and his staff

against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs and expenses whatsoever arising out of

or in connection with the matters referred in above clauses and elsewhere and against all

actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs and expenses which may be made against the

GSECL by any workman/ employee of the contractor or any sub-contractor and / or from any

liability may arise to any workman / employees of the contractor or any sub-contractor under

any laws, rules or regulation having the force of law including but not limited to claims against

the owner under workman’s compensation Act, 423. The employee’s Provident Act 452, and /

or the contract Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act 479. The GSECL shall not be liable for or in

respect of or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workmen or other person in the

employment of the contractor or his sub-contractors, and the contractor shall indemnify and

keep indemnified the GSECL against all such damage and compensation and against all claims,

demands, proceedings costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation

thereto.

35.10 Workmen’s Compensation And Employer’s Liability Insurance:-

Insurance shall be effected for all the contractor’s for all the contractor’s employees engaged in

the performance of this contract. If any of the work is sublet to the sub-contractor, the

contractor shall require that he or his sub-contractor to provide workmen’s compensation and

employer’s liability insurance for the latter’s employees unless such employees recovered under

the contractor’s insurance.

35.11 The GSECL reserves the right to terminate this rate contract at any time during its pendency

without giving notice of termination or any reasons thereof.

35.12 The GSECL will be entitled to deduct directly from the bills, to be paid to the Sub-contractor and

Labourers any sum or sums payable by contractor and which sum/sums the GSECL is required to

pay as a principal employer on account of contractor’s default in respect of all liabilities referred

to in above clauses.


CORPORATION LTD.


35.13 Nothing in the contract document stated shall any wise constitute any workmen/ employees of

the contractor or any sub-contractor as or to be workmen/employee of the power, or place

obligation or liability in respect of any such workmen/ employee upon the GSECL.

NOTE: The prevailing Act at the time of execution of work over and above act specified herein

shall be binding to the contractor.

36.0 NO CLAIM FOR VARIATION IN QUANTITIES OF WORK

Quantities shown in the tender are approximate and no claim shall be entertained for quantities

of work actually executed, being either more or less up to any extent than those entered in the

tender or less than those entered in the tender or estimate.

37.0 NO CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION FOR DELAY IN STARING WORK

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused into starting of work on account of

acquisition of land and in the case of clearance for works or any delay in according sanction to

estimates.

38.0 NO CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION FOR DELAY IN EXECUTION OF WORK

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in execution of the work on account of water

standing in borrow pits or compartment. The rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil,

excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water standing in borrow pits and no claim for an extra rate

shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified & mentioned in the tender.

39.0 ENTERING UPON OR COMMENCING ANY PORTION OF WORK

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with the written

authority or instructions of the Executive Engineer or his subordinate in charge of the work,

failing such the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurement or payment for work.

40.0 METHOD OF PAYMENT

Payment to contractors shall be made by A/c payee cheques provided the amount exceeds

Rs.50/-. Amount not exceeding Rs. 50/- will be paid in cash. Payment shall be made after 30 days

from recording of the bills.

41.0 ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS ON TENDERING FOR WORK.

Submission to tender or acceptance of work order shall imply acceptance of these conditions of

tender by contractor.

42.0 EMPLOYMENT OF SCARCITY LABOUR

If government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within 5kms of

the work, the piece worker / contractor shall employ upon such part of the work as are suitable

for unskilled labour; any person certified to him by the Executive Engineer or by any person to

whom Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief and shall

be bound to pay such person wage not below the minimum, which Government may have fixed in

this behalf from time to time. Any implementation of this clause shall be decided by the

Superintending engineer / Engineer-In-Charge whose decision shall be final and binding on the

piece worker/contractor.

43.0 EMPLOYMENT OF TECHNICAL PERSONS

The contractor who are registered under class ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ or such contractors who executes

the works of Rs. 5 lakhs and above shall employ the technically qualified personnel possessing

minimum a Diploma of reconciled Technical institution, for executing the work of the GSECL.

Date: (Signature of Contractor) Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS


CORPORATION LTD.


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 The successful bidder, on receipt of Letter of Intent will submit within a week’s time his

planning/program of work for the scrutiny of the GSECL in a PART/BAR CHART format, clearly

indicating the GSECL’s inputs also.

2.0 Contractor will plan his work such that the works on all the fronts released by the GSECL,

simultaneous works should progress in such a way that the entire job is completed in the

schedule time limit.

3.0 The work commencement date will start from the date of issue of letter of commencement.

4.0 The successful bidder will have to depute his authorized representative to attend progress review

meeting to be held at site or the GSECL’s C.O., at Vadodara.

5.0 The contractor will be responsible for complying with all rules & regulation & the labour laws

applicable to him & the GSECL will not be responsible for any lapses committed by them. If there

is any claim from the Government Authority pertaining to the contractor the same amount will be

deducted from the contractor’s bill.

6.0 The contractor shall depute sufficient numbers of qualified engineers / supervisors to look after

the work. The engineers/supervisors shall remain present at site at all the times. In no

circumstances, contractor shall be allowed to continue work without engineering supervision.

Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS

I/We accept the above conditions…

Contractor’s Representative legible signature:

_______________________________________________________

Name of the person:

__________________________________________________________________________________

Seal of the Company: _______________________________Date & place:

___________________________________________

Signature of contractor


CORPORATION LTD.

Signature of Contractor General Conditions of Contract of 169

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 CONTACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY

The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work & site conditions, the general

conditions, the special conditions, specifications, schedules & drawings & shall be deemed to have visited

the site of the works & to have fully informed himself regarding the local conditions. Copy of Appendix V

attached with tender shall have to be filled up before quoting the rate, for confirmation of site visit. If

there shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of these general conditions or special

conditions of the scope of work of the specifications or any other matter concerning the contract, he shall

in good time before submitting his tender, send for the particulars thereof & submit them to the

Engineer-In-Charge in writing in order that such doubt may be removed.

2.0 ERRORS, OMISSIONS & DISCREPANCIES

In all cases of errors, omissions, doubts or discrepancies in the dimensions, or discrepancies in the

drawings & items of work on specifications, reference shall be made to the Executive Engineer whose

elucidation & elaboration shall be considered as authoritative. The contractor shall be held responsible

for any error that may occur in the work thorough lack of such reference.

3.0 USE OF LAND

3.1 The area if available will be allocated for construction of site office& store godown only.

3.2 The contractor shall preserve all existing vegetation such as trees on or adjacent, to the works

sites which do not interfere with the construction as determined by the GSECL.

3.3 The contractor shall take all possible precautions in felling trees authorized for removal to avoid

any unnecessary damage to vegetation & trees not to be felled & to structures or to workmen, & shall be

responsible for any damage if it occurs in such operations.

3.4 All produce from cutting of trees, grass etc. shall be the property of GSECL & shall be stacked at

the directed places. No claim shall be made for such tree felling / cutting &stacking of trees/produce or

grass etc. by the contractor.

3.5 The contractor shall not unnecessarily or for use as fuel, cut any trees, bushes, grass or other

vegetation nor shall set fire.

3.6 The land shall as herein before mentioned be handed over to GSECL / Owner of Land

immediately after the completion of the work under this contract. Also no land shall be held by the

contractor longer than the GSECL shall deem fit & necessary & the contractor shall, on due notice by the

GSECL, vacate & return the land which the Engineer-In-Charge may certify as no longer required by the

contractor for purposes of the work.

4.0 START OF WORK

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of the work except with the written

permission of the authority of the GSECL, failing which the contractor shall have no claim to ask for

measurement of or payment for work & shall be responsible for any claims or damages that may arise

due to such unauthorized commencement or entry. No compensation shall be allowed for any delay

caused in starting the work on account of any delay in clearance of the work site.

5.0 WORK TO EXECUTE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE GSECL’S ENGINEERS

The contractor shall proceed with the work with diligence & expedition & the whole of the work herein

specified as well as the mode of execution shall be under the supervision & the direction & shall be

carried on to the entire satisfaction of the GSECL’s site Engineers, who shall have full powers to order the

contractor to alter, enlarge or diminish the form, dimensions, positions, or quantities of any of the work

or to make use of materials & workmanship of different descriptions & qualities from this herein

specified. In the case of any class of work for which there are no Technical Specifications, these shall be

carried out in accordance with the latest IS Codes & in the event of being no Relevant IS Code, the works

shall be carried out in accordance with the directions & instructions of the GSECL’s Engineers at site.


CORPORATION LTD.


6.0 WORKMANSHIP ETC.

The work shall be executed in thoroughly substantial manner with workmanship of best quality & strictly

in accordance with the specifications & with the drawings, or with such other drawings or written

instructions as may from time to time be furnished to the contractor, in accordance with terms of this

contract & shall be completed in every respect with workmanship implied & necessary according to the

fair interpretation & meaning of the same & should there be any discrepancy between the drawings &

specifications or any difference or dispute as to the dimensions to be worked out or the mode of doing

periodical quantity of the work to be executed or with respect to any subject arising out of this contract,

the decision of the GSECL’s authorized Engineers shall be final & binding on all parties.

7.0 SAMPLES OF DESCRIPTIVE DATA

Samples of descriptive data requiring approval shall be submitted by the Contractor to the GSECL’s

Engineers in good time before the use of such material to permit its inspection & testing & there-by the

approval. The samples shall be properly marked to show the name of material, manufacture place or

origin & the place where it is intended to be used etc. Failure of any samples to pass specified tests

requirements; it shall be sufficient cause for the refusal to consider any further samples from that source.

8.0 BASELINES & GRADES

The GSECL near to the site of work shall furnish one permanent Bench Mark. Semi-permanent baselines &

cross lines shall be established at sufficiently spaced intervals with benchmarks by the Contractor at his

own cost & risk. The contractor shall provide at his expense, all the required pillars, equipment, materials,

& labour for the establishment of the grade lines & bench marks, for that the Contractor shall be

responsible for their further maintenance during the execution of the actual work till the complete period

of construction. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper execution of work to such lines &

levels & grades as may be specified in the drawings, established, or indicated by the GSECL’s Engineers.

All the survey work, if required, shall be checked by the GSECL’s engineers. However this shall not absolve

the contractor for the correctness of survey/ temporary or permanent Benchmarks.

9.0 CONTACTOR NOT TO DISPOSE OFF SOIL ETC.

The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the purpose of this contract

the sand, ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials that may be obtained from any execution

made for the purpose of this contract or produce upon the site at the time of delivery of the possession

of the land but also such substances materials & produce shall be the property of the GSECL & shall be

disposed off in the manner & place as directed by the GSECL’s Engineers.

10.0 GOLD, SILVER, MINERALS, OIL RELICS, ETC. FOUND ON THE SITE

All gold silver, oil relics, or other minerals, of any description & all precious stones, coins, treasures relic,

antiquities, & other similar things that shall be found in or upon the site shall be the property of the

GSECL. The contractor shall return the gathered things as above to the authorized representative of the

GSECL.

11.0 FENCING, LIGHTING & VENTILATION

The contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing, guarding & taking of all the necessary

safety measures for all works comprised in the contract & or the proper provision of temporary

roadways, footways, guards fences, caution notices etc. as far as the same may be rendered necessary by

reasons for the work for the accommodation & protection of workmen foot passenger or other traffic &

of the GSECL & occupiers of adjacent villages, property of the public & shall remain responsible for any

accidents that may occur on account of his failure & timely precautions.

All the works & approaches shall be adequately illuminated with electric lights to the satisfaction of the

GSECL’s Engineers. The power & lighting connections, wiring equipment shall be subject to the inspection

& passing by Electrical Inspector to GOG authorized under the Indian Electricity Act. Any additions

alterations or omissions shall be got approved from the GSECL’s Engineers got certified from the Electrical


CORPORATION LTD.


Inspector. Work spots such as faces of excavation of borrow pits; filling area etc. shall be adequately

illuminated with floodlights to the satisfaction of the GSECL’s Engineers.

12.0 EXPLOSIVE PROCUREMENT & STORAGE

Explosives, petrol, oils, fuels, &other inflammable materials shall be stored strictly in accordance with the

rules of the Explosive Department. The contractor shall at his own expense construct & maintain proper

magazines which are required for the storage of explosive & arrange for storage facilities for oils, petrol,

fuels etc. for use in connection with the work.

The contractor shall at his own cost obtain the necessary license for the storage & use of explosives, oils,

petrol, diesel etc. The GSECL shall not take any responsibility whatsoever in connection with the storage

or use of explosives on the site, any accident occurs in the connection at site or nearby village or vicinity.

All operations of the contractor in which or for which explosives are employed shall be at the risk of the

contractor & upon his own responsibility.

13.0 LIABILITY FOR ACCIDENTS TO PERSONS:

13.1 The contractor or subcontractor shall indemnity the GSECL against any claims which may be

made under the workman’s compensation Act, 423, or any statutory modification or otherwise for or in

respect of any damages or compensation payable in consequence of any accident or injury caused, by

fault of contractor or subcontractor & sustained by any workmen or other person on the employment of

the contractor or subcontractor. In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of subsection (1) of

section 12 of the workman’s Compensation Act, 423, the GSECL is obliged to pay compensation to a

workman employed by the contactor or subcontractor in execution of the work, the GSECL will recover

from the contractor the amount of compensation so paid, and without prejudice to the rights of the

GSECL under subsection 12 of the said Act, such amount will be paid back to the GSECL in 30 days, failing

which the GSECL will be at liberty to recover such amount of any part thereof by deducting it from the

dues by the GSECL to the contractor under this contract or otherwise. The GSECL shall not be bound to

contract any claim made against either of them under section 12, subsection (1) of the said Act, except on

written request from the contractor & upon his giving to the GSECL full security for all costs for which the

GSECL might become liable in consequence for entertaining such claims.

13.2 The contractor and/or subcontractor named in the contract shall indemnity the GSECL against

all claims based upon injury or death to any person in the employment of the contractor or sub contactor,

or to the third parties under paragraph (a) 2 or condition no.47 to the extent of any sums recovered

under the insurance policy.

13.3 On occurrence of the accident which result on the death of workman employed by the

contractor or subcontractor, which is so serious as to be likely to result in the death of any workman, the

contractor shall within 24 hours of happening of such event intimate in writing to the Engineers of the

GSECL the fact of such accidents. The contractor or subcontractor shall indemnity the GSECL against all

loss or damage sustained, by the GSECL resulting directly or indirectly from his failure to give intimation in

the manner aforesaid including penalties or fine if any, payable by GSECL as a consequence of GSECL’s

failure, to give notice under workman’s compensation Act or otherwise to confirm to the provisions of

the said Act in regard to such accident.

14.0 LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO WOKS & MATERIALS

14.1 The contractor shall during, the progress of the work, properly protect the works & the existing

Ash Disposal pipelines & materials placed at his disposal or acquired for him by the GSECL, & shall remain

answerable & liable for all accidents, damages. Loss etc. & shall be made good in the most complete &

substantial manner by & at the sole cost of the contractor & to the reasonable satisfaction of the GSECL’s

Engineers. If the contractor fails to make good such losses, damages within the specified time given by

the GSECL, the GSECL shall be at liberty to recover the amount towards such expenses fixed by the

GSECL’s Engineers & shall be recovered from the amount due under this contract to the contractor.

14.2 Further the contractor shall, at all times, protect & preserve all materials, machinery,

equipment, Ash Disposal pipelines, allied structures such as spillway chambers, ADP, haul road and ramps


CORPORATION LTD.


etc., materials & so acquired by himself or GSECL for the execution of the work. All reasonable requests of

the GSECL’s Engineers to enclose or especially protect any of the above shall be expeditiously complied

with at no extra cost.

14.3 If the Engineer considers that the work, asked for in the aforesaid Para, is not sufficiently &

satisfactorily protected by the contractor, on requests made for, the GSECL shall be entitled to arrange

for such protection at his unfettered discretion & recover the cost thereof from the contractor.

14.4 Until the work shall be or deemed to be taken, over as aforesaid, the contractor shall also be

liable for & shall be deemed to have indemnified the GSECL in respect of all damage or injury to any

person or any property of the GSECL or of others in villages nearby, occasioned by the negligence of the

contractor or his workmen, or his subcontractor, or by defective /ill methods of working.

15.0 MATERIALS, TOOLS, MACHINERY BROUGHT ON THE SITE OF WORK

All materials, tools & tackles, machinery etc. of the contractor brought to & delivered upon the site for

the work shall be the time of their being so brought shall be deemed to be the property of the GSECL in

its possession to be used for the purpose of the work & for that purpose only & shall not on any account

be removed or taken away by the contractor or any other person without the permission of the GSECL’s

Engineers in charge, but the contractor shall be fully responsible for & loss, destruction thereof or

damage thereto. The GSECL may have a lien on such materials, tools, tackles, machinery for any sum or

sums which may at any time prior to the completion of the works be or owing to the GSECL by the

contractor, under in respect of & dispose of any such materials, tools. Tackles, machinery in such a

manner as the GSECL may think fit & to apply the proceeds in or towards the satisfaction of such sum or

sums due or owing as aforesaid but subject to such lien & power of sale & disposal such surplus materials,

tools, tackles, machinery shall belong to the contractor & may be removed & disposed off by him as he

may think fit.

16.0 ACCESS TO SITE & WORK ON SITE

The Engineer or his authorized representative may if he considers fit from time to time enter upon any

lands which may be in the possession of the contractor under this contract, for the purpose of executing

any work not included in this contract & may execute by other contractors at his opinion & the contractor

shall in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford all reasonable facilities for execution of

the works including occupation of lands by structure or otherwise for any other contractor employed by

the GSECL & his workmen or for the execution on or near site of the works not included in the contract.

The contractor shall not be entitled for any extra claims on such executions.

17.0 INSPECTION OF WORKS

The GSECL’s Engineers or their authorized representatives shall have at all times power to inspect the

works, wherever in progress, either on site, on the contractor’s premises in connection with this contract.

Further, the contractor shall not allow any person other than GSECL’s Engineers or their authorized

representatives to the work sites. The contractor shall, during working hours, maintain supervisors of

sufficient training & experience to supervise the work as a whole. All orders & directions given to such

supervisors or other staff shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor. Further the GSECL may

by due notice, desire a high ranking member of the supervisor staff of the contractor to be present on any

specified inspection & the contractor shall comply with such directions.

18.0 CLEANING UP

18.1 The contractor shall at all times keep the construction areas & his labour colony & storage areas

free from accumulation of waste, or rejected materials.

18.2 Prior to the completion of the work the contractor shall remove all rubbish from & about the

premises, & tools, tackles, machinery, left out materials consumable, rejected materials, scaffolding etc.

which are not the part of the permanent work/structure. The premises will be left fully satisfactorily to

the GSECL’s Engineers/representatives; thereafter only the completion certificate will be issued.


CORPORATION LTD.


19.0 CONTRACTOR’S INVENTORY OF EQUIPMENTS & MACHINERY

The contractor shall prepare & maintain an inventory of all machinery, equipment, temporary rolling

stock, and plant purchased or hired for the use of this contract’s execution.

20.0 PROGRESS SCHEDULE

20.1 Contractor shall furnish a Construction Schedule on receipt of LOI or Work Order whichever is

earlier, in quadruplicate, indicating the date of start, the monthly progress expected to be achieved &

anticipated completion of each major items of the work under this contract & procurement of

equipment, machinery & other materials. The schedule should be such as is practicable of achievement

the whole work in the time limit & of the particular items on due date specified in the contract & shall

have the approval of the GSECL’s Engineers. Detailed schedules for each working season showing the

progress month by month to be achieved is to be submitted to the GSECL. The GSECL is empowered to

ask for more detailed progress schedule week by week for any item or for all items & the contractor shall

comply when asked for.

20.2 The GSECL shall have, at all times the right without in any way violating this contract, or forming

grounds for claim to alter the order of the works or any part thereof & the contractor shall after receiving

such direction proceed in the order directed. The contractor shall revise the progress schedule

accordingly & submit to the GSECL in four copies.

20.3 The contractor shall furnish sufficient machinery, equipment, labourers & materials shall work

for such hours & shifts as may be necessary to maintain/achieve the progress of the scheduled, after

getting written permission of Engineer-In-Charge.

20.4 The progress schedules shall be in the form of bar charts, statements &/or reports as may be

necessary & directed by the GSECL’s representatives.

21.0 RECOVERIES

Recoveries due from the contractor, up to the end of the month previous to the one in which the bill is

prepared shall be made from bills approved for payment every month or at other periods when the bills

are prepared, for the enlisted, but not limited to, in the order of priorities & extents.

21.1 Penalty, if leviable,

21.2 Expenditure, in full, incurred by the GSECL on contractor’s behalf in labour, machinery,

equipment etc.,

21.3 Charges for services such as water & power supply, etc. in full,

21.4 Hire charges for GSECL’s or Government machinery if any,

21.5 Other recoveries not specifically mentioned but recoverable.

22.0 DATE OF COMPLETION

The contractor shall complete the whole work & hand over to the GSECL on or before the date specified

in the work order.

Provided always that if in the opinion of the GSECL the completion of the works shall be delayed by any

change of original design or by the order of the GSECL, of any altered, modified substituted or additional

works or materials omitted or by strikes, lock outs or stoppages of labour, or revolution, riots, civil or

political disturbance or by the contractor not being given possession of the site or by the GSECL taking

possession of & using the site or part thereof or the works or part thereof or any part of the work or

delayed supply of material by the GSECL or by the not receiving any orders, drawings, instructions or

directions in time or by the suspensions if the works or by fire, flood exceptionally bad weather tempest,

storm or by from unforeseen circumstances(& whether the same shall be due to any act or omission of

the GSECL or it’s representatives) the GSECL may in the unfettered discretion thinks fit either forthwith or

at a later time & from time to time not withstanding that the prescribed or extended time for completion

has expired or work have been completed, extend the date for the completion of the works to such a

date as deemed fit as practical & acceptable.


CORPORATION LTD.


23.0 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT

There will be generally no objection on the component parts if the work, being given over to responsible

subcontractors but GSECL shall under no circumstances recognize these subcontractors & the

responsibility of executing the work in the accordance with the conditions of contract will entirely rest on

the main contractor. However written consent of C.E (G) shall be obtained before subletting. The main

contractor will therefore always have the very responsible member, preferably a technical hand present

on the works with power to sign all work orders issued on the site of work & to take requisite actions in

the interest of efficient execution of work.

24.0 OTHER CONTRACTS FOR THE SUSPENSION STOPPAGE OR CURTAILMENTS OF WORK

If during the pendency of the contract the Engineer shall for any reason (which shall be unquestioned)

whatsoever require the whole or any part of the work as specified in the contract to be suspended for

any period or shall not require the whole or any part of the work as specified in the contract to be carried

out at all by the contractor, he shall give notice in writing of the fact to the contractor who shall

thereupon suspend or stop the work totally or partially as the case may be. In any case except as

provided hereunder, the contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever on

account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but

he did not so derive in consequence of the full amount of the work not having being carried out, or on

account of any loss that he may be put on account of materials purchased or agreed to be purchased or

for unemployment of labour recruited by him. He shall not also have any claim for compensation but

reason of any alterations having been made in the original specifications, drawings, designs & instructions

that may involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated. Where however, materials have

already been purchased or agreed to be purchased by the contractor, before receipt of the aforesaid

notice, the contractor shall be paid for such materials at the rate determined by the GSECL, provided they

would have been useful for the work curtailed or stopped are not in excess of requirements are of

approved quality & cannot be used on other contract works or otherwise by the contractor &/or shall be

compensated for the loss if any, that he may put to, on respect of materials agreed to be purchased by

him, the amount of such compensation to be determined by the GSECL, whose decision shall be final.

The GSECL may order the contractor to suspend any work on account of bad weather; rain or storm &

such other adverse climate conditions & the contractor shall comply with the same. The contractor shall

not be entitled to any compensation for such suspensions of work.

25.0 OTHER CONTRACTORS

Apart from this work, the other works connected with this work will be simultaneously going on either

departmentally or through any other contractors. The contractors shall co-operate with others to their

fullest extent & shall allow each other every facility & coordination for the execution of their works

simultaneously & satisfactorily, during their action of machinery or execution of any other coordination

works, the contractor will have to co-operate as directed by the GSECL’s Engineers in the charge of the

works. In such cases the contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation on account of reduction or

stoppage of labour force/machinery/equipment etc.

In the matter of dumps, haul, roads, drainage, diversion & the like, each contractor shall take into

considerations the needs & the requirements of the other contractors if any working in the vicinity.

Further no contractor shall take or cause to be taken any stops or action that may cause disruption,

discontent or disturbance to the work, labour arrangements etc. to other contractors. Any action, by any

contractor, which the GSECL in the unquestioned discretion may consider as infringement of the above

code, would be considered as a breach of the contract conditions & the GSECL may take such action as

may deem fit against the contractor & the action taken shall be considered as final & binding.

26.0 SPEED OF WORK

The contractor shall at all times maintain the speed of work to confirm to the latest operative progress

schedule but the GSECL may at any time with sufficient notice in writing direct the contractor to slow

down or to accelerate any part or the whole work for any reason (which shall not be questioned


CORPORATION LTD.


whatsoever) & the contractor shall comply with such orders of the GSECL. The compliance of such orders

shall not entitle the contractor to any claim or compensation.

27.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENT & MATTERS TO BE TREATED AS CONFIDENTIAL

All documents, correspondence, decision & other matters concerning the contract shall be considered as

of confident & restricted nature by the contractor & he shall not divulge or allow access there to any

unauthorized persons of any kind.

28.0 ACCESS TO THE CONTRACTOR’S BOOK

Whenever it is considered necessary by the GSECL to ascertain the actual cost for execution of any

particular item of work, the GSECL may do so by directing the contractor to produce the original invoices.

29.0 INTEREST ON MONEY DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR

The contractor shall not be entitled to receive the interest on the payment due to him upon

measurements or otherwise or on any balance payable to the contractor. Also, contractor shall not be

allowed to relate it with the progress of work at site in any case.

30.0 MEASUREMENTS TO BE PROVISIONAL & SUBJECT TO CORRECTION

Every measurement for running payment on account of work done be subject to adjustment or final

measurements. In case there is disagreement between such intermediate & final measurements, the

latter shall prevail.

31.0 R/A BILLS

One measured R.A. Bill shall be made every month on submission of bill by the contractor in GSECL's

prescribed format. No Ad-hoc payment will be made.

32.0 BREACH ON PART OF GSECL NOT TO ANNUL CONTRACT

No breach or non-observance on the part of the GSECL of any the agreements contained herein, shall

annul this contract of discharge the contractor from the observance & performance thereof, or of any

part thereof, but on application by the contractor & in the unfettered discretion of the GSECL an

extension of time may be given to the contractor in respect of such breach or non-observance by the

GSECL.

33.0 LABOUR CONDITIONS

33.1 The contactor shall comply with the labour laws laid as may be current & shall furnish the

returns & information as may be specified from time to time.

33.2 The contractor shall as far as possible obtain his requirements of labour, skilled & unskilled from

the local areas.

33.3 The contractor shall pay wages as per the latest circulars applicable at the times for the

minimum wages to be paid to unskilled, semiskilled & skilled labour prescribed by the Government of

Gujarat.

33.4 The GSECL shall have the authority to remove from the work site any person, who may be

considered unfit or undesirable & no responsibility shall be accepted by the GSECL for any delay or extra

expense caused towards the completion of the work by such removal.

33.5 If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within 10 Km.

of the work site then the piece worker or contractor shall employ upon such parts of work, as are suitable

for unskilled labour any person certified by the GSECL or by any person to whom the GSECL has

authorized, & shall pay the minimum wages as fixed by the Government of Gujarat in this behalf. Any

dispute that may arise in the implementation of the clause the decision of the EIC shall be final & binding.

33.6 The contractor shall provide reasonable facilities to the labour employed by him. The usual

facilities are weather proof shelter for rest & meal, supply of whole some drinking water, facilities for

obtaining food, reasonable washing & sanitary facilities, special facilities for women workers, suitable

residential accommodation, general sanitation & health measures etc.


CORPORATION LTD.


33.7 The implementation of any & all provisions of this clause in no way entitles the contractor to

claim in this contract.

34.0 LOCAL LAWS

34.1 All local laws in force at the time entering into the contract & those enacted there after shall be

binding on the contractor & he shall abide by the same.

34.2 All import duties, sales tax & other local taxes shall be borne by the contractor & they shall be

deemed to have covered by this quoted rate.

35.0 PERFORMA RETURNS

The contractor shall maintain Performa, charts & details regarding machinery, equipment, materials

labour, personnel & other matters as may be specified by the GSECL time to time.

36.0 WORK IN SHIFT DUTY

36.1 Works shall be planned in shifts, if possible in three shifts, depending upon the emergency of

the work with prior approval of the GSECL. On Sundays or any other holiday work shall be continued in

order to maintain progress of work with prior approval of the GSECL. Such works shall not form any

ground for complaint, compensation or extension of time limit. If on the other hand, the GSECL directs

that the work shall be proceeded with, on days & during hours otherwise non-permissible under this

contract, the contractor shall proceed with the work as directed without in any way vitiating this contract

or forming any grounds for compensation of claim.

36.2 The contractor shall in his dealing with labour, at all times, during the period of this contract,

have due regard to local festivals & religious & other customs.

36.3 A working day shall consist of three shifts of 8 hours each. A working day shall constitute any

day on which in the opinion of the GSECL, work can be carried out on one or more shifts.

36.4 The time of completion as defined in this Contract shall be deemed to exclude working during

night hours. If, however it is required to complete the work in time, the GSECL may permit to execute the

work in night hours. Night work shall not entitle the Contractor to any or such claims/extra payments due

to night works. Where night work is in progress, the Contractor at no extra cost, to safeguard the

workmen & public shall provide sufficient lights. The excavated areas in all the cases shall have to

sufficiently & satisfactorily cordoned & barricaded with red signal lights to prevent accidents of any

nature etc.

37.0 MAINTENANCE

Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out Operation and Maintenance for 5 years including that of

structural steel, Electrical equipment and fittings and Mechanical parts and fixtures.

The contractor has to carry out painting in the 5th

year again before the defect liability period expires.

Any failure in Aviation lighting, opacity meters, Ducting insulation, Elevators etc. shall be replaced without

any extra cost as and when the failure occurs.

38.0 LEINS

Final payment to the contractor shall not be made until the contractor shall deliver to the GSECL receipt

in full in lieu thereof, & in either case, an affidavit that so far he has knowledge or information the

releases & materials for which in line could be filed. If any line remains unsatisfied after all the payments

are made, the contractor shall refund to the GSECL all money that the latter may be compelled to pay in

discharging such a line, including all costs & reasonable attorney.


CORPORATION LTD.


39.0 PAYMENT SHALL BE RELEASED ON THE AVAILABILITY OF FUND WITH GSECL. Payment to

contractors shall be made by RTGS/NEFT Mode of payment. The contractor shall furnish the detail

like, Bank Account No., Name of Bank, Branch Name, IFSC Code No., E-Mail Address and copy of

Cancelled Cheque to enable GSECL for payment of the Bills. Generally payment may take 30 to 60

days after passing of bills depending on availability of fund..

40.0 CONTRACT

After the tender has been accepted by the GSECL, all orders or instructions to the contractor shall, except

as herein otherwise provided to be given by the GSECL’s engineers at site on behalf of the GSECL for the

speedy execution of the work.

41.0 INSURANCE

41.1 The contractor shall procure, or arrange for the Subcontractor to procure insurance coverage in

amounts approved by the GSECL & sufficient to protect against the following risks arising out of the

work.

1) Accidents & professional & non-professional sickness of all labourers & personnel engaged in

the work as required by Law pursuant to Workmen’s Compensation Act, 423 or Revised version

thereof.

2) Injury or death to third parties including without limitation injury or death caused by any of the

construction aids or vehicles or rented machinery, equipment used by the contractor or

subcontractor whether at the site or elsewhere.

3) Damage to contractors tools machinery, construction equipment form works, scaffolding

materials etc. due to floods, earthquake or any such cause.

4) Damage to the existing permanent structures of the GSECL & nearby villages, equipment of the

GSECL or of the co-contractors working in the area for other works.

41.2 All the above conditions referred for the insurance cover, shall be in effect from the date of

commencement of the work until the GSECL has accepted the work.

41.3 In the policies covering the insurances referred to above, the GSECL, contractor & the

subcontractor shall be as co-ensured where possible.

41.4 The cost of insurance shall be borne by the contractor.

42.0 LABOUR COLONY/STAFF QUARTERS

The contractor shall arrange the quarters for his staff and labour colony at their own cost as per

the labour laws. GSECL will not allocate area for the same.

43.0 EMPLOYEES PROVIDENT FUND

Bidders shall note that they possess P.F. Code No. in the name of the company [under

Employees Provident Fund Organization, Regional Office, Ahmedabad directive] obtained from

the concerned Authorities of their respective jurisdictions.

In the event of non–possession of the separate P.F. Code No. as detailed in the foregoing para,

the offer shall summarily not be considered for the acceptance despite the offer is the lowest

quoted offer in the price bid opening.



KACHCHH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION,PANANDHRO, PO: SKVNAGAR, TA.

LAKHPAT, DIST. KACHCHH

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS



Panandhro, Gujarat


TABLE OF CONTENTS (TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS)

TECHINICAL SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 78

1.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 78

2.0 GENERAL DETAILS OF WORK ...................................................................................................... 78

3.0 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................... 78

4.0 COPIES DESIGN AND DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 80

5.0 GENERAL PARAMETERS ............................................................................................................. 80

6.0 DESIGN CRITERIA ........................................................................................................................ 82

7.0 CODES, STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS .................................................................................. 82

8.0 LOADING .................................................................................................................................... 83

9.0 LOAD COMBINATIONS ............................................................................................................... 84

10.0 ANALYSIS .................................................................................................................................... 84

11.0 PERMISSIBLE STRESS .................................................................................................................. 85

12.0 COMPONENT DESIGN CRITERIA ................................................................................................. 85

13.0 ACCESSORIES .............................................................................................................................. 89

14.0 PAINTING.................................................................................................................................... 92

15.0 FLUE OPENING ........................................................................................................................... 93

16.0 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM ............................................................................................. 93

17.0 AVIATION OBSTRUCTION/WARNING LIGHTING SYSTEM .......................................................... 95

18.0 EARTHING SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................... 96


TECHINICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1.0 INTRODUCTION

KLTPS (Kutch Lignite Thermal Power Station) is pit head lignite based Thermal Power Station in

Kutch District of Gujarat, India. Two units, Unit No. 1 & 2 of 70 MW each and Unit No. 3 & 4 of 75

MW are in operation at KLTPS.

2.0 GENERAL DETAILS OF WORK

2.1 Design, Engineering & Turnkey execution for Construction of 190 M High RCC Chimney at KLTPS,

Panandhro, Kutch.

2.2 Design, Engineering & Construction of New Flue Duct & flue duct foundations from terminal

point to flue duct entry of the proposed 190 M Chimney to be erected at KLTPS, Panandhro,

Kutch.

2.3 Demolition and reconstruction of allied Structures like existing flue duct from Unit No. 4 to

existing chimney (demolition shall be carried out after joining the flue duct with new

constructed chimney) & other structures if any surrounding the proposed location of 190 M

Chimney to be erected at KLTPS, Panandhro, Kutch.

3.0 SCOPE


covered under this specification. All works shall be done as per specification and approved for

construction drawings and in a manner acceptable to Engineer-In-Charge.

The works covered in this specification shall include furnishing of all materials, labour, tools,

plants and equipment, transportation, fabrication, supervision, construction as per drawings

including embedment of bolts, inserts, leaving holes, pockets, grooves, chamfers as shown

therein and all incidental items not shown or specified but reasonably implied as necessary for

satisfactorily completion of the project as a whole.

The scope of work covered in this specification in general, comprises the design construction &

commissioning of 190m high RCC Chimney required for 75 MW power plant of KLTPS, Panandhro,

Kutch, Gujarat. The scope of work shall consist of but not be limited to the following:

3.1 Geo-Technical investigation and preparation of soil investigation report.

3.2 Preparation of design basis report, design and construction drawings

3.3 Vetting of drawings by the Consultant & Obtaining approval for above at all stages.

3.4 All excavation works in all types of soils/rocks including dewatering as necessary.

3.5 Providing and laying of grounding mat for foundation

3.6 Construction of pile/raft foundation.

3.7 CPCI & ERBP Protective painting to sub-structures in direct contact with soil

3.8 Backfilling around the foundation

3.9 RCC grade slab

3.10 RCC shell

3.11 Hopper

3.12 RCC corbels at intervals

3.13 Chimney cap

3.14 Companion flange and brackets including inserts on the shell for the flue duct connection.


3.15 Access, maintenance and clean out doors

3.16 External Cage Ladder (full height of the chimney) and hand railings

3.17 Insulation material

3.18 Platforms, inserts & miscellaneous bolts and anchors required for instrumentation of chimney

3.19 Lightning protection and grounding systems

3.20 All painting work including for aviation, day warning painting as per aviation requirements

3.21 Aviation night warning lights, lighting system inclusive of all accessories and cabling work from

power supply point

3.22 Mandatory spare parts

3.23 One (1) set of special tools and tackles

3.24 All relevant drawings, data and instruction manuals.

3.25 Installation of lights at all external platforms.

3.26 Providing and installation of rack and pinion elevator of 400 kg capacity including necessary

grooves, holes etc. in the structure required for erection of the elevator

3.27 Wind Tunnel Study: Some other tall structures are located in close vicinity of the Chimney. The

aerodynamic interference effect due to these shall be studied and incorporated in the design of

the Chimney. Wind tunnel model study for determining the aerodynamic interference is

included in the bidder’s scope. The study shall be done by a specialist agency in this field and

acceptable to owner.

3.28 Attending meetings at Owner/Consultants office at Vadodara, Panandhro or Mumbai or any

other place as fixed by Engineer-In-Charge as and when required for review, discussions, co-

ordination etc.

3.29 All other works not specifically mentioned above but indicated in the drawings, which are

necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work as a whole.

3.30 Approvals from client

The contractor, unless specified otherwise, shall take the approvals from owner which include

but shall not be limited to the following:

1) Design, prepare and getting approval of working drawings for slip formwork, scaffoldings,

supports, staging, Hoist for concrete from the Engineer-In-Charge.

2) Prepare and submit for, approval, as per approved schedule, detailed drawings for R.C. work in

shell, hopper, footing, platforms and bar bending schedules for reinforcement bars showing the

positions and details for reinforcement bars, showing the positions and details of spacers, chairs,

supports, hangers, openings etc.

3) Prepare detailed fabrication and erection marking drawings for steel and metal works and

submit them for approval.

4) Prepare detailed shop drawings for various inserts, anchors, sleeves, frames, templates, anchor

bolts etc. showing relative locations of their installations and submit them for approval.

5) Prepare and submit for approval the detailed schemes for operations like material handling,

placement of concrete etc. and for items like approaches, services etc.

6) Design and submit for approval the mix proportion for concrete to be adopted on job.

7) Furnish samples and submit for approval the results of tests for various properties of the

following materials

a) Ingredients of concrete i.e. Cement, Coarse aggregate, Fine aggregate, reinforcement bars etc.

b) Concrete

c) Metal work components


d) Fire bricks

e) Castable refractories

f) Insulation material

g) Paints

8) Provide all incidental items not specified or shown on drawings in particular but reasonably implied or

necessary for Successful completions of the work in accordance with drawings and specifications.

9) Produce, if directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, a guarantee, in approved proforma, for satisfactory

performance, for a specified period, of material manufactured by specialist forms.

Before starting construction, the Contractor shall have to take approval for relevant drawings and data

from Owner in writing. Any construction done prior to the approval of drawings/data shall be rectified

in accordance with the approved drawings/data by the Contractor at his own cost and the construction

to be made shall be executed within the stipulated period.

In case of any conflict regarding the interpretation of meaning of specifications or drawings, Owner

shall interpret such meaning, which will be final and binding on the Contractor and the same shall be

brought to the notice of the Engineer-In-Charge.

The Contractor shall supply all brand new equipment and accessories as specified with such

modification. Contractor shall rectify and make good all defective work during the defects liability

period.

4.0 COPIES DESIGN AND DRAWINGS

4.1 DESIGN DOCUMENTS: 4(FOUR) copies + SOFT COPY for approval

4.2 DESIGN DRAWINGS: 6(SIX) copies + SOFT COPY for approval

4.3 AFTER APPROVAL: 11(ELEVEN) copies + SOFT COPY of each drawing to be submitted for

distribution after duly marking it approved/released for construction as directed by GSECL.

4.4 Preparation and submission of as built drawings: 4(FOUR) copies + SOFT COPY + 2(TWO)

reproducible tracing prints (RTF).


covered under this specification. All works shall be done as per specification and approved for

construction drawings and in a manner acceptable to Engineer-In-Charge.

The works covered in this specification shall include furnishing of all materials, labour, tools,

plants and equipment, transportation, fabrication, supervision, construction as per drawings

including embedment of bolts, inserts, leaving holes, pockets, grooves, chamfers as shown

therein and all incidental items not shown or specified but reasonably implied as necessary for

satisfactorily completion of the project as a whole.

5.0 GENERAL PARAMETERS

5.1 DESIGN PARAMETERS

Name of Work

Design, Engineering and Turnkey Execution for Construction of 190 M High RCC Chimney, Flue duct and

related work to suit 190 M Chimney at KLTPS, Panandhro, Gujarat.

Total height of stack above ground level : 190 m

Number of Stacks (Wind Shield) : 1 no.

Number of Flues : 1 no.


Design Exit Velocity (Flue gas) : 18 m/s

Minimum Shell Diameter at top : 3.25 m

Flue Diameter at top : 2.6 m or as per design.

Minimum Shell Thickness at top : 300 mm

Shell Diameter at bottom : As per design

Minimum shell thickness at bottom : 500 mm

Minimum shell thickness (general) : 300 mm

Volume of gas at exit of ID Fan : 104.22 cum/s

Flue gas temperature : 140 – 190 deg C

Inlet duct centreline elevation : EL +13.00 (approx..)

Inlet duct dimensions : 4m x 2m (approx..)

Graded level of ground : EL 0.0

Chimney grade slab level : EL +0.15

Minimum founding level for chimney foundation : EL-3.00

Elevation of opacity meter, SOx & NOx monitors : At first external platform

Increase in permissible stresses of concrete & steel for

wind/seismic loading

: Not allowed

Reinforcement steel : All The Reinforcement bars shall be

Corrosion resistant steel bars of

Grade Fe500 of TATA/SAIL/ZINDAL

/ESSAR make only with properties

conforming to IS: 1786, having

Corrosion resistant elements not less

than 0.5% shall be used for all the

works

Cement : Fresh OPC 43 grade/53 grade

cement confirming to IS: 8112-

1991/IS: 12269 of approved Brand

by GSECL, as per the detail

specifications/requirements.

Remarks:

1) Suitable margins may be added over and above the given Operating conditions for stack design.

2) The temperature of flue gas may vary within the range of 140degC to 190degC Stack capability shall

be checked for this temperature variation & consequent volume variation.

3) Access door (electrically operated) at grade level shall be provided for access into the windshield.

All doors like inspection/ maintenance doors shall be as per IS code / environment regulation.

4) Natural Ventilation within the windshield shall be provided as required.

5.2 GRADES OF CONCRETE AND STEEL


1) Minimum Grade of concrete and Minimum Cement Content of various grades for different RCC

structures of the chimney to be adopted is as under, even the design permits lower grade of

concrete or lower minimum cement content.

Elements/structures Minimum Grade of Concrete Minimum Cement contents Kg/CMT

PCC M15 240 Kg/CMT

Drains/trenches M25 340 Kg/CMT

Foundation/ Chimney Raft M35 450 Kg/CMT

Chimney shell M35 450 Kg/CMT

2) All The Reinforcement bars shall be Corrosion resistant steel bars of Grade Fe500of

TATA/SAIL/ZINDAL/ESSAR make only with properties conforming to IS: 1786, having Corrosion

resistant elements maximum 0.5% shall be used for all the works.

6.0 DESIGN CRITERIA

The design and construction of the chimney and its foundation with duct supporting structure

and pedestals shall conform to the requirements of all statutory rules and regulations of local and

national authorities. Where such requirements are less conservative than the corresponding

requirements of this specification, the latter shall govern.

The FOS against overturning under worst combination of loads shall not be less than 1.5 in any

direction during construction and 2.0 after construction is complete. For the purpose of

computing FOS against overturning during construction the weight of liner, platforms, insulation

and accessories shall not be considered. Increase in net safe bearing capacity under wind and

seismic loading shall not be allowed. No tension is allowed in gross pressure under chimney

footing in working load condition.

7.0 CODES, STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS

7.1 CODES AND STANDARDS (All codes mentioned throughout this specification shall be the latest

revisions unless mentioned otherwise)

1) IS: 456-2000 - Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete.

2) IS: 800-1984 - Code of Practice for general construction in steel.

3) IS: 808 -1989 - Dimensions for Hot rolled steel beam, column, channel and angle sections.

4) IS: 875 (Part 3) -1987 - Code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and

structures – Part 3 – Wind Load.

5) IS: 1893 (Part 1) -1984–Criteria for earthquake resistant design for structures.

6) IS: 2062 -1999 - Specification for weldable structural steel.

7) IS: 2629 -1985 - Recommend practice for hot-dip galvanizing of iron and steel.

8) IS: 3144 -1992 - Methods of test for mineral wool thermal insulation materials.

9) IS: 3346 -1980 - Method for the determination of thermal conductivity of thermal insulation

materials (two slab, guarded hot – plate method).

10) IS: 3677 -1985 - Unbonded rock and slag wool for thermal insulation.

11) IS: 4998 -1975 - Criteria for design of reinforced concrete. Chimneys, (Part-1) – Design criteria.

12) IS: 4998 – 1992 - Criteria for design of reinforced concrete. Chimneys, (Part-1) – Assessment of

loads.

13) IS: 8183 -1993 - Specification for bonded Mineral wool.

14) ASCE-1975 - Design and construction of steel chimney liners. Task committee on steel chimney

liners, Fossil Power Committee, Power Division, ASCE.


15) ACI: 307-1979 - Design and Construction of Reinforced Concrete Chimneys. (If some items are not

covered in Indian Codes).

7.2 PUBLICATIONS

1) Manohar S.N., “Tall Chimneys – Design and Construction”. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1985.

2) Pinfold G.M., “Reinforced Concrete Chimneys and Towers”. View Point Publication, Cement and

Concrete Association. U.K.1975.

3) Vickery B. J., “Wind Induced Loads on Reinforced Concrete Chimneys”, Paper presented at National

Seminar on Tall Reinforced Concrete Chimneys, 25-27 April, 1985.

8.0 LOADING

8.1 DEAD LOAD

All permanent loads due to the weight of chimney shell, internal platforms and linings supported on

them, ladders, flue ducts, staircases, other accessories etc.

8.2 IMPOSED LOADS

1) Imposed load on service platform around Chimney shell, shall be taken as 5 kN/m2. Design live load

during construction / erection shall be considered as 10kN/m2.

2) Imposed loads from duct joining the Chimney shall be considered.

8.3 WIND LOAD

The wind loading shall conform to IS: 875 (Part-3). Following parameters shall be considered for

assessing wind loads:

1) Basic wind speed = 50 m/s at 10m above mean retarding surface

2) The mean probable design life of the structure may be taken as follows for arriving at the

probability factor k 1

a) 25 years for shell alone condition;

b) 100 years for completed chimney condition.

3) k3 = 1.0

4) k2 = As per Table 2 of IS: 875 corresponding to terrain category 2

5) k2 (bar) = As per Table 33 of IS: 875 corresponding to terrain category 2

Aerodynamic Interference Effect (proximity effect) due to presence of other tall structures and stacks in

the vicinity shall be assessed based on the result of wind tunnel test to be done by the Bidder and shall

be incorporated in design. Proximity effect shall also be evaluated as per method given in ACI 307.

Worst of the effects shall be incorporated in the design.

8.4 SEISMIC / EARTHQUAKE LOAD

Earthquake forces acting on the Chimney and analysis for the same shall be carried out as per IS: 1893

(Part 4) using the Response Spectrum Method. Material damping factor and number of modes to be

considered for the analysis shall be as per recommendation in the codes. An importance factor of 1.75

should be considered in seismic design.

8.5 THERMAL EFFECT

Thermal effect due to established thermal gradient shall be duly considered as per provisions in relevant

IS code. The temperature gradient T across the shell thickness of wind shield shall be calculated as per

IS: 4998 but subject to a minimum of 30O C. The temperature stresses shall be calculated according to

the procedures given in ACI – 307 and IS: 4998.

Analysis shall be carried out for ambient temperature variation. The temperature variation shall be

considered as 2/3 of average maximum annual variation in temperature. The average maximum annual


variation in temperature for this purpose shall be taken as the difference between the mean of the daily

minimum temperature during the coldest month of the year and mean of daily maximum temperature

during the hottest month of the year.

8.6 LOCAL LOADS

The effect of following local loads shall be considered.

1) Local moment produced by corbels.

2) Local moment due to platforms.

3) Local moment due to occurrence of ovalling oscillation.

4) Local moment produced by thermal gradient.

8.7 SECONDARY LOADS

1) Secondary loads due to chimney deflection.

2) Secondary loads due to foundation rotation.

9.0 LOAD COMBINATIONS

Various load combination for calculation of stresses shall be as under.

9.1 Dead load

9.2 Dead load + Wind load.

9.3 Dead load + Earthquake effect.

9.4 Dead load + Temperature effect.

9.5 Dead load + Wind load + Temperature effect.

9.6 Dead load + Earthquake force + Temperature effect.

In Load combinations (8.1) to (8.6) above, dead load considered shall be with or without the weight of

flue and whichever condition is more critical shall adopted for design. Across wind loads shall be

combined with co-exiting along wind loads. The combined design moment at any section shall be taken

as SRSS of the moments due to a cross-wind loads and co-exiting along winds loads.

10.0 ANALYSIS

10.1 FREE VIBRATION CHARACTERISTICS OF WIND SHIELD

Assessment of Natural Frequencies and mode shapes shall be carried out. For this purpose the Chimney

shell shall be idealized as a vertical cantilever with Lumped masses at different nodes. The nodes shall

also be provided at each platform level.

The number of modes to be considered in the analysis shall such that at least 90% of the modal mass is

excited.

10.2 WIND LOADS

1) ALONG WIND LOAD

Along wind load shall be assessed based on methods specified in IS: 4998 (Part-I) – 1992. For design,

higher of the wind loads obtained from simplified method in A-4.1 and random response method in A-

5.1 shall be used.

The “gust factor” shall be calculated according to the method given in IS-4998 (Part –1) – 1992. Dynamic

modulus of Elasticity of concrete as recommended in IS: 4998 (Part-1) 1992 shall be used for calculating

the natural frequencies of the chimney.

Drag coefficient CD or Force coefficient Cf shall be taken as 0.8 (minimum) based on Fig 5 of IS: 875 for

the concrete shell in general. It shall be increased as required as per IS: 4998 over the portion covered

with strakes, if required.


2) ACROSS WIND LOADS

The across wind response of the Chimney shall be evaluated as per the method given in Section A-4 as

well as A-5 of IS: 4998 (Part-I) – 1992. Higher of the two moments shall be considered for design of the

Chimney.

Across wind response of the stack shall also be evaluated as per method given in ACI 307. Higher of the

moments shall be considered for design of the chimney.

This shall be checked as under:

a) The critical wind velocity Vcc for across wind response shall be evaluated based on IS: 4998

(Part-1) 1992.

b) Knowing the height (Zc) at which Vcc acts, corresponding value of K2 is read from table 33 of IS:

875 (Part-3) for the particular terrain category.

c) Response shall be evaluated for the above wind speed for along wind condition.

d) Response evaluated for across wind condition shall be vectorially combined with the response

obtained as above.

Galvanized mild steel strakes shall be provided, irrespective of wind tunnel test results. Please note

that even though strakes are provided, across wind analysis (and its combination with other loads)

shall still be performed assuming no wind strakes and the chimney designed accordingly.

3) RING MOMENTS DUE TO WIND

The circumferential ring moment due to wind shall be calculated in accordance with clause 5.4 of

IS: 4998 (Part-1) –1992. The wind induced stresses in concrete and steel shall be calculated in

accordance with cl no D-2.2.7, D-2.2.8 and D-2.2.9 of IS 4998 (part 1) –1975.

4) WIND TUNNEL TEST

Effect of adjoining tall structures such as boilers, cooling towers, future chimney etc. on magnifying

wind loading on the Chimney shall be studied in a wind tunnel before the designs are finalized. If

needed, modifications shall be made in the design of wind shield and foundation. Wind tunnel

studies are included in the scope of the bidder and shall be carried out by any reputed institute.

A provision of 10% increase in the wind forces (due to dynamic interference effect) as calculated

based on relevant codes shall be considered in the initial design. However, for final design, the

increase can be as per the recommendations of the agency carrying out wind tunnel studies.

10.3 SEISMIC ANALYSIS

The Seismic Analysis shall be carried out using the Response Spectrum Method according to IS: 1893

taking the first 5 modes (minimum) of vibration in to account. 5% damping shall be considered for the

analysis. Zone and importance factors shall be takes as following,

1) Zone: V

2) Importance: 1.75 (IS 1893 part 5)

3) Response reduction R: 3

11.0 PERMISSIBLE STRESS

The Stress in Steel reinforcement and Concrete shall not exceed the limits as prescribed in clause 7.0 of

IS: 4998 (Part-1) – 1975 for various combination of loads. Except for case of dead load + wind load, the

maximum permissible stress in concrete in this case shall not exceed 0.32 Fck, where Fck =

Characteristic compressive strength of concrete.

12.0 COMPONENT DESIGN CRITERIA

12.1 WIND SHIELD


The design conditions for the concrete shell shall be as follows:

1) The concrete shell shall be designed for loads and load combinations as specified. Working stress

method shall be used for design of shell. The modular ratio shall be calculated as per Annexure – B

of IS – 456.

2) The permissible stress in concrete and reinforcement shall be limited to as specified in clause 8 of

IS 4998 (Part 2).

3) The maximum deflection at the top of the chimney for both static and dynamic cases shall not be

more than H/500 where H is the total height of the windshield above top of the foundation.

4) The static modulus of elasticity of concrete for various concrete grades shall be taken as specified

in IS: 456.

5) The dynamic modulus of elasticity of concrete for various concrete grades shall be taken as lower

values in the range of values specified in IS: 4998 (Part-I) – 1992.

6) Minimum thickness of shell shall be as defined in clause 5.1 General Parameters.

7) The permissible stress in concrete and reinforcement shall be limited to as specified in clause 5.0 of

IS 4998 (Part 2). The stress in concrete at the junction of shell and foundation shall be limited to

0.32Fc where Fc is the characteristic compressive strength of the weaker concrete between shell

and foundation.

8) The thickness of RCC shell shall be provided as required by stress calculations. However, the

thickness of the shell has also to be determined on the basis of wind tunnel model studies and any

increase, in the thickness of shell or quantities required to be made as per report shall be followed

without any extra cost.

9) Reinforcement in the shell shall be provided as per IS: 4998 (Part-11) – 1975, except as noted in this

specification.

10) A minimum reinforcement of 0.35 % vertical and 0.30 % of circumferential shall be provided.

Minimum diameter of reinforcement shall not be less than 12mm for vertical reinforcement and

10mm for circumferential reinforcement. Maximum spacing of reinforcement in shell shall be

restricted to 250mm.

11) While providing vertical reinforcement steel in the shell, the total number of vertical bars shall be

continued till such height when alternative bars can be discontinued. However, reduction of bar

diameter along the height is permissible. At any section of the shell vertical bars shall be uniformly

spaced. Non-uniform spacing of vertical bars is not acceptable.

12) Max. One third of the vertical bars can only be lapped at one section and lapping of bars shall be

staggered. From a height from the top equal to half the shell outer diameter or 3 meters whichever

is more, the quantity of circumferential reinforcement shall be twice that arrived at from design

consideration.

13) Openings in the shell shall be provided for ductworks, access doors, ash channel and ventilation

system etc. The maximum width of opening shall be limited to an angle of not more than 30

degrees subtended at the centre of the concrete shell.

14) The total plan area of the openings at a particular section shall not be more than 15% of the plan

area of concrete shell at that location. The opening size for the purpose of stress calculations shall

be taken as 1.1 times the actual width of the opening. The extra reinforcement around opening

shall satisfy the requirements given in the following documents and the highest shall be provided.

a) IS: 4998

b) ACI 307

c) Reinforced concrete chimney and tower by G.M. Pinfold.


In general, the nominal concrete cover over reinforcement including links in the shell shall not be less

than 50 mm.

Expansion anchors shall be used to attach conduit, lightning and protection equipment’s, lighting

fixtures and other lightweight appurtenances.

12.2 FOUNDATION

For the purpose of preliminary design of Foundation, allowable net bearing capacity of 66 t/sq. m at a

depth of 4 m below Existing Ground Level may be considered.

The bearing capacity and soil strata furnished with the Tender are preliminary, based on the findings of

geotechnical investigation conducted at the Site and is only for reference. Actual design shall be based

on SBC obtained from final report of detailed geotechnical investigation prior to designing of the

foundation. However, Bidder shall conduct Geotechnical investigation at actual Location of the Chimney

before the start of design of the Chimney and the founding level shall be governed by more

conservative and stringent values of the two (arrived by Bidder and the Owner) bearing capacity, which

should be taken for design without any additional final cost implication to the Owner.

The following effects shall be considered for foundation design:

1) For the foundation and portion of the shell below grade level, appropriate earth pressures,

hydro- static forces, surcharge etc., as applicable.

2) Local moments due to ovaling.

3) Forces from the lift and operating equipment.

4) Construction loads such as those due to plant and equipment, stacked materials, live loads due

to movement of plant, materials and personnel, etc.

5) Dead load, live load and wind load as applicable.

A circular/annular raft foundation shall be provided. The raft shall be designed as rigid member with

uniform thickness and no tapering of thickness shall be allowed. Minimum thickness of raft shall neither

be less 0.09 times the diameter of raft or 0.3 times the overhang of the foundation beyond shell

whichever is greater. Minimum reinforcement shall not be less than 0.12 % in either face and in each

direction. Maximum spacing of reinforcement shall not exceed 300 mm. Wind and earthquake shall be

treated as normal load and no enhancement of stress is permitted on this account in soil, concrete and

steel. No tension shall be allowed under the raft during earthquake and wind. Working stress method

shall be adopted for design of foundation. Foundation shall be designed for SRSS of moments of along

wind response and across wind response.

One intermediate layer of reinforcement in raft shall be provided where the thickness exceeds 2000

mm. Two such intermediate layers of reinforcement shall be provided where the thickness exceeds

4000 mm. Such reinforcement in each direction shall not be less than 0.06% of cross-sectional area of

raft.

In foundations, the clear concrete cover shall be 75 mm.

Dowels, wherever provided, shall extend on either side of the construction joint by a length equal to the

full development length of the bars in tension.

12.3 DESIGN OF TRANSITION DUCTING

The duct work and its supporting structures shall be designed for the most onerous of the possible

combinations of gravity loading (accounting for ash accumulation), seismic loading, flue gas pressure

loading and thermal loading.

The number, size and location of flue opening in the shell shall be as shown on the bid drawings. The

CONTRACTOR shall make arrangement for the proper support of ducting on the shell, provision of

restraint / support arrangement as indicated in the bid drawings.


The duct work profile and the guide vanes shall be so configured and sized to achieve the desired flue

gas flow characteristic and to minimize flue gas pressure losses.

The plate thickness of the ducts shall be arrived at from minimum (i.e.,codal) requirements, structural

considerations and corrosion allowances. The minimum installed thickness of the mild steel ducts shall

not be less than 10 mm in any case. Material of construction shall be mild steel conforming to IS: 2062.

The duct work shall be insulated as per the requirements and protected with aluminium foil of

minimum 1 mm thickness. Access doors shall be provided for the ducting where required for inspection

and cleaning.

12.4 HOPPER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE

Ash hopper shall be provided with necessary disposal arrangement at grade level of the chimney. Ash

hopper to be designed as per IS: 4995. Weight of ash to be considered shall be 1.6 T/Cu. m. for strength

design.

This shall be of reinforced concrete and lined with acid resistant brickwork laid in acid resistant mortar.

Only shaped acid resistant bricks shall be used in the hopper portion. The bricks, mortar and details of

laying and joining shall conform to the requirements laid down for acid resistant brick lining.

Between the reinforced concrete hopper and acid resistant brick lining, 75 mm thick insulation bricks of

Grade C conforming to IS:2042 or equivalent cellular concrete shall be provided. At the bottom of the

hopper, CI flanged pipe with puddle flange of required diameter and length shall be provided. Inside

surface of this pipe sleeve shall be coated with sodium silicate.

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for furnishing, fabricating, shop painting and delivery of ducting

which shall run from the chimney liner to the flange of the boiler vendor’s duct including all necessary

auxiliary ducting as well as soot collecting hoppers located outside the chimney shell. Soot hoppers shall

be lined with SS grade 316L. Suitable flange connection shall be provided at the exit of the hopper to

provide SS / CI pipe connection to drain ash / condensed acid mixed water.

12.5 LINING

1) GENERAL

The chimney shall be lined with standard size acid-resistant bricks for the full height of the chimney as

shown in the drawing. The lining shall be supported on reinforced concrete corbels, spaced not more

than 10m along the chimney height.

The maximum design stress on the brick line shall not exceed 21 kg per sq. cm

The value of coefficient of thermal conductivity for fireclay bricks and acid resistant bricks shall not

exceed K = 1.0 Kcal/m/hr/deg C for the hot surface temperature of the bricks at 240 deg. C.

The contractor shall furnish test certificates conforming to the specified coefficient of thermal

conductivity of both fire clay and acid resistant bricks from an approved laboratory for Engineer-In-

Charge's approval, before bringing to the site. Similarly, test certificates for fireclay and acid resistant

bricks conforming to the codal requirements shall also be furnished by the contractor.

The lining shall be strapped with circumferential and vertical galvanized steel bands having minimum

dimensions of 75 x 6 mm and 50 x 6 mm respectively, both spaced at 1 m centres, on the exterior of the

brickwork throughout the full height of the lining. The circumferential bands shall be in segments to suit

and the vertical strips shall be welded to the circumferential bands. The steel bands shall be painted

with two coats of acid and heat resistant paint after Galvanizing. Where the brick lining overlaps at

corbel levels, special care shall be taken to ensure proper sealing of joints against gas leakage, by

packing the joints with 25 mm thick loose glass wool insulation and sealed with 2 nos 25 mm dia.

asbestos rope conforming to grade 3 of IS:4687. At corbel levels, brick lining shall be laid over l2 mm

thick asbestos mill board, which is placed on the corbel.


2) CASTABLE REFRACTORY LINING

a) Castable refractory lining material at flue entry and around clean out doors etc., shall have the

following properties:

b) Grain Size: 5 mm down graded

c) Porosity: 20 % when hand applied, 16 % when gunited.

d) Thermal Conductivity: 0.8 Kcal/m/h/deg. C

e) Setting: At ambient temperature

Certificate from the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge for approval prior to use

in the works by the contractor.

3) BRICK LINING

The contractor shall use firebricks for lining of the chimney shell and hopper . The size and shape of

firebricks shall conform to IS: 1526 and shall be of class Group - A conforming to IS: 6. The fireclay bricks

shall be laid in fire clay mortar conforming to IS: 195. Trapezoidal bricks shall be used where found

necessary by the Engineer-In-Charge.

The bricks shall be of necessary curvature and of taper so that the lining conforms to the inner radius of

the shell. No attempt shall be made to use straight bricks and then to try to match with the inner radius

of shell of chimney by providing extra mortar.

Fire bricks shall be well burnt, compact and of homogeneous texture generally white to yellowish white

in color and free from cracks and other flaws, no broken bricks shall be allowed to be used except for

closing the course. The crushing strength of the bricks shall be not less than 200Kg. /cm2 and shall be of

Group-A conforming to IS: 6-1967, Specification for Moderate Heat Duty Fireclay Refractories, Group-A.

The water absorption of the bricks shall be within ± 5 to 10 % and the density of bricks shall be 1800 to

2300 Kg/m3.

Sample of bricks shall be submitted by the contractor for approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. For testing

of bricks, sample shall be taken according to the scheme given in IS: 1528-1962 for Sampling and

Physical Testing of Refractory Material. Cost for testing and incidental expenditure shall be borne by

the contractor and rates quoted shall include the cost.

The windshield shall be insulated by Fire bricks of minimum thickness up to 50 M from bottom and AR

bricks of thickness 115 mm for the rest of the height. Acid Resistant bricks shall conform to class II of IS:

4860. Brick work shall be laid with acid resistant mortar of potassium silicate type conforming to IS:

4832 (Part-I). The bricks shall be supported from corbels projected from windshield. Opening in corbels

is to be kept for air ventilation.

13.0 ACCESSORIES

13.1 OUTER PLATFORMS

Number of outer platforms to be provided are governed as per the requirements of aviation obstruction

lights which are required to be provided at various levels and also to meet the requirements of IS: 4998

(latest edition) I.C.A.O regulations and instructions issued by the Director General of Civil Aviation.

Platforms shall be equally spaced at a spacing of 40 m (approx.). The minimum clear width of the

platforms shall be 1000 mm and the platforms shall be designed for a minimum live load of 500 kg per

sq. meter.

50 mm dia G.I. drainage spouts shall be provided in platforms for drainage of rainwater. 150 mm dia CI /

MS (galvanized) RWDC pipe shall be provided to carry rainwater from roof to discharge point at ground

level. The number of down take pipe shall be decided as per design.

13.2 RAILING


Hand railing shall be provided all around external platforms 32 NB (Heavy) as per IS: 1239-G.I. pipes. The

spacing of railing posts shall not be more than 2000 mm centre to centre. The height of hand railing

shall not be less than 1250 mm. There shall be three handrails at about 450 mm, 850 mm & 1250 mm

above platform level.

13.3 ROLL – UP DOOR

A electrically operated door of size 4.0 m X 5.0 m shall be installed at the base of chimney shell so that a

truck could go inside the chimney for the removal of ash from ash hoppers in case of emergency. The

door shall be installed complete with guides, hood, hardware, weather baffles, combination end locks

and wind locks, mechanism and accessories as required for proper operation and weather protection.

The complete details of rolling shutter shall conform to IS: 6248 - “Metal Rolling Shutters & Rolling

Girds” and to these specifications. The door shall be installed in accordance with the details and the

manufacturer’s directions. When installed, the door shall be free from warp twist, or distortion and shall

be lubricated and adjusted to operate freely and smoothly.

13.4 PERSONNEL / ACCESS DOORS

A steel personnel door of size 1000 W x 2100 H shall be provided for access to the windshield at grade

level. The door shall be hinged and provided with positive locking device. The hinges required for

connecting the door with door frame shall be heavy duty butt hinges conforming to IS: 1341. The size

and number of hinges required for each door shall be decided as per the overall weight of the door for

smooth and trouble free operation under service conditions. The minimum size of the hinges shall be

not less than 150 mm. The bottom of the door opening shall be 150 mm above the grade level.

13.5 CLEANOUT DOOR

A pair of doors comprising 750 mm x 900 mm door in the concrete shell and 650 x 825 mm door in the

lining shall be provided near ground/hopper level with suitable access for cleaning out soot and for

access to inside of the flue. The doors shall be hinged and provided with a locking device. Suitable

castable refractory lining 230 mm thick, covering the shell, air gap and lining shall be provided around

the doors. The doors shall be painted with three coats of acid and heat resisting paint conforming to IS:

158 type 1.

13.6 LOUVERS FOR AIR OUTLET/INLET OPENINGS

Air inlet and outlet openings shall be provided in the shell at the bottom and top respectively for

ventilation of annular space between lining and concrete shell. These openings shall be closed on the

outside with a stainless steel mesh (bird screen).

13.7 ELEVATOR

A rack and pinion elevator, with a load carrying capacity of 400 kg, cabin floor size of approx. 1100 mm x

1100 mm and an operating speed of 40 m/min., shall be provided for travel from the grade level to the

top of the chimney. The lift shall be installed using anchor fasteners. The electrical requirement of the

system shall confirm the main electrical specification. The elevator shall be supplied, installed, painted,

tested, commissioned etc. complete with all mandatory spares and operation maintenance manual.

13.8 WIND STRAKES

Strakes shall be provided (irrespective of wind tunnel test results), shall be made up of galvanized mild

steel plates and rolled sections of thickness not less than 12 mm. A corrosion allowance of 2 mm in the

structural members shall be provided for, beyond the design values.

Fixing arrangement of strakes to the chimney shell shall ensure full fixity for the design load. All strakes,

embedded parts, bolts, nuts, washers, etc., shall be hot dip galvanized. The minimum coating shall be

750gm/sq.m. and conforming to requirements of IS: 2629, IS: 2633.

13.9 GRADE SLAB


150 thick (min) RCC grade slab over 75 mm thick PCC which may be over 300mm thick compacted sand

shall be provided on finished grade level inside the chimney shell.

13.10 LINERS ACID DRAINS AND MANHOLES

Flue acid drainage system is to be provided. This shall consist of collection sumps, conveying pipes, a

dilution manhole and a connecting pipe to the main drainage. Pipes and fittings in the connection pipe

to the main drainage system shall be vitrified clayware conforming to relevant IS code. Stainless steel

pipes bends, collection sumps, fixing straps, bolts etc. conforming to the relevant IS standard supplied

and installed.

13.11 TEST PORTS

Gas sampling ports fabricated from Stainless steel conforming to IS: 2062 shall be provided. Two nozzles

in diametrically opposite positions made of 200 NB pipe and projected about 200 mm outside the steel

flue (each flue) wall shall be provided for gas sample probe connection / mounting of in-situ analyzers

(SOx / NOx, CO). These ports shall be installed near the first external platform (from ground level).

For particulate Matters emission monitoring on stack, the location of the port holes shall be at an

elevation of minimum 8D from the point of disturbance in the flue line (where D is the inside diameter

of the chimney). The point of disturbance shall be the top of the inlet duct. Further, the selected point

shall be at least 2D before stack exit. Analyzers shall be accessible from the platform of the chimney. If

the chimney inside diameter is varying (tapered), average diameter is to be considered.

The location of the sampling ports, on the stack shall be at least at a distance of 8D (D-stack diameter)

downstream along the direction of flue gas flow from ID Fan duct connection to stack. Suitable Pressure

tapping of ½” NPT (F) for Draught measurements shall be provided on duct as per standard tapping

details

Suitable Temperature Test pockets with stub of size M33 x 2 for connecting thermo-well shall also be

provided for Flue gas temperature measurements as per the standard tapping details enclosed with this

specification.

NOTE: Test ports location shall be in line with norms with GPCB and may change as per the requirement

of user department.

13.12 EXTERNAL CAGE LADDER

Hot dip galvanized steel cage ladder shall be provided from the last platform. Stringers shall be of flat 75

x 10 with a clear distance of 400 mm in-between; rungs shall be of 20 mm diameter mild steel rods

spaced at 300 mm centre. Ladder stringers shall be provided with suitable stays connected to the

platform supporting framework. The ladder and its connection shall be designed for a load of 175 kg at

any location. Similar cage ladder shall also be provided for access to the clean out door and the platform

at soot Hopper level.

13.13 CHIMNEY ROOF CAP

In case brick flue is constructed above the roof, to prevent gas entrained matter from falling into the

space between the liner and the shell and also to prevent the chimney top from chemical attack of flue

gases, a sectional grey cast-iron cap of minimum 12 mm thickness over 25 mm thick asbestos board

shall be provided. The cap shall cover the concrete shell, brick lining and air space between them. The

cap shall slope towards the inside of the chimney at approximately 30° to the horizontal. All sections of

the cap shall be anchored in place with bronze bolts and bronze rag bolts respectively.

13.14 INSULATION AND PACKING


All packing and insulation material shall be of thickness diameter and type as per specifications. The

packing and insulating material shall be made of asbestos rope vermiculite concrete, slag or mineral

wool and asbestos millboards.

1) ASBESTOS ROPE

The diameter of the rope shall be as per drawing. The material shall be of best quality available in the

market and shall be purchased after a sample is approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. The rope shall be

plain Grade-1 conforming to IS: 4687-1968. The strand shall be long, well twisted and no torn thread

shall stick out. The rope shall be firmly packed so as to prevent gas leakage

2) SLAG OR MINERAL WOOL

The thickness of packed slag wool shall be as shown in the drawing. The packed density of the wool shall

be within the range of 175 to 200 Kg/cum., and the co-efficient thermal conductivity shall be within the

range of 0.025 to 0.035 Kilo calories/ hour meter deg C at a mean temperature of 150degC. The material

shall be well packed in position where possible. IS: 3677 for Rock and Slag wool mats for thermal

insulation may be referred for guidance. The co-efficient of thermal conductivity and packed density

shall be tested according to IS: 3677 and IS: 3346.

Between windshield and brick 100 mm (min.) thick resin bonded rock wool or mineral wool insulation

shall be provided. The insulation shall be semi-rigid, resin bonded type, in the form of slabs and shall

conform to IS: 8183. Blanket type insulation shall not be used. The density of insulation shall not be less

than 64 kg/cum for resin bonded glass wool insulation and 100 kg/cum for resin bonded rock wool.

The insulation thickness shall be determined based on the maximum ambient temperature, surface air

velocity worked out based on the draught of ventilation air in the annular space 100 mm (min.) between

the flue liner and chimney shell, insulation surface emissivity of 0.3 and the insulation cold face

maximum temperature not exceeding 60degC. The draught of air in the annular space shall be the

natural draught created by the heating of air by the flue liner and the air being vented out through the

openings in the chimney shell. The increase in the annulus air temperature due to the rising heated air

shall be taken into account while calculating the insulation thickness.

The insulation thickness shall not be less than 100 mm, in any case, and shall be provided in two layers

with the second layer of insulation covering the joints of the first layer. The insulation shall be wrapped

on the outer-most surface with galvanized wire mesh.

3) ASBESTOS MILL BOARD

Asbestos millboard shall be of thickness as indicated in drawing. It shall be of best quality of standard

make available in the market and samples shall be submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge for approval. It

shall be plain, dense arid homogeneous texture, without crack, flaw and any other manufacturing

defect. It shall be laid directly onto the concrete bed after removing, any loose material or any

aggregate.

14.0 PAINTING

14.1 INTERNAL CONCRETE SURFACE

Painting the entire inner surface for full height including corbels, platforms, hopper, ring beams, all air

tight enclosures with acid and heat resisting black impregnated bitumastic paint (not less than four

coats) to give a paint DFT not less than 150 micron. The paint shall conform to the requirement of IS:

158 and the work shall be done as per MANUFACTURER’S recommendations.

14.2 EXTERNAL CONCRETE SURFACE

Three coats of single pack acrylic polyurethane paint of DFT not less than 150 micron and conforming to

IS: 158 shall be applied over external surface of chimney above the ground level. Top 65 meters of the


chimney surface shall be applied with two coats of paint in alternate bands of Orange or Red and White

shade, each band with a band width of 5 meters and bands at extremities being of Orange or Red shade.

This shall be done after removing all loose and foreign matter to give a smooth and uniform finish.

14.3 STRUCTURAL STEEL SURFACE

All structural steel shall be painted with 2 coats of zinc phosphate 2 pack epoxy primer, DFT 60microns

per coat, applied on dry surface cleaned by sand blasting & two coats of two pack Epoxy finish with

micaceous iron oxide pigments having DFT 75 microns for each coat.

Special steel surfaces (such as Corten Steel, Stainless Steel, Hot insulated surfaces etc.) shall not be

painted.

15.0 FLUE OPENING

The size and location of flue opening shall be as shown in the drawing. The flue inserts and anchors shall

be hot dip galvanized. Castable refractory lining shall be provided to protect the concrete shell and seal

the air gap between shell and the lining at the flue entry level.

16.0 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

16.1 GENERAL

The lightning protection system to be installed on the chimney by the Contractor shall be strictly as per

specification and shall satisfy the requirement of IS: 2309 and shall be to the approval of the

GEB/Engineer-in-charge in accordance with the following:

The stack shall be provided with required (min 4 nos.) number of Copper air termination rods of 20 mm

diameter and coated with 2 mm thick lead coating, 2500 mm long. Minimum projection of 1 m shall be

provided above the highest point of the chimney and flue. The air termination rods should not be

spaced more than 2.5 m from each other. The lightning conductors shall be securely anchored with at

least three (3) suitably spaced SS anchors spaced not more than 750 mm on centres at or near the top

of the stack. The air terminators shall be sufficient distance away from the flue wall so that the rods do

not come in the path of the flue gas. Lightning conductors shall be mechanically and electrically

connected by the use of pressure type fittings to the cap ring and to a continuous circumferential

earthing band.

All connections, clamps, anchors etc., of the lightning protection system shall be made of suitable

copper or alloy fittings except if noted otherwise. All electrical connections, unless otherwise specified,

shall be clamped or bolted by high-pressure contact or by phos-copper brazing of the metal to form a

connection of adequate current carrying capacity and mechanical strength. Soldered connections shall

not be permitted.

Air terminals, connections, conductors, clamps, fixtures, anchors etc., exposed within 8000mm of the

top of the chimney shall have a continuous lead covering of a sheath commercially pure lead not less

than 1.6 mm in thickness extruded and fused upon bare copper, the ends being covered by soldering or

puddling. Where lead covering is specified, connection shall be made from copper to copper and after

the joints have been made; they shall be again covered with solder or lead either by wiping or casting so

that a bare copper shall not be exposed.

16.2 AIR TERMINALS

The chimney shall be provided with pointed vertical air terminals uniformly distributed along the top

rim of the chimney. The projected length of the air terminals above the top of the chimney shall not be

less than 1000 mm. The air terminals shall be made of lead coated solid copper rods having a minimum

diameter of 20 mm. The air terminals shall be secured to the top of chimney by at least two fasteners of


substantial construction to withstand high wind pressure acting in the area commensurate with the

height involved. All the air terminals shall be electrically connected together by means of a band of 75 x

6 mm galvanized steel flat which shall form a close loop 600 mm below tile top of the chimney. Each

segment for the cast iron cap of the chimney shall be connected to this galvanized steel flat band by

means of tightly bolted connections.

16.3 DOWN CONDUCTORS

There shall be two separate system of vertical down conductors of 50 x 6 mm flats. One system

envisaged for lightning protection shall have two numbers of down conductors starting from the top

encircling band leading to the ground. The other system, envisaged for earthling of platforms/ladders

etc. on the stack, shall also have ground conductors originating below the platform and leading to

ground. Galvanized steel 50 x 6 mm flat bands shall be provided below each platform. These bands shall

be connected to each ground conductor. No part of the down conductor system for lightning protection

shall have electrical contact with hand rails of platform, cage ladder and encircling band ring forming

the earthing system.

The connections of the galvanized steel down conductors to be the copper air terminals shall be brazed

and connection to the nearest grounding grid at the bottom shall be arc welded. Connection between

any two galvanized steel flats/bands shall be made by arc welding. The galvanized steel flat encircling

bands shall be supported at an interval of maximum 600 mm and the vertical down conductors shall be

supported at an interval of approximately 2500 mm. The fasteners shall be of same grade of material as

the conductors and have to be galvanized. The conductor shall be laid straight and sharp bends shall be

avoided as far as practicable. A suitable bolted test piece shall be provided at each down conductor at a

convenient height near the bottom of the chimney.

At all supports, the portion embedded inside the chimney shell, conductor shall not touch the

reinforcement bars and shall be duly insulated from them. Down conductor shall be provided with a

testing point around 1000mm above ground level, but inaccessible to avoid interference. Test link shall

be enclosed in 200 x 200 x 100 mm, 16G GI box as per the drawing.

The installation work of the lightning protection system shall conform to IS: 2309.

The flue, if extends beyond last platform, shall be bonded at minimum 2 points to the lightning

conductor. All lightning conductors at this level shall be 70sqmm lead coated copper conductor.

The lightning protection down conductors shall be of size 50 X 6 mm GI flat. 4 nos. of down conductors

shall be embedded in the concrete outer shell of the chimney on diagonally opposite sides. Down

conductors shall be connected to the circumferential conductor at the top of the chimney and to the

testing point at the chimney base. There shall be no intermediate splices in the down conductors. The

down conductors shall be brought outside the shell at the bottom to facilitate connection with the test

link.

Each down conductor shall be provided with a testing point at around 1000 mm above ground level.

All connections, clamps anchors, etc. of the lightning protection system shall be made of copper or

suitable alloy fittings. All electrical connection, unless otherwise specified, shall be clamped or bolted by

high pressure contact or by copper brazing of the metal to form a connection of adequate current

carrying capacity and mechanical strength.

All vertical reinforcing bars at the top and at the bottom of the chimney shell shall be electrically

connected to the nearest horizontal reinforcing rods and these rods shall in turn be connected to the

down conductors. Where vertical reinforcing bars are spliced, each spliced bar shall be electrically

connected to at least one horizontal reinforcing bar which in turn shall be electrically connected to each

of the down conductors.


Air terminals, connections, conductors, clamps, fixtures, anchors, etc. exposed within 8000 mm of the

top of the chimney shall have a continuous covering of a sheath of commercially pure lead not less than

1.6 mm in thickness extruded and fused upon bare copper, the ends being covered by soldering or

puddling. Where lead covering is specified, connection shall be made from copper to copper and after

the joints have been made, they shall be again covered with solder or lead either by wiping or casting so

that copper shall not be exposed.

Lightning protection system grounding shall be distinct from the plant grounding system. Lightning

down conductors shall be separately ground through earth electrode rods. The conductor from earth

electrode shall be of r 50 x 6 GI flat.

During construction, temporary lightning protection should be maintained by connecting the concrete

reinforcement to two permanent electrical grounding conductors. After the top lift of the chimney shell

has been completed, temporary air terminals which may consist of reinforcing bars should be installed

at the top to serve as temporary protection until the permanent air terminals are installed.

17.0 AVIATION OBSTRUCTION/WARNING LIGHTING SYSTEM

Aviation warning lights shall conform to ICAO, FAA and/or other international standards. LED based

medium intensity Type-B and low intensity Type-B obstacle lights shall be used on alternate platforms.

Aviation warning lights shall be provided (4 nos. per platform). The mounting arrangement of the fixture

shall be such that the inspection/maintenance of the same could be easily carried out from the

platform.

CONTRACTOR shall supply and install aviation warning lights and shall be complete with all associated

accessories such as system controllers, sockets, special cables and necessary mounting

brackets/supports. The aviation warning lights shall generally meet the following requirements:

1) Type of fitting: Medium intensity type-B flashing type and Low intensity type-B fixed type

2) Control of flash: Automatic for twilight and night intensity operation (Not applicable for Low

intensity lights)

3) Flashing frequency: 20 to 60 per minute (Not applicable for Low intensity lights)

4) Rated power supply: 240V, 1 phase and 50 Hz voltage & frequency

5) Type of Enclosure: Weather-proof conforming to IP 65 classification as per IS: 2147

Each platform shall be provided with one no. single phase, 15A receptacle. Each platform shall be

provided with sufficient platform lighting. Minimum cable size for these lighting fixture and receptacle

shall be of 2C x 2.5 mm² Cu. & 2C x 4 mm² Cu respectively. Separate JB shall be provided for each fixture

for loop-in loop-out of lighting cables. 3-phase 63A power receptacles with protection IP-55 shall be

installed in platforms. CONTRACTOR shall supply, install and wire all the lighting panels, lighting fixtures,

receptacles, junction boxes and other accessories.

For aviation warning during day time the external surface of chimneys shall be painted for whole height

as per ICAO & relevant IS standards.

During construction, the temporary aviation warning lighting shall be provided to meet the requirement

of Civil Aviation Department. The temporary warning lights installed during construction shall be lifted

up as the construction progresses. These lights need to be installed only after the height of obstruction

is more than 45 meters above grade level. Lightning protection and earthing required during the

construction stage of the chimney shall also be provided by the CONTRACTOR.


18.0 EARTHING SYSTEM

Earthing system shall consist of main earthing conductor buried in the soil around the chimney.

CONTRACTOR shall provide 2 nos. of 50x 6 GI flats that shall run from bottom to top of the chimney.

Connection of these conductors to the main earthing system shall be by CONTRACTOR. These

conductors shall be embedded in the chimney shell on the opposite sides. The conductors shall be

brought outside the shell at the bottom to facilitate connection with the buried conductors. Risers shall

be provided at every platform. All the earthing leads from the equipments shall be electrically

connected to the nearest riser. All the exposed earthing conductors shall be of galvanized type.

Chimney cage ladder shall be electrically connected to the down conductors both at top and bottom.

Earthing of lighting panels, lighting fixtures, receptacles, junction boxes, cable trays and other steel

structures shall be in the scope of CONTRACTOR.

SCHEDULE A: DETAILS OF PERSONNEL

The list of Technical Personnel intended to be placed at the work by the Bidder (Bidders shall submit the

information in the Format detailed here as under.)

Sr.

No.

Description of

details of

position

Name Qualification Professional experience

& details of work

carried out

Remarks


SCHEDULE B

Sr.

No.

Item Description Quanti

ty

Unit Rate (in Fig. &

Words)

Amount (in Fig.

& Words)

01 Lump sum price for analysis, designing,

supplying, constructing, erecting, testing and

commissioning of 1 no.190 mtr. High single flue

RCC chimney including, but not limited to soil

investigation, excavation for foundation in all

types of soils and rocks with dewatering,

demolishing existing obstructing structures/

system (at location of propose chimney) and

their diverting suitably, back filling and

disposal of surplus soil to stack or fill within a

lead of not exceeding 5.o km, concreting of

foundation including removal of muck, laying of

PCC approved quality of sand filling, RCC

flooring at EL 0.00 inside the chimney, RCC

chimney shell(Shaft), raft foundation ,including

air inlet and outlet openings with Aluminium

louvers and SST bird screens, internal platforms,

staircase, intermediate external platforms,

elevator, hand railing pipes, pipe sleeves with

flanges in hoppers, providing and installing of

latest hoist slip form shuttering structures with

jacking system for construction purposes with

all accessories, safe lift system for men and

material , fire / acid resistant brick lining with

metal ties including curing, steel bands around

brick lining, portholes with their fitting,

insulation around brick lining and complete flue

ducts system from terminal point and jointing

with chimney, access maintenance and clean

out doors, MS Ladders ,G.I. Strakes, MS doors

for handling and fixing of aviation warning

lights, wind shields, at platform levels,

lightening protection system, grounding

earthling system, Complete Flue gas online

monitoring Opacity mater system, aviation

warning beacons, flood lights, lighting system

with conduits with cable boxes control panel,

main distribution board / lighting distribution

board, photocells. C.I. Chimney caps, fabrication

and fixing of flue ducts with frame, providing

Highly corrosive resistant steel reinforcement

One One

Job

work

10,30,00,000=00

Ten Crores thirty

lakhs

10,30,00,000=00

Ten Crores thirty

lakhs


bars , embedment /insert plates, anchors bolts,

pipe sleeve for hoist, instruments, fixtures etc.,

painting both internal and external surfaces,

CPCI & ERBP painting to sub-structures directly

in contact with soil, pulley brackets

arrangement at top of shell necessary staging,

shuttering (Formwork including slip

form).Scaffolding, bracing, cantering, including

supervision, material testing, wind tunnel test,

supply and cost of all materials, labour, all tools

and plants, equipment’s, winches for all leads

and lifts, vibrating, curing, all securities, safety,

all risks, insurances etc, obtaining of

clearances/approvals from Govt/ semi Govt

Departments/consultants as per statutory acts

for chimney, complying as per Pollution control

authorities, to restore it to original finish and

all remaining finishing works etc. complete full

flange commissioning , operation and

maintenance for Five Years period of the

chimney system performing the parameters as

per the tender design requirements, for

complete chimney arrangement as detailed in

the scope of work, as per specifications, etc.

complete as per the drawings duly approved by

the Consultant and as directed by engineer in

charge.

Total Estimate Rs. 10,30,00,000=00

TOTAL AMOUNT IN WORDS: Rs.Ten Crores thirty lakhs

Note: Lump sum quoted price shall be firm and valid without any escalation till completion of the

project.

All the bidders are requested to see and verify the documents of

(a) General safety rules / norms” to be observed by the contractors

(b) Industrial law and other related matters (Labour Laws).

(c) General terms and conditions (001-2e), General Instruction to the bidder (01-2e) under heading of

“Rules for Works”

And confirm that all the above documents you have verified & certify as below “I/we hereby has read the above

documents and agree for the Safety Rules, Industrial Laws and Contract Booklet (a, b & c as above) and accordingly

submitted my/our offer.”

NOTE: THE SCHEDULE-B IS ONLY FOR VIEWING NOT TO QUOTE THE PRICES.

CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE TO QUOTE ONLY IN ON LINE E-TENDER

Chief Engineer (G)

GSECL, KLTPS

Signature of Contractor[With stamp]


SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT

Description

Percentage of Lump sum

price

1) On completion of demolition, rerouting excavation,

PCC and Chimney raft foundation including CPCI &

ERBP painting

15%

2) On casting RCC Chimney Shell:

a) Up to 20 metre height

b) Up to 60 metre height

c) Up to 100 metre height

d) Up to 140 metre height

e) Up to 190 metre height

7%

7%

7%

7%

7%

3) On completion of all internal platforms and external

platforms

05%

4) On completion of Brick flues:

a) Up to 20 metre height

b) Up to 60 metre height

c) Up to 100 metre height

d) Up to 140 metre height

e) Up to 190 metre height

05%

05%

05%

05%

05%

5) On completion of Insulation of flues 02%

6) On completion of M.S. Ladder, Staircase, Doors etc 03%

7) On completion of Electrical lightning work, lightning

arresters and Aviation warning light, instrumentation

etc., complete

05%

8) On completion of Painting 02%

9) On completion of Elevator 03%

10) On completion of finishing items 05%

TOTAL 100%



KACHCHH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION, PANANDHRO, PO: SKVNAGAR, TA.

LAKHPAT, DIST. KACHCHH

EXECUTION AND QUALITY CONTROL



Panandhro, Gujarat


CORPORATION LTD.


TABLE OF CONTENTS (EXECUTION AND QUALITY CONTROL)

1.0 CONSTRUCTION ENABLING WORK .......................................................................................... 102

2.0 EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................... 104

3.0 QUALITY CONTROL ................................................................................................................... 142

4.0 TESTING .................................................................................................................................... 156

5.0 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED ........................................................................................... 161

6.0 STAFF WELFARE FACILITY ............................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.


CORPORATION LTD.


EXECUTION AND QUALITY CONTROL

1.0 CONSTRUCTION ENABLING WORK

1.1 GENERAL

The BIDDER shall be deemed to have visited and carefully examined the site and surroundings and to

have satisfied himself about the general site conditions, the site for disposal of surplus materials, debris

etc. and all other items affecting the work. Claims due to ignorance of site conditions will not be

considered after submission of Bid

1.2 CONSTRUCTION WATER

Construction water shall be arranged by BIDDER at his own cost. OWNER shall not provide with the

BIDDER with construction water.

1.3 CONSTRUCTION POWER

Construction power will be made available at a single point , free of cost (connection only) by Gujarat

State Electricity Corporation Ltd., metered and supplied on chargeable basis. Further distribution will

have to be carried out by the contractor as per requirements at their own cost. The necessary

consumption charges will be recovered as per the tariff rate of GSECL/PGVCL from time to time as per

GSECL’s/PVGCL’s rules.

BIDDER has to make provision of D.G sets as standby power source. The bidder along with his bid shall

indicate his average and peak power demand.

1.4 TEMPORARY SITE BUILDING

The BIDDER shall provide at his cost, the following building facilities for proper execution and quality

control of the job, while meeting the provision stipulated by Factory Rules regarding staff welfare

facilities. All these building shall have brick cladding, Steel roofing over steel roof truss with cement

concrete flooring and false ceiling with A/C as required.

1.5 SITE OFFICE

Any temporary building shall be dismantled and site shall be cleared before leaving the site after

contract is over.

1.6 STORES

A covered store shall be provided with brick cladding and G.I/colour coated sheeting to store at least

one month’s requirement of cement. Cement in bags shall be stored on a raised floor well away from

outer walls and insulated from the floor to avoid moisture. Not more than 10 bags shall be stacked in

any tier. Each consignment of cement shall be stored separately and consumed in its order of receipt.

Covered storage area may also be provided to store other construction material which will be affected

on exposure to wind, sun and rain.

Reinforcement shall be stacked on top of timber sleepers to avoid contact with ground / water.

Storage yard paved or unpaved shall be provided with in the stores complex for storage of other

material.

Proper fencing and security arrangement shall be provided for the stores complex at bidder’s risk and

cost.

1.7 TEMPORARY WORKSHOP AND GARAGE

The BIDDER shall provide for a temporary workshop and garage to attend to routine maintenance and

repair of the construction equipment’s as well as his fleet of vehicles used for construction activities.

1.8 FABRICATION YARD


CORPORATION LTD.


Depending on the extent of fabrication envisaged at site, the BIDDER shall establish a full-fledged

structural fabrication yard with adequate handling facility during and after the fabrication. A fully

equipped testing laboratory providing radiography, ultrasonic, dye penetration, magnetic particle test

facilities shall be ensured adjacent to the fabrication yard to enforce strict quality control. Portion of the

yard shall have covered shed with H.O.T / E.O.T cranes so that fabrication work can proceed even during

inclement weather.

1.9 SETTING OUT

The Contractor will prepare and submit to the Engineer-In-Charge, detailed drawings of the excavation

work as proposed to be executed by him showing the dimensions as per drawings and specification

adding his Proposals of slopes, shorings, approaches, dewatering sumps, berms, etc. On receiving the

approval from the Engineer-In-Charge with modifications and corrections, if necessary, the Contractor

will set out the work from the control points furnished by the Engineer-In-Charge and fix permanent

points and markers for ease of future checking. These permanent points and markers will be fixed at

intervals prescribed by the Engineer-In-Charge and checked by the Engineer-In-Charge and certified by

him, after which the Contractor will proceed with the work. Engineer-In-Charge shall be provided with

necessary men, material and instructions for such checking. It should be noted that this checking by the

Engineer-In-Charge prior to start of the work will in no way absolve the Contractor of his responsibility

of carrying out the work to true lines and levels and grades as per drawing and subsequent corrections,

if necessary, in case any errors are noticed in the Contractor's work at any stage.

1.10 INITIAL LEVELS

Initial levels of the ground either in a definite grid pattern or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge will

be taken by the Contractor jointly with the Engineer-In-Charge over the original ground prior to starting

actual excavation work and after setting out. These initial levels will be used for preparing cross-sections

for volume measurement or for cross-checking the depths obtained from tape measurements.

All records of levels, measurements etc. and also any drawing, cross section etc. made there from, shall

be jointly signed by the authorised representative of the contractor and the Engineer-In-Charge before

the commencement of work and they shall form the basis of all payments in future.

1.11 CLEARING AND GRUBBING, ETC.

The area to be excavated or filled shall be cleared out of fences, trees, logs, stumps, bush, vegetation,

rubbish, slush, etc. and levelled up. Trees up to 300mm girth shall be uprooted. Trees above 300 mm

girth to be cut, shall be approved by the Engineer-In-Charge and then marked. Felling of trees shall

include taking out roots up to 600 mm below ground level or 150 mm below formation level whichever

is lower. After the tree is cut and roots taken out the pot-holes formed shall be filled with good earth in

250 mm layers and consolidated unless directed by the Engineer-In-Charge otherwise. The trees shall be

cut in suitable pieces as instructed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Before earthwork is started, all the spoils and unserviceable materials and rubbish shall be burnt or

removed from the site to approved disposal areas as may be specified. Ash shall be spread or removed.

Useful materials, saleable timber, firewood, etc. shall be the property of the Owner and shall be stacked

properly at the worksite in a manner as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Back-filling

Holes and depressions caused by dismantling operations shall be backfilled with excavated or other

approved materials and compacted to required density as directed by the Engineer.


CORPORATION LTD.


Disposal of Materials

All materials obtained by dismantling shall be the property of GSECL. Unless otherwise specified,

materials having any salvage value shall be placed in neat stacks, as directed by the Engineer with all

lifts and up to a lead of 1000 m.

Structural steel removed from old structures shall, unless otherwise specified or directed, be stored in a

neat and presentable manner on blocks in locations suitable for loading. Structures or portions thereof

which are specified in the Contract for re-erection shall be stored in separate piles.

All materials obtained from dismantling operations which, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be

used shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000m.

2.0 EXECUTION

2.1 GENERAL

Bidder shall ensure that the excavation and sub-structures are free from water during construction and

shall take all necessary precautions and measures to prevent ground water, storm water, etc., from

entering the excavation so as to carry out the work in reasonably dry conditions in accordance with the

construction schedule.

The Bidder shall dewater and maintain reasonably dry, the excavation for structures and all other areas

of the site, where build up of water (in the opinion of Engineer-In-Charge) is likely to obstruct the

progress of work, or lead to insanitary conditions by stagnation, or retard the speed of construction, or

is detrimental to the safety of men, materials and equipment or is undesirable due to any other reasons.

2.2 EXCAVATION

1) GENERAL

All excavations shall be done to the minimum dimensions as required for safety and working facility.

Prior approval of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be obtained by the Contractor, in each individual case, for

the method he proposes to adopt for the excavations including dimension, side slopes, shoring,

dewatering, disposal, etc. This approval, however, shall not in any way make the Engineer-In-Charge

responsible for any consequent loss or damage. The excavation must be carried out in the most

expeditious and efficient manner.

All excavation in open cuts shall be made true to line, slopes and grades shown on the drawing or

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. No material shall project within the dimension of minimum

excavation lines marked. Boulders projecting out of the excavated surfaces shall be removed, if in the

opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge they are likely to be a hindrance to the workers.

Method of excavation shall be, in every case, subject to the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge and the

Contractor shall ensure the stability and safety of the excavation, adjacent structures, services and

works. The Contractor shall have full responsibility of the stability of the excavation and safety of the

workmen. If any slip occurs, the Contractor shall remove all slipped material from the excavated pit. All

loose boulders, semi-detached rocks, not directly in excavation but so close to the area to be excavated

as to be liable, in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge, to fall or otherwise endanger the workmen,

equipment of the work, etc., shall be stripped off and removed away from the areas of excavation. The

method used shall be such as not to shatter or render unstable or unsafe the portion which was

originally sound and safe. Any materials not requiring removal as contemplated in the work, but which,

in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge, is later to become loose or unstable shall also be promptly and


CORPORATION LTD.


satisfactorily removed as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. Prior to starting the excavation, the

ground level at the location shall be checked jointly with the Engineer-In-Charge.

The rough excavation may be carried up to a maximum depth of 150 mm above the final level. The

balance shall be excavated with special care. If directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, soft and undesirable

spots shall be removed even below the final level. The extra excavation shall be filled up as instructed

by the Engineer-In-Charge. If the excavation is done to a depth greater than that shown on the drawing,

or directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, due to the Contractor's fault, the excess depth shall be filled up

to the required level (with cement concrete not leaner than M15 ordinary concrete or richer) as

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge in each individual case. In formation of rock requiring blasting, those

over cuts which are unavoidable will be made up by ordinary cement concrete M-15.

The contractor shall furnish labour, material, plant and equipment to complete excavation, filling,

backfilling, levelling, grading and compacting as indicated or specified herein or both.

The materials and workmanship shall conform to the provisions of IS: 1200 and IS: 3764. The excavated

materials shall be classified for payment according to IS: 1200.

Excavation shall be carried out in any material met on the site to the lines, levels and contours shown on

the detailed drawings, and contractor shall remove all excavated materials to soil heaps on site or

transported for use as filling on the site as directed.

Suitable types of shoring and strutting, wherever necessary, shall be adopted to support the face of

earth otherwise cutting in slope may be adopted as per site requirements and as directed by Engineer-

In-Charge.

The contractor shall provide suitable drainage arrangements to prevent surface water entering

foundation pits. The contractor shall engage pumps or other approved means to keep excavation free of

water.

If the bottom of any excavation has been left exposed by the contractor and that, in the opinion of the

Engineer-In-Charge, has become deleteriously affected by the atmosphere or by water, then the

contractor shall remove such portions of the deteriorated foundation material as the Engineer-In-

Charge may direct and shall make good with lean concrete mix decide by Engineer-In-Charge.

The contractor shall not undertake any concreting in foundation until the excavation pit is approved by

the Engineer-In-Charge,

Payment shall be made on cubic meter basis on the measurement of volume of pit of excavation as per

drawing permissible dimensions and slopes as specified by the Engineer-In-Charge and no separate

payment shall be made for shoring, strutting, dewatering and removal and disposal of surplus excavated

soil within a lead of 100 M from construction area. The rate shall include cost of setting out and Line out

work required for the excavation and cost of all shoring and dewatering work.

2) EXCAVATION IN ORDINARY SOIL, HARD SOIL AND SOFT AND DECOMPOSED ROCK

The excavation in ordinary soil, hard soil, soft and decomposed rock will be carried out as per the

approved proposal, modified and corrected where necessary by the Engineer-In-Charge. The work will

be carried out in a workmanlike manner without endangering the safety of nearby structures/services

or works and without causing hindrance to other activities in the area. As the excavation reaches the

required dimensions, lines, levels and grades, the work will be checked by the Engineer-In-Charge

thoroughly and on completion, the work will be finally checked and approved by the Engineer-In-

Charge. In certain cases, where deterioration of the ground, upheaval, slips, etc. are expected, the


CORPORATION LTD.


Engineer-In-Charge may order to suspend the work at any stage and instruct the Contractor to carry out

the balance work just before the foundation work of the structure can be started.

3) EXCAVATION IN HARD ROCK

In case where excavation, both in ordinary soil and hard rock, are involved, the ordinary soil comprising

of soft, hard and dense soils (including laterite formations) and rock including weathered rocks, lateritic

rocks, etc. which can be excavated without blasting, shall be completely stripped off. Further work in

hard rock shall be resumed after clearance from the Engineer-In-Charge.

Personnel deployed for rock excavations shall be protected from all hazards such as loose rock/boulder

rolling down and from general slips of excavated surfaces. Where the excavated surface is such that it is

not stable against sliding, necessary supports, props, bracings or bulkheads shall be provided and

maintained during the period of construction. Where danger exists of loose rock/boulder falling from

the excavated surfaces deeper than 2metres, steel mesh anchored to the lower edge of excavation and

extending over and above the rock face, adequate to retain the dislodged material shall be provided and

maintained. In case where blasting, though otherwise required, is prohibited for any reasons, the

excavation shall be carried out by chiseling, wedging or any other approved method.

4) CLASSIFICATION

All earthworks shall be classified under the following categories: No distinction will be made whether

the material is dry or wet.

a) Ordinary Soil

This shall comprise vegetable or organic soil, turf, sand, silt, loam, clay, mud, peat, black cotton soil, soft

shale or loose murrum, a mixture of these and similar material which yields to the ordinary application

of pick and shovel, rake or other ordinary digging implement. Removal of gravel or any other nodular

material having diameter in any one direction not exceeding 75 mm occurring in such strata shall be

deemed to be covered under this category.

b) Hard Soil

This shall include:

a) Stiff heavy clay, hard shale, or compact murrum requiring grafting tool or pick or both and

shovel, closely applied;

b) Gravel and cobble stone having maximum diameter in any one direction between 75 and 300

mm;

c) Soling of roads, paths, etc., and hard core;

d) Macadam surfaces such as water bound, and bitumen/tar bound;

e) Lime concrete, stone masonry in lime mortar and brick work in lime/cement mortar, below

ground level;

f) Soft conglomerate, where the stones may be detached from the matrix with picks; and

g) Generally any material which requires the close application of picks, or scarifies to loosen and

not affording resistance to digging greater than the hardest of any soil mentioned in (i) and (vi) above.

c) Soft and Decomposed Rock

It shall mean rocks such as lime stone, sand stone, weathered rocks, hard conglomerates soft

conglomerate where the stone may be detached from the matrix etc. which can be removed without

blasting and which can be quarried or split with crow bars, wedges, pavement breakers, pneumatic

tools etc.


CORPORATION LTD.


a) Limestone, sandstone, laterite, hard conglomerate or other soft or disintegrated rock which

may be quarried or split with crowbars ;

b) Unreinforced cement concrete which may be broken up with crowbars or picks and stone

masonry in cement mortar below ground level ;

c) Boulders which do not require blasting having maximum diameter in any direction of more than

300 mm, found lying loose on the surface or embedded in river bed, soil, talus, slope wash and terrace

material of dissimilar origin ; and

d) Any rock which in dry state may be hard, requiring blasting, but which when wet becomes soft

and manageable by means other than blasting.

d) Hard Rock (requiring blasting)

No blasting of rocks is permitted.

e) Hard Rock (blasting prohibited)

Hard rock where blasting is prohibited for any reason and excavation has to be carried out by chiseling,

wedging or any other agreed method. In case of any dispute regarding classification, the decision of the

Engineer-In-Charge shall be final.

5) PROTECTION

The Engineer-In-Charge shall be notified by the Contractor as soon as the excavation is expected to be

completed within a day so that it may be inspected by him at the earliest. Immediately after approval of

the Engineer-In-Charge, the excavation must be covered up in the shortest possible time. But, in no case

the excavation shall be covered up or worked on before approval and measurement by the Engineer-In-

Charge. Excavated material shall be placed beyond 1.5m from the edge of the pit or trench or half the

depth of the pit or trench whichever is more or further away if directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Excavation shall not be carried out below the foundation level of structure close by until required

precautions have been taken. Adequate fencing is to be made enclosing the excavation. The Contractor

shall protect all under-ground services exposed by excavation. The Contractor shall also divert all

surface drains, underground drains etc. affected by the excavation to maintain the working area neat

and clean.

6) DEALING WITH SURFACE WATER

All working areas shall be kept free of surface water as far as reasonably practicable. Works in the

vicinity of cut areas shall be controlled to prevent the ingress of surface water. No works shall

commence until surface water streams have been properly intercepted, redirected or otherwise dealt

with.

Where works are undertaken in the monsoon period, the Contractor may need to construct temporary

drainage systems to drain surface water from working areas.

7) TREATMENT OF SLIPS

The Contractor will take all precautions to avoid high surcharges and provide proper surface drainage to

prevent flow of water over the sides. These precautions along with proper slopes, berms, shoring and

control of ground water should cause no slips to occur. If however slips do occur due to causes beyond

the control of the Contractor, the same shall be removed by him and payment shall be made to him on

appropriate item rate of earthwork. Slips caused due to negligence of the Contractor will be cleared and

back-filled later by him.


CORPORATION LTD.


2.3 SHORING

Shoring made out of approved quality shall be 'close' or 'open' type, depending on the nature of soil and

the depth of pit or trench and the type shall be determined by the Engineer-In-Charge. It shall be the

responsibility of the Contractor to take all necessary steps to prevent the sides of trenches and pits from

collapsing.

2.4 BACK FILLING AROUND FOUNDATIONS AND PLINTH

1) GENERAL

The material used for backfilling shall consist of material, approved by the Engineer-In-Charge and

obtained directly from nearby areas where excavation work by the same agency is in progress, from

temporary stacks of excavated spoils or from borrow pits from selected areas designated by the

Engineer-In-Charge. The material shall be free from lumps and clods, roots and vegetation’s, harmful

salts and chemicals, organic materials, etc. In certain locations, the Engineer-In-Charge may direct sand

fillings. The sand should be clean, well graded and be of quality normally acceptable for use in concrete.

2) FILLING AND COMPACTION IN PITS AND TRENCHES AROUND STRUCTURES

As soon as the work in foundations has been accepted and measured, the spaces around the foundation

structures in pits and trenches shall be cleared of all debris, brick bats, mortar droppings, etc., and filled

with earth in layers not exceeding 250 mm in loose thickness each layer being watered, rammed and

properly compacted to achieve a dry density of not less than 90% of proctor's dry density at optimum

moisture content as per IS-2720 ( Part-VII) where backfilling with cohesive soil and sandy silt containing

high percentage of silt. For back filling with sand having little or no silt, each layer shall be compacted to

a relative density of 75% as per IS-2720 part XIV. Earth shall be rammed with approved mechanised

compaction machine. Usually, no manual compaction shall be allowed unless specifically permitted by

the Engineer-In-Charge. The final surface shall be trimmed and levelled to proper profile as shown in the

drawing and as desired by the Engineer-In-Charge. Since the degree of compaction depends on the

moisture content of the soil, a close watch should be kept on it and corrections done to optimise the

moisture content.

Back filling around completed foundations shall be done to the lines and levels shown on the drawings,

including any trimming of the surface as may be necessary. This will be done with selected and

approved Earth from excavation or otherwise with materials approved and directed by the Engineer-In-

Charge. Where sufficient suitable material is not available from the excavation, the Engineer-In-Charge

may direct to import suitable earth from different sources. The refilling shall be done in horizontal

layers of thickness not exceeding 25 cm free from pocket with careful watering and ramming to obtain

at least 90% maximum laboratory dry density.

The contractor shall not fill in around any work until it has been approved by the Engineer-In-Charge,

Payment for backfilling shall be based on volume of consolidated fill, this volume shall be derived from

the difference between the volume of excavation and the structure of trenches as the case may be. The

rate shall include cost of extracting suitable approved earth from excavated soil, carriage up to 100 M

lead, placing, watering, compacting in layers, trimming and dressing finished surface and disposal of

surplus material up to a lead of 100 M.

3) BORROW MATERIAL

Borrow material required for back-filling shall be excavated from approved locations and levels, and

shall consist of material, approved by the Engineer-In-Charge, free from roots, vegetation, decayed


CORPORATION LTD.


organic matter, harmful salts and chemicals, free from lumps and clods. If specified, clean graded sand

free from harmful and deleterious material from approved quarries shall be used as fill material.

4) FILLING IN PLINTH

Sand supplied by the contractor for filling shall be medium hard, strong, free from any organic and

foreign matter and should be suitable for attaining compaction of 90% of maximum laboratory dry

density; any sand proposed shall be used only after it is approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. Locally

available sand conforming to above specifications may be used for this purpose.

Filling shall be carried out in layers not exceeding 25cm in loose depth. If required, flooding shall be

done to achieve required compaction. Sand shall be compacted by tamping as directed by the Engineer-

In-Charge.

The plinth shall be filled with earth in layers not exceeding 250 mm in loose thickness, watered and

compacted with approved compaction machine or manually, if specifically permitted by the Engineer-In-

Charge. When the filling reaches the finished level, the surface shall be flooded with water for at least

24 hours, allowed to dry and then rammed and compacted, in order to avoid any settlement at a later

stage. The finished level of the filling shall be trimmed to the slope intended to be given to the floor.

5) FILLING IN TRENCHES

Earth used for filling shall be free from salts, organic or other foreign matter. All clods of earth shall be

broken or removed. Where excavated material is mostly rock, the boulders shall be broken into pieces

not bigger than 150 mm size in any direction, mixed with fine material consisting of disintegrated rock,

murrum or earth as available, so as to fill up the voids as far as possible and then the mixture used for

filling. Filling in trenches for pipes and drains shall be commenced as soon as the joints of pipes and

drains have been tested and passed. Where the trenches are excavated in soil, the filling shall be done

with earth on the sides and top of pipes in layers not exceeding 250 mm, watered, rammed and

compacted taking care that no damage is caused to the pipe below. Filling of trenches shall be carried

out simultaneously on both sides of the pipe in such a manner that unequal pressures do not occur.

In case of excavation of trenches in rock, the filling up to a depth of 300 mm or the diameter of the pipe

whichever is more, above the crown of pipe or barrel shall be done with fine material such as earth,

murrum, disintegrated rock or ash according to the availability at site. The remaining filling shall be

done with rock filling of boulders of size not exceeding 150 mm mixed with fine material as available to

fill up the voids, watered, rammed and compacted.

2.5 REMOVAL OF SURPLUS EARTH

Surplus earth and soil from excavation shall be removed from construction area to the area demarcated

by the Engineer-In-Charge.

1) DISPOSAL

The excavated spoils will be disposed off in any or all the following manners:

a) By using it for backfilling straightway.

b) By stacking it temporarily for use in backfilling at a later date during execution of the Contract.

c) By either spreading, or spreading and compacting at designated filling areas and / or disposal

areas.

d) By selecting the useful material and stacking it neatly in areas designated by the Engineer-In-

Charge for use in backfilling by some other agency.

All surplus material from excavation shall be carried away from the excavation site to designated

disposal area selected by the Engineer-In-Charge. All excavated materials such as hard rock, boulders,


CORPORATION LTD.


bricks, dismantled concrete blocks, etc. shall be stacked separately as directed by the Engineer-In-

Charge and shall be the property of the Owner.

2) FILLING IN DISPOSAL AREA

Surplus material from excavation which is not required for backfilling will be disposed of in designated

disposal areas. The spoils shall not be dumped haphazardly but should be spread in layers

approximately 250 mm thick when loose and compacted with the help of compacting equipment. In

wide areas rollers will be employed and compaction done to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge

at the optimum moisture content which shall be checked and controlled by the Contractor, which can

be done by tipping the spoils from a high bench neatly maintaining always a proper level and grade of

the bench.

2.6 DEWATERING

All excavations shall be kept free of water and slush. Grading in the vicinity of excavations shall be

controlled to prevent surface water running into excavated areas. The Contractor shall remove by

pumping or other means approved by the Engineer-In-Charge any water inclusive of rain water and

subsoil water accumulated in excavation and keeps the trench dewatered until the construction of

foundation structure and backfilling are complete in all respects. (Except where such dewatering would

need installation of well points or deep wells for which separate payment will be made) Sumps made for

dewatering must be kept clear of the foundations. Method of pumping shall be approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge but in any case, the pumping arrangement shall be such that there shall be no

movement of subsoil or blowing in due to differential head of water during pumping.

2.7 CONCRETE

1) GENERAL

All concrete work shall be carried out with automatic batching plant and transported through Transit

mixtures strictly in accordance with the IS: 456 except as otherwise specified hereunder.

2) GRADE OF CONCRETE

The different grades of concrete and the minimum cement content to be adopted are as per the

minimum requirement mentioned earlier in Clause 5.2 of General Parameter of Design. Accordingly

Design Mix of concrete shall be carried out and shall be used while construction. Cement used shall be

OPC 43 Grade/53 Grade conforming to IS: 8112/IS 12269 as per design and requirements. for shell

concreting, using slip form, and cement from the same source shall be procured till concreting is

completed for the shell.

The source and type of the basic ingredients of concrete viz. cement , aggregates, water and approved

admixtures, if any, shall be unchanged throughout the construction of the chimney shell, particularly in

case, slip forming technique is adopted for shell construction.

For slip forming, the slump shall be between 150 mm and 200 mm at the point of placement. However,

precise requirements in this regard shall be established from field tests and shall be subject to

Owner/consultant’s approval.

If necessary, approved admixtures such as retarders/ plasticizers to maintain the workability shall be

used with the prior consent of the Engineer-In-Charge. Such admixtures shall be identified after

preliminary tests to prove their satisfactory performance and compatibility with the particular type of

cement envisaged to be used in the shell construction. After identification and determination of dosage

for varying weather conditions, the total quantity of admixture required for complete work shall be

estimated and shall be procured in batches to ensure that the same is utilised before expiry of its shelf


CORPORATION LTD.


life. In no case shall the admixtures be used if its shelf life has expired due to delay in construction

activities. No additional payment shall be payable to Bidder for providing retarders/plasticizers.

Inter mixing of different grade of concrete in the same structure shall not be allowed normally.

While concreting shell at corbel/bracket levels for supporting beams care shall be taken to ensure that

the dowels are initially bent within the wall thickness and concrete of grade specified at that level is

placed and well compacted. The dowels may be later exposed by chipping only after the concrete is well

set. On no account will the method by packing the area with sand or any other material be permitted

for the purpose of exposing dowels at a later date.

3) CONCRETE MIX DESIGN

Any grades of concrete designated in IS: 456 shall be used. As far as possible design mix concrete shall

be used on all concrete work. That is, the concrete mix shall be designed with preliminary tests. The mix

shall be designed as per "Handbook on concrete mixers", SP: 23, BSI while designing the mix, the

strength, durability, minimum cement content, maximum water ratio allowed and workability necessary

for the job by most economical use of the various ingredients shall be considered by the Contractor.

The determination of the water-cement ratio and proportion of aggregates to obtain the required

strength shall be made from Preliminary Tests by designing the concrete mix. Controlled concrete shall

be used on all concrete works complying with all the requirements of IS: 456. Cube tests shall be carried

out by the contractor on the trial mixes before the actual concreting operations starts. The Engineer-In-

Charge shall verify the strength of the concrete mix before giving his sanction for its use. However, this

does not absolve the contractor of his responsibility as regards the prescribed strength of the mix. If

during the execution of the works it is found necessary to revise the mix because of the cube tests

showing lower strengths than the required one, the Engineer-In-Charge shall ask for fresh trial mixes to

be made by the contractor. No claim to alter the rates of concrete work shall be entertained due to such

changes in mix variations as it is the contractor’s responsibility to produce the concrete of the required

grade.

Design of Concrete mix shall be so done, that, it will be self-lubricated at the contact faces of the

shuttering plate to ensure smooth sliding. Cement used shall be 43/53 grade conforming to IS from

approved manufacturer. It is advisable to use cement from the same source during the entire slipping

operation, since, once the slipping system starts, there may not be any time left, for conducting trial

mixes, if the source is changed. Cement used shall have an initial setting time of not less than 50

minutes and should have specific surface area of not less than 3600 sq. cm per gram. From the point of

view of controlling creep, shrinkage as well as initial setting time of the concrete, quantity of cement

used shall be restricted to a maximum of 450 kg / m3 of concrete.

Necessary laboratory trials shall be conducted at site to arrive at a mix proportion for different grades of

concrete used in the construction of windshield. An optimum ratio of coarse and fine aggregate shall be

arrived at, to suit the purpose of strength, workability and durability.

Water cement ratio shall not exceed 0.45. Slump of concrete shall vary from about 150 to 200 mm

depending on the means of transportation of concrete to the site of placement. The initial setting time

of concrete shall be between 3 to 4 hours and final setting time, between 5 to 6 hours. To achieve the

above concrete parameters, retarding and plasticizing of admixtures of approved brand, may be added

during concrete manufacture to proportions recommended by the manufactures, to ensure that

necessary fluidity and workability is achieved without compromising on strength. The admixtures shall

be properly identified by preliminary test both for desired performance as well as compatibility with the

brand of cement to be used.


CORPORATION LTD.


In case, concrete is transported by transit mixers, the waiting period of concrete inside the mixer shall

be reduced to the possible minimum to limit the heat of hydration.

A small laboratory shall be maintained at site for testing different materials like cement, coarse and fine

aggregates. A cube testing machine also be installed at site for getting quick feedback on concrete

quality. Steam curing facility for cubes shall also be provided.

4) BATCHING OF CONCRETE

For controlled concrete, only weigh batching shall be allowed. All concrete ingredients, except water,

shall be batched by weight, using an approved make of weigh batcher. Batching shall be accurate to 1/2

Kg. The batcher shall be tested for accuracy of calibration, first before commencement of work and at

least once a fortnight or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge thereafter. Water shall be batched by

weight or by volume measures, as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

5) MIXING

Mixing should be carried out in mechanical mixers or batching plant. Hand mixing shall not be

permitted. Water cement ratio shall be rigidly controlled during mixing. Mixers shall be fitted with

automatic devices to discharge measured quantity of water to the mixing pan. The water shall not be

admitted to the drum until all the cement and aggregate constituting the batch are thoroughly mixed.

Regular checks on mixer efficiency shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

The mixing equipment shall be capable of combining the aggregates, cement and water within the

specified time into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass, and of discharging the mixture without

segregation. The entire batch shall be discharged before recharging. Mixing periods shall be measured

from the time when all of the solid materials are in the mixer drum, provided that all of the mixing

water shall be introduced before one fourth of the mixing time has elapsed. Mixing shall be continued

until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and the mass in uniform in color and consistency.

The mixing time in no case shall be less than two minutes.

Only those mixers whose efficiencies are within the tolerances specified in IS: 1791 will be allowed to be

employed. Batching plant shall conform to IS: 4925. The entire content of the drum shall be discharged

before the ingredients for next batch are fed into the drum. No partly set or remixed or excessively wet

concrete shall be used. Such concrete shall be immediately removed from site. Each time the work stops

the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned and when the next mixing commences, the first batch shall have

10% additional cement at no extra cost to the Owner to allow for loss in the drum.

Great care shall be exercised when mixing the actual works concrete using the proportions of the

selected trial mix. The final concrete mix shall have the same weight proportions of cement, fine

aggregates, coarse aggregates and water as the approved selected mix.

Proper control of water quantity is deemed of paramount importance, Mixers with automatic water

measuring drums shall be used, or else water should be either measured by volume in calibrated

buckets, tins, or weighed. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean serviceable condition,

and their accuracy periodically checked and certified and Engineer-In-Charge's approval obtained.

The Engineer-In-Charge may require the contractor to carry out moisture content tests in both fine and

coarse aggregates. The amount of the added water shall then be adjusted to compensate for any

observed variations in the moisture contents. For the determination of moisture content IS: 2386 shall

be referred to.

No substitutions in materials used on the work or alterations in the established proportions shall be

made without additional tests to show that the quality and strength of concrete are satisfactory. No

alterations shall be permitted without the prior sanction of the Engineer-In-Charge.


CORPORATION LTD.


6) PLACING

Before concreting, the contractor shall provide, fabricate and lay in proper position all Metal inserts,

Anchor Bolts, pipes, etc. (which are required to be embedded in concrete members) as per relevant

drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge

Concrete shall be transported from the mixing plant to the forms as rapidly as possible by means which

will prevent segregation, consolidation or drying out in hot weather. Concrete shall be placed within

thirty (30) minutes after commencement of mixing. At the time of placing concrete in very hot weather,

care shall be taken to see that the temperature of wet concrete does not exceed 380C. Before placing

concrete, all formwork, embedment and reinforcement shall be checked for completeness, location,

dimension. It should also be in square and plumb. All chips and saw dust or other foul matter shall be

removed from within the forms. The base surface shall be well moistened and puddles wiped up. Earth

foundation on which direct placement of concrete is allowed will be rammed and consolidated as

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge such that it does not crumble and get mixed up with the concrete

during or after placement, before it has sufficiently set and hardened. Concrete will always be placed

against moist surface but never on pools of water. In case the foundation cannot be dewatered

completely, special procedure and pre-caution, as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge will have to be

adopted. A layer of mortar of thickness between 12 mm to 25 mm as directed, of the same or less W/C

ratio and the same proportion as that of concrete being placed and /or cement slurry will be spread

thoroughly on the foundation or construction joint just prior to placement of concrete. The cost of

application of such cement slurry and/or mortar will be deemed to be included in the unit rate of

concrete. Placing equipment and accessories shall be kept clean and free of partially set grout and

concrete, and maintained in proper working order. Walking on reinforcement layers is not permissible.

Walkways of wooden planks or similar devices can be placed with removal supports and should be

independent of reinforcement. In general, placing shall be direct, by transporting buckets. Where it is

necessary to deposit the concrete at level differences of more than 1.5 m, short chutes shall be used.

Short chutes and hoppers shall be so designed and installed that segregation will not take place. In cases

where chutes are impracticable due to excessive drop to placing level, hoppers and sectional tubes

(elephant trunks) shall be used. After the concrete has been placed, it shall be spread, if necessary and

thoroughly worked around reinforcement or other embedded fixtures into concrete form and shape.

The concrete shall in no case be dropped from a height of over 1.5M and it shall be carefully laid in

position. Before depositing the concrete, all debris and dirt shall be removed from the space to be

occupied by concrete. Concreting shall not be done unless the formwork conforms to the shapes, lines

and dimensions as shown in the drawings. The formwork shall be sufficiently rigid. During the placing

and compaction of concrete, care shall be taken to ensure that there is no loss of liquid from concrete

and no segregation of aggregates takes place. The method of placing and compaction employed in any

particular section of the work shall be as desired by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Vibrators shall not be used for pushing the concrete into the adjoining areas. Care must be taken to

ensure that the inserts, fixtures, reinforcement and formwork are not displaced during or immediately

after the placement and bring the concrete surface out of the alignment beyond tolerance limits. In case

of such displacements the Engineer-In-Charge may direct to remove the portion and reconstruct or

repair the same at the Contractor's expense. The rate of placement of concrete shall be such that no

cold joint is formed and fresh concrete is placed always against green concrete which is still plastic and

workable. No concrete shall be placed in open, while it rains. During rainy season, no placement in open

is to be attempted unless sufficient tarpaulins or other similar protective arrangement for complete


CORPORATION LTD.


covering the still green concrete from rain is kept at the site of placement. If there has been any sign of

washing of cement and sand, the entire affected concrete shall be removed immediately.

The concrete shall not be placed directly against a vertical form face but shall be placed to flow to this

surface during the compaction process. Care shall be taken to avoid the form face being splashed with

mortar during the placing operation.

Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers of proper depth for effective compaction and depth of a

layer shall not in any case exceed 400 mm. Each layer of concrete shall be plastic when covered with the

following layer. Plastic concrete is defined as concrete which can be vibrated at least to the extent that

immersion type vibrators spud will penetrate the concrete at least 25 mm by vibration action and under

its own weight. Minimum compressive strength, after 5 to 6 hours of batching, of concrete, immediately

below the shutter as the slip form proceeds shall not be less than 0.2 MPa. For shell concreting, forms

shall be filled at a rate of vertical rise of not less than 150 mm per hour and not more than 300 mm per

hour. Construction joints shall be provided as specified and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Concrete which is no longer plastic but which needs to be covered by an additional lift shall be

immediately chipped back to well consolidated concrete and slushed with mortar puddle. This mortar

puddle shall cover the hardened concrete to a depth of 1.5 mm at every point and shall have cement

and sand in the same ratio as in the concrete mix itself.

At all times when reinforced concrete is being placed a competent steel fitter shall be in continuous

attendance. Fitter shall adjust and correct the position of any reinforcement, which may be displaced.

Any concrete surplus to immediate requirements shall be thrown away. In no circumstances may the

surplus concrete be used later.

7) COMPACTION

Concrete in general shall be consolidated by vibration using high frequency mechanically driven

vibrators. Concrete shall be placed in layers at least 300 mm deep in walls and approximately 450 mm in

mass pouring. Vibrators shall not penetrate more than 50 mm into the surface of previously placed

layers but shall completely vibrate the working layer. Care shall be taken not to over vibrate any

concrete and especially those with higher slumps. Under no circumstances vibrators shall be attached to

or allowed to touch reinforcement. Spare vibrators in good operating condition shall be on hand during

placing operations.

The concrete after being laid shall be compacted by means of vibrators of approved type under proper

supervision as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. Vibration shall not be confined only to the top

surface, but the whole mass of concrete shall be well vibrated until the dense mass assumes jelly like

appearance and consistency water just appearing on the surface. Over vibration of very wet mixes shall

be avoided. Care should be taken to avoid segregation and formation of air bubbles.

The whole process starting from the mixing of concrete to the placing and compaction shall not take

more than 20 minutes and the process shall be completed before the initial setting takes place,

Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by suitable mechanical vibrators during placing and shall be

carefully worked around all reinforcement and embedded fixtures and in to the side and corners of the

formwork.

Compaction shall start as soon as there is sufficient concrete within the formwork to immerse the

vibrator and vibration shall continue during the placing operation so that at no time shall there be a

large volume of un compacted concrete in the form work.

Whenever, concrete is being vibrated at least one spare vibrator of each type in use shall be available in

case of breakdown.


CORPORATION LTD.


8) FINISHING

No touching-up will be permitted to the concrete after removal of formwork. Where damages, honey-

combing or other unsatisfactory finishes have occurred to the concrete surfaces, they shall be rectified

in a manner as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, at no extra cost. If in the opinion of the Engineer-In-

Charge the concreting is unsatisfactory, demolition of the entire concrete work and reconstruction of

the same shall be carried out by the Contractor, as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge at his own cost.

On striking the formwork, all blow holes and honey combing observed shall be brought to the notice of

Engineer-In-Charge. The Engineer-In-Charge may, at his discretion allow such honeycombing or blow

holes to be rectified by necessary chipping and, packing or grouting with concrete or cement mortar. If

mortar is used, it shall be 1:2 mix or as specified by the Engineer-In-Charge. However, if honey-combing

or blowholes are of such extent as being undesirable, the Engineer-In-Charge may reject the work

totally and his decision shall be binding. No extra payment shall be made for rectifying these defects or

to recast the same. All burrs and uneven faces shall be rubbed smooth with the help of carborundum

stone.

The surface of non-shuttered faces shall be smoothened with a wooden float to give a finish equal to

that of the rubbed down shuttered faces. Concealed concrete faces shall be left as form finished

detailed above. The top faces of slabs which are not intended to be surfaced shall be levelled and

floated to a smooth finish at the levels or falls shown on the drawings or elsewhere. The floating shall

not be executed to the extent of bringing excess fine materials to the surfaces. The top faces of slabs

intended to be covered with screed, granolithic or similar faces shall be left with a rough finish.

For top surfaces of slab and other surfaces for which formwork is not provided a smooth finish shall be

provided with a wooden float after compaction.

9) CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

In general, construction joints shall be limited to those indicated on the drawings. In mass concrete,

construction joints may not be indicated in the drawings but shall be made at breaks, offsets or other

convenient levels as controlled by volume, plant capacity and time factors. Such construction joints shall

be so located that they do not impair the strength of the structure. In walls and columns, height of each

lift shall not generally exceed 1.5 m unless otherwise specified in the drawings or directed by the

Engineer-In-Charge. Method of forming all construction joints shall conform to the provisions of IS: 456.

All construction joints shall be cleaned with wire brush and water to remove all laitance and loose

material to expose the aggregates. Immediately before placing fresh concrete, the surface of previously

placed concrete shall be coated with a thin coat of cement mortar slurry of the same proportion as that

of concrete.

In general, construction joints shall be located preferably in a low shear stress zone and at right angles

to the direction of the principal stress. Any deviation from the above shall be approved by the Engineer-

In-Charge.

As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, it shall be covered either with sand, Hessian, canvas

or similar materials and kept continuously wet for at least seven (7) days after final setting. Curing by

continuous sprinkling of water will be allowed if the Engineer-In-Charge is satisfied with the adequacy of

arrangements made by the Contractor.

Construction Joints shall in general confirm to the relevant causes of IS: 456. Such joints shall be truly

vertical or horizontal as the case may be, except that in an inclined or curved member the joint shall be

strictly at right angles to the axis of the members.


CORPORATION LTD.


Construction joints shall be rebated to an approved profile and an approved water stop shall be inserted

in the joints when specified.

Construction joints shall be made horizontally at the top of the foundations and 75 min below the

lowest beam soffit at the head of columns. Concrete in the ribs and slabs of small tee and all other

beams shall be placed in one operation, but for large beams concrete in the rib up to a level 25mm

below the slab, soffit shall be placed first. Concrete in haunches or splays on beams or braces and

concrete in the head of adjoining portion of the column shall be placed at the same time as that of the

beams or braces. Concrete in splays at the junction of walls and slabs shall be placed at the same time

as that of the slab.

Construction joints shall be arranged to minimize the effect of shrinkage. Generally, the distance

between joints shall not exceed 10 meters. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, the

construction joints in girders, beams and slabs shall be positioned at approximately one third of the

span from a support.

10) CURING

Curing shall be accomplished in accordance with IS : 456 by keeping the concrete covered with a layer of

sacking canvas, Hessian or similar absorbent materials and kept constantly wet for at least seven days

from the date of placing of unless otherwise specified. The approval of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be

obtained for the method of curing the contractor proposes to use on the work. In very hot Weather

precaution shall be taken to see that temperature of wet concrete does not exceed 38oC while placing.

Heavy loads shall not be placed on or moved across floor slabs until curing is complete. Care shall be

taken to prevent floor surfaces from being marked during curing period. For freshly laid concrete

formwork shall not be jarred.

Exposed surfaces, immediately after final set, shall be protected from the sun. All concrete shall be well

watered after it has been set and shall be kept continuously damp until thoroughly cured. Provision

shall be made for adequate water distribution to all parts of the work so that if required this treatment

can be continued sufficiently throughout the whole period of construction. In order to keep the

concrete continuously damp, all exposed surface shall be covered with continuously damped gunny

bags or shall have water pounded on them, for full period of curing.

On exposed concrete surfaces in high sun temperatures and /or strong drying wind conditions BIDDER

shall use curing method, which also shields the concrete, and this shall be placed in position not later

than half an hour after final tamping.

11) CHIMNEY FOUNDATION

Concreting of foundation (raft) shall be started only after the steel reinforcement for the entire

foundation has been placed and tied in position. The reinforcement bars shall be adequately supported

to ensure that they do not sag under their own weight. The supporting reinforcement system shall be

properly engineered to prevent sagging of all main reinforcement. Measures shall also be taken at

sufficient number of points over the placed reinforcement to ensure this requirement.

Concreting of the foundation shall be carried out in segments as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Only vertical construction joints with joggles shall be permitted between any two segments. Dowel bars

shall also be provided between two adjoining segments. Horizontal construction joints shall not be

permitted for the foundation under any circumstances.

Each foundation segment shall be cast in a single continuous pouring operation. The vertical sides and

joggles of the already cast segment shall be roughened and fully prepared (for receiving fresh concrete)


CORPORATION LTD.


as per specification and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge, before concreting works for the

adjacent segment are undertaken.

The Contractor's procedures, for casting massive concrete sections (like raft foundation segments) shall

take into account early thermal drying and shrinkage behaviour of such works to prevent cracking or

loss of strength of concrete due to these effects.

At least 4 weeks before commencing the construction of any massive concrete section the Contractor

shall submit, for Engineer-In-Charge's approval, detailed proposals for placing the concrete, together

with supporting calculations to ensure that there shall be no damage to the concrete resulting from the

proposed method. The proposal shall include the location of construction joints, the .sequence and

programme of concrete pouring, formwork details and striking time and method of controlling

maximum temperatures and temperature gradients and evaporation rates during the early age of the

concrete.

Foundation concrete shall be moist/ damp cured, for at least ten days by water spraying or ponding as

approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. All exposed surfaces, edges and corners of the foundation shall be

sufficiently and continuously kept damp with ample supply of water

12) CHIMNEY SHELL

The chimney shell shall be constructed using slip form shuttering and the norms, precautionary and

remedial measures with respect to the rates of sliding, delay in sliding, discontinuous (or stop start)

sliding, curing, protection, finishing, providing for opening and embedment’s and maintaining true

vertically shall be strictly adhered to. All measures shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-In-

Charge.

Vertical reinforcement bars projecting above the forms for the chimney shell shall be so supported as to

prevent the breaking of the bond between the freshly placed concrete.

Vertical joints shall not be permitted in the chimney shell and horizontal construction joints may be

provided at locations as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Special attention shall be given to proper curing of the chimney shell so that the shell wall does not

remain dry for long periods. Circumferential perforated pipes shall be hung from the slip form

shuttering. Water shall not be turned into the pipes until the concrete has set sufficiently to prevent

water channeling. Alternatively, both faces of the concrete shell shall be coated with a membrane

curing compound in accordance with ACI-307. The curing compound shall comply with ASTM C 309 and

shall be applied in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. Care should be taken to

ensure that the curing compound is applied uniformly and consistently and shell is not damaged or

punctured.

2.8 FORMWORK & CENTERING

Form work in general shall conform to IS: 456. For complicated work the contractor shall submit his

proposal of formwork before starting the work for approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. The number of

props, their sizes and dispositions shall be such as to be able to safely carry the full dead load and

constructional loads. However, approval of the Engineer-In-Charge to this effect shall not relieve the

contractor of his responsibility for proper work and safety. All forms of beams, slabs and members shall

be so designed and erected that the sides can be removed without disturbing the soffit shutter and

supports there to. Before removal of the shuttering the concrete shall be examined and its removal

order taken from the Engineer-In-Charge. In no circumstance shall forms be struck until the concrete

reaches strength of at least twice the stress to which the concrete may be subjected at the time of

striking. Shuttering shall not be removed until the number of clear days specified in IS: 456 have elapsed


CORPORATION LTD.


since the last day of placing concrete in the member concerned. All formwork shall be removed without

such shock or vibration as would damage the reinforced concrete. Before the soffits and struts are

removed, the concrete surface shall be exposed, where necessary, in order to ascertain that the

concrete has sufficiently hardened. The specified period may be extended if desired by the Engineer-In-

Charge on account of delayed hardening caused by low atmospheric temperature.

Formwork shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions of concrete and RCC Structures as shown on

the drawings and shall be well within the permissible tolerances. They shall be of sufficient strength and

rigidity to maintain their position and shape under loads incidental to placing concrete. The

arrangement and alignment of formwork shall be approved by the Engineer-In-Charge prior to

concreting. However, this shall not relieve the contractor from his responsibility of doing accurate work

and rectifying the defects.

Formwork for concrete shall be of plywood, steel, good seasoned timber or other approved materials as

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge properly designed, easy for removal and cleaning. It shall be

sufficiently tight to prevent loss of cement slurry from the concrete. All joints and holes in the formwork

shall be caulked with putty, jute cloth or other approved materials. The inner face of the shuttering shall

be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or greased with approved material. Care shall be taken that such

coating is kept free from contact with the reinforcements. All form work shall be leveled and aligned

and all rubbish, particularly, chipping, wood shavings, saw dust and adhering grout shall be removed

from the interior of the form before the concrete is placed.

Form work ties, or tying methods, which can cause spalling of concrete during stripping or any rust or

discoloration on concrete exposed to view, shall not be used. Spreaders and tie wires shall be cut back

at least 1/2" from surface and damage to concrete neatly patched.

Formwork panels shall be stiff enough to prevent damage to the concrete surface caused by excessive

movements of the panel during vibration of the concrete.

Damaged and used formwork shall not be re used without repairing.

The part of the ties shall be capable of being removed, so that no part remaining embedded in the

concrete shall be nearer the surface of the concrete than the specified thickness of cover to the

reinforcement. Holes left after the removal of ties shall be filled with concrete or mortar of approved

composition.

The formwork or the false work shall not be removed from a structural component until BIDDER ensures

that the concrete has attained sufficient strength.

The concrete is to be regarded as sufficiently hardened when the component has attained such strength

that it can resist all loads acting at the time of removal of the formwork.

Particular care shall be taken with components which have to carry virtually the full design load directly

upon removal of the false work (e.g. in the case of roofs, or floor slabs which have to support loading

from floors above them which have not yet hardened).

Props shall remain in position for as long a period as possible, particularly for structural components,

which are subjected to a major proportion of their design loading as soon as the formwork has been

removed.

No superimposed load shall be allowed on any part of the concrete work prior to the removal of the

forms and props.

2.9 SHELL CONSTRUCTION USING SLIP FORM TECHNIQUE

1) GENERAL


CORPORATION LTD.


Chimney shell shall be constructed using slip form technique based on “Method Statement” prepared

by the Bidder and duly approved by Owner/consultant generally following the guidelines given in

tender.

2) SLIP FORM

The RCC shell of the chimney shall be constructed by using slip form technique. The slip form shall

consist of a central ring and tower system. Normally the slip form shall be of radial beam system having

two levels of beams, upper and lower level beams, radiating out from the central ring beams to the slip

form yokes equally spaced around the circumference of the structural wall.

The lower beams shall be made up of handlable standard unit trusses bolted together to make up the

required start diameter. To accommodate the wall taper the beams are shortened by removing units as

the slide proceeds.

The bottom beams shall be further supported by under trussing. A Radial Control gear by which the

radius of the concrete shell is controlled shall be attached to the outer ends of the upper and lower

beams. This shall be activated automatically or manually linked to the upward movement. The slip form

shall preferably have at least two working platforms at lower radial beam level as a main working deck

and for access to the hoist cage and at the upper radial beam level as a control point for the radial and

batter adjustments at the yoke positions.

Access to the shutters and to the concrete surface shall be provided by a circular platform under the

lower radial beam for the inner surface and by a three level circular platform supported from the outer

yoke posts for the outer surface.

A special safety net consisting of man-carrying-mesh with a smaller mesh for materials shall be provided

to envelope both the outer platforms and the inner hung platform.

Shuttering shall be of standard lap sheets hung from high tensile steel rod walers, threaded through

holes drilled in the yoke posts.

Steel embedment, chases and openings as per approved drawings shall be fixed or formed in the shell

where steel frames are used for openings, they shall be rigid, reassembled and fixed in position. For

small openings wooden frames may be used.

The spacing of jack rods shall not be more than 1 m or as approved by Engineer-In-Charge. The jack rods

shall be left (no retrieval of jack rods is allowed) in concrete and they shall not be figures as

reinforcement.

Jacks used in Hydraulic Jacking system for slip form shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.

An accurate height measure shall be installed.

The Contractor shall furnish with his bid complete details and literature of the slip form he proposes to

use for the concreting of the shell.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe operation of the slip form and the safety of the labour,

supervisory staff, others during the concreting of the shell by providing hand railing around the

platforms, Intercom arrangement, lighting (500 to 1000 lamps with reflectors shall be provided, fixed on

scaffold tubes attached to the yokes, 3m to 4.5 m above the working deck and 4.5m to 6 m apart), etc.

In case of power failure, battery operated emergency lights on working deck shall be provided.

The Contractor shall also provide all arrangements like hoists, winches, chutes etc. required for the

transport of the materials to the working platforms.

Ambient temperature and the resultant impact on the concrete temperature at the time of placement

shall be taken into account while deciding the speed of the slip form. If slip forming is to be carried out

in summer, (April to September) slip-forming speeds up to 250 mm per hour may be used. In case lesser


CORPORATION LTD.


values are contemplated, retarders conforming to relevant Indian Standard Codes and approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge shall be used.

The Contractor shall ensure that no dragging of concrete with the upward movement of the slip form

shall occur. Twisting in the horizontal plane of the slip form assembly and tilting in the vertical plane of

the slip form assembly shall not be allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for any such

occurrences and he shall have to make good for these as per the directions of the Engineer-In-Charge at

no extra cost.

Following guide lines, apart from the other mentioned elsewhere in this document, are being presented

which should be kept in view by intending Bidders, while quoting for Slip-form method of construction,

a) Care to be taken to prevent dragging of Concrete along with upward movement of the

shuttering for this purpose the following steps are advisable

i) Shutter plates have to be smooth and should be thoroughly clean. Before fixing them in position

all the Surfaces which will be coming in contact with concrete to have a coat of epoxy paint.

ii) In areas where concrete thickness is 750mm or more rate of pouring should be such that

minimum slipping of shuttering is 100mm per hour.

b) Mix design also should be so done that it has a slump of 50mm at the point where concrete is

placed under an ambient temperature of around 380C. This will also keep vibration by needle vibrators

to required minimum. Slump should not drop down to zero in less than 45 minutes.

c) Care must be taken to prevent twist, which predominantly occurs in the initial stages because of

low slipping rate in the horizontal plane of Slip-form assembly. A thorough check on this aspect must be

kept at every 15 minutes interval. One person should exclusively be assigned this work together with

rectifying any defect.

d) Every endeavour has to be made so as not to occur at any tilt in the shutter assembly. To

achieve this following step need be taken.

i) Performance of jacks has to be closely observed and any defective one needs immediate

replacement. Difference in levels of opposite jacks at any instant of time should not exceed 5mm.

ii) Loading on Slip-form truss/yokes has to be fairly equal.

iii) Sleeve through which jacking rod passes to be of sufficient length so that later gets an uniform

clearance and does not get any chance to tilt. Sleeve should have a minimum wall thickness of 3.25mm

and should be such that jacking rod gets a maximum clearance of 1mm to 1.5mm around.

e) For taper walled chimneys overlapping of shutters, which are kept, to effect the tapering, needs

careful attention otherwise these may be filled with concrete slurry.

f) In designing the mix following aspects should be borne in mind:

i) Cement used should have an initial setting time of not less than 50minutes and preferable

should have a specific surface around 3600 Sq.m. per gram.

ii) From the point of view of creep, shrinkage as well as initial setting property of concrete, cement

content should not preferably be more than 400Kg per cum. of concrete.

g) Elaborate arrangements shall be made for curing of the shell. It is always advisable to have a

standby pump for effective utilization of the system.

h) Exact number and capacity of jacks as well as spacing of yoke frames are to be determined

taking into account various loading including self-weight of the system, dead and live loads on working

and other platforms, horizontal load on form work, wind load etc. It is desirable that jacking system,

based on which the entire slip-form system works should consist of jacks 3/6 Ton capacity and a

hydraulic pump with necessary pipe connections.


CORPORATION LTD.


i) At least 30% spare jacks and jacking rods should be kept ready during the entire operation. It is

obligatory to maintain spare hydraulic pump along with a set of loose pipes in perfect working condition

on top of working deck.

j) In sectors where thickness is 500mm or more it is prudent to go in for two nos. of jacks for each

slip-form yoke.

k) For effective utility of this technique following areas need careful attentions at the very

conceptual stage:

i) Detailed quality assurance program.

ii) Advance Planning and preparations.

iii) Arrangement for onsite supervision and adequate access facilities.

l) Construction methods including description and types of different equipment proposed to be

used, structural arrangement and analysis of the system, description and type of difference materials,

planned interruptions, description and frequency of various checks and tests for slip-form technique as

well as for material, method of preparing, transporting and pouring of concrete, solution for probable

defects during slipping, sequence of operations during planned interruptions etc. should be prepared

beforehand by Contractor and to be approved by Engineer-In-Charge before starting the actual work.

m) Placing and binding of reinforcement is also a very critical item and needs special attention.

From practical considerations not more than two or three layers of horizontal steel can be tied at a time

and this causes a definite limitation in placement of reinforcement. Vertical reinforcements should be

kept vertical by providing suitable holders within the slip-form system.

n) It is desirable to have a break of at least one day for every two weeks of continuous operation.

Such break should be utilized for various maintenance activities, removal of jack rods etc.

o) Number and locations of hoists for lifting concrete, reinforcement and other materials have to

be planned well in advance. Capacity of hoists should be such as to match with hourly requirement of

concrete and reinforcement. If feel necessary, one hoist may be exclusively earmarked for transporting

concrete. For movement of personnel supervising the work a separate hoist must be arranged for, so

that two hoists should be available throughout the construction period. Access between various

working levels shall be provided by an approved system of ladders.

p) The system being operative round the clock it is obligatory to have adequate lighting

arrangement both on various platform levels as well as on ground below. Arrangement has to be made

for facilitating continuous upward movement of the entire system along with slip-form.

q) Winches for lifting men and material and mixers, if located within unsafe area around chimney,

should be protected by adequate shelter from possible damage.

r) Proper Tele-communication system has to be established between the personnel working on

top of chimney and control room below.

s) Apart from using plumb bobs, level and theodolite instruments/ Total station, for survey

purpose arrangement should also be kept for lasers.

t) In case of interruption in the course of slipping of form work following measures should be

taken,

i) Provision of a key and additional reinforcement at the junction of new and old concrete.

ii) Slip-form system should be brought up freely to have a minimum overlap of 100mm or so over

previously cast concrete.

iii) Washing of old concrete surface with compressed air and water jet and thereafter pouring a

layer of neat cement grout.


CORPORATION LTD.


iv) Clearing of shuttering panels of loose materials concrete etc., by compressed air and applying a

coat of epoxy paint, if felt necessary by Engineer-In-Charge.

v) Neatly finishing the interface of old or new concrete as soon as it comes out of shutter panel.

Should jacking rod be located at any of the opening, temporary R.C.C column shall be designed and

provided to prevent bucking of the rod. The temporary column should be to full thickness of the wall

and at least 500 mm long or to ensure a height / length ratio not less than 12.

The contractor shall have at site qualified engineers and supervisors/foreman's with at least 10 years of

experience in execution of minimum 2 of similar works, and operators of machinery and equipment for

satisfactory progress and timely completion of the works. All temporary electrical installation shall be

supervised by a qualified electrical engineer of the contractor.

The contractor shall be fully responsible for the correctness and accuracy of the works, which shall be

executed in a professional manner.

Climbing or slip-forms shall be controlled by linked hydraulically operated jacks that are reversible,

driven by an electrically operated pump and with provision for manual operation in the event of a break

down.

When correcting dimensional deviations in any vertical plane through the setting out point, within the

tolerances as specified herein, the shell profile shall not change direction, other than in accordance with

the required batter and rise, by more than 10mm per 5 meter rise. Stepping of succeeding concrete lifts

shall not be permitted.

The rate of spiralling of the shutter shall not exceed 10 mm circumferential rotation per 1 M of vertical

travel. The maximum continuous deviation in either direction shall not exceed 50 mm.

All pockets, chases, rebates, openings, corbels and similar built-in features shall have their vertical and

horizontal surfaces positioned within ±10 mm of the specified location or level. Notwithstanding these

stipulated tolerances no resultant pocket, chase, etc. shall be of such a reduced or increased size that it

is unsuitable for the purpose for which it is designed.

3) RATE OF SLIDING

Sliding shall proceed continuously at a rate of between 150 mm and 300 mm per hour as approved by

the Engineer-In-Charge. No stoppage during sliding longer than 15 minutes will be-permitted. The

shutter shall be kept as full of concrete as possible with the surface of the concrete maintained level.

The rate of movement of the sliding formwork shall not be such as to allow the concrete to adhere to

the surface of the shutter. If Slip-forming is carried out in summer, rate of slipping should be around

250mm per hour. If lesser value is contemplated appropriate retarders should be specified.

4) DELAYS IN SLIDING

If interruptions in the slide occur as a result of circumstances completely beyond the control of the

Contractor, e.g. power failures or weather conditions, or on the instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge,

special arrangements must be made to avoid adhesion of the setting concrete to the sliding formwork,

and if such adhesion takes place, to break it in such a fashion that the uppermost layers of concrete are

not cracked or lifted. Jacks shall enable the formwork to be lowered 12 mm to 25 mm but any method

of breaking such adhesion will depend on the type of sliding equipment used by the Contractor.

Should interruptions occur, a construction joint shall be formed in a manner which will least impair the

durability, appearance and proper functioning of the concrete. The sliding shutter must be lowered

before new concrete is poured so as to avoid a stepping effect in the face of the wall. In recommencing

the pouring operation particular care should be taken that no adhesions have occurred which will "lift"

new concrete. Should adhesions cause cracks, they must, immediately be brought to the attention of


CORPORATION LTD.


the Engineer-In-Charge and suitable remedial works must be undertaken. Such remedial works must be

approved by the Engineer-In-Charge before proceeding.

Should the slide be continued within a period of 24 hours of stoppage, all laitance must be removed

from the surface of the construction joint before any fresh concrete is added.

Should the slide be continued after a period of 24 hours has elapsed the procedure outlined below shall

be followed.

Hack away any projecting stones or fines of concrete and cut back to solid concrete to the satisfaction of

the Engineer-In-Charge. Remove any mortar leakage which may have occurred. Clean away all loose

materials and thoroughly damp the old surface. The first concrete mixture to be deposited in the

shutters shall contain between 7 % to 10 % additional fine aggregate with a corresponding reduction in

coarse aggregate related to the mix.

5) DISCONTINUOUS OR STOP START SLIDING

Where a sliding system on a stop-start basis is used, the construction joints formed when stopping shall

be at positions agreed with the Engineer-In-Charge. Such joints shall be formed and prepared in

accordance with this Specification. Where trailing shutters are used in conjunction with the stop-start

slide these shall be securely fixed to or suspended from the remainder of the formwork.

6) OPENINGS, CHASES AND FIXING OF BLOCKS

No holes or chases other than those shown on the working drawings or approval by Engineer-In-Charge

shall be cut or otherwise formed in the concrete. The method the Contractor proposes for the forming

of any holes shall be subject to approval of the Engineer-In-Charge.

No block for the attachment of fixtures shall be embedded in the concrete unless approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge.

Where steel frames are used for openings they shall be rigid, preassembled and may with the Engineer-

In-Charges approval be welded to the reinforcement. Should climbing rods occur at any opening, a

temporary column" is to be provided to prevent buckling of the rod. The recessed construction joints for

any suspended floors shall be formed within the slide. The formwork shall be slightly less than the wall

thickness. For small openings wooden frame may be used.

7) CURING AND PROTECTION

Concrete is to be protected from cold or frost. Concrete shall not remain uncured for a period longer

than 12 hours. For temporary curing a skirting of wet hessian sheeting attached to the bottom of the

slide will be acceptable. This hessian shall be wetted at the bottom and shall be kept damp at all times.

The internal surface of the windshield should be left unfinished to allow proper inspection by the

Engineer-In-Charge. Thereafter the internal surface of the windshield shall be cured. The Contractor

shall submit details of his proposed method for curing the concrete surfaces of the windshield for

approval of the Engineer-In-Charge.

Monitoring of Slide Position

The Contractor shall measure at six hourly intervals the following dimensions and positions and shall

record these immediately in tabular form and on graphs:

a) Progress height.

b) Centre line in relation to the centres at the base.

c) Internal wall faces in relation to the concrete at the base.

d) Wall thickness.

e) Twist.


CORPORATION LTD.


The verticality of the structure shall be checked at first light every morning to minimize any differential

thermal effects and reported to the Engineer-In-Charge and additionally as required to ensure that all

the specified tolerance requirements are maintained. If strong winds are blowing, this measurement

may be postponed under the directions of the Engineer-In-Charge.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-In-Charge for approval, details of the procedure which he

intends to follow for checking of verticality.

The levels and positions of pockets, rebates, openings, sleeves, etc. as cast is to be measured as the

slide proceeds and is to be recorded on a set of drawings.

Copies of these records shall be given to the Engineer-In-Charge.

COATING FOR SUBSURFACE CONCRETE WORK:

Protection of sub-structure concrete work in direct contact with soil shall be ensured by adopting the

following painting system:-

1. Concrete Penetrating Bipolar Corrosion Inhibitor.(CPCI)

2. Epoxide Rasin Based Paint(ERBP)

The CPCI shall be applied first on concrete surface by brush or spray as per manufacture’s

instruction. Subsequently, as per direction of Engineer in charge, the migration of inhibitor in to the

concrete shall be wiped with a cloth prior to 1st

coat of ERBP application. The properties of the

coated system shall conform to the various requirements of application ASTM standers viz. ASTM-D-

217-68, B-117, D-4541, D-2794, G95 etc.

The specification for the application of these systems are are as under:

Sub-structure coating –Concrete Penetrating Bipolar Corrosion in Inhibitor.

One coat of water based Concrete Penetrating Bipolar Corrosion in Inhibitor (CPCI) shall be applied

over the surface, inspective of grade of Concrete as per manufacture’s specification to inhibit the

corrosion process of embedded reinforcement bars. The CPCI shall be non-toxic with pH of minimum

9.5 and specific gravity 1.00 to 1.08. It shall be free from nitrite, chromates and phosphates and shall

be dosed as per manufacture instructions. It shall have minimum 1 to 2 years successful usage

history conforming to field validation and evaluation technique (ASTM G5-94, C-102-89, C-109-92, C-

876-91).

Epoxide Resin Based Paint to sub-structure Elements:

Two (2) coats of epoxide resin based anti-corrosive and Chemical resistance paint over a coat of CPCI

shall be applied as per manufacture instruction for protection of Concrete against carbonation and

chloride penetration in saline/marine environment. The primer coat shall be of gray colour and Top

coat shall be of black colour with DFT of 150-162.5 microns each, thus giving the total DFT of 300-325

microns. Before application of paint, the following shall be particularly checked for conformance to this

specification and recommendation of the paint manufacture.

a) Surface profile

b) Catalysis ratio for two component paints

c) Minimum and maximum top coating times.


CORPORATION LTD.


The painting to all architectural & civil works shall be applied to withstand the severe marine exposure

condition,

8) STAGING FOR SHELL CONSTRUCTION

Design and erection of staging shall conform to the requirements of all relevant IS Codes and National

safety standards/regulations.

Bidder, at his own cost, shall prepare a detailed construction scheme and submit the same for approval

of Owner/consultant. If called upon, he shall submit to the Owner/consultant detailed drawings with

supporting calculations showing all details of formwork, staging, scaffolding, member sizes, connection

details and other arrangements for staging and for the concreting work and submit the same for review.

Any suggestions/ comments on the scheme/details conveyed to the Bidder shall be carried out by the

Bidder at no extra cost. Scheme submitted for approval shall incorporate separate provision of material

hoists and a passenger hoist.

As the staging serves a dual purpose, viz., as an access tower and as a bearing structure to support

construction loads, it shall be designed for all possible loads that could be imposed on it such as self-

weight, weight of ladder and timber platforms at all levels, weight of men, weight of construction

materials and equipment, wind loads, seismic loads, etc.

Minimum live load on staging due to labour and personnel movement shall be considered at 300 kg/m2.

It may be taken as 150 kg/m2 when earthquake loads are also taken into account. No increase in

stresses shall be considered for wind and seismic conditions. Staging shall also be designed to support

load due the structural steel girders of roof and floor framing during their erection.

Staging materials shall conform to the requirement of IS 2062 and IS 1161.Design of the staging shall be

carried out as per IS 800 and IS 4014.Fabrication of the staging shall commence only after the design

drawings prepared by the Bidder is approved by Owner/consultant.

Special inspection hoist of approved make shall be provided by the Bidder for regular inspection,

checking of scaffolding members, joints, etc. Fortnightly detailed inspection record shall be maintained

by the Bidder and shall be produced to the Engineer-In-Charge whenever required for his verification.

Notwithstanding the approval from the Engineer-In-Charge, the Bidder will be solely responsible for the

safety, security and proper functioning of the staging and formwork.

9) SHELL CONSTRUCTION

Chimney shell shall be constructed normally by slip form technique. However, presence of large

openings, such as breech openings has posed problems in controlling verticality and twisting of the shell

in some projects, possibly due to the jack rods in the opening location not adequately supported during

slipping operation. Hence Owner/consultant at his discretion may permit construction of the bottom

portion of the shell by conventional curved shuttering only.

Conventional / Jump form shuttering may be permitted only up to a height of “W/2” above breach

opening where “W” is the width of breach opening. Above this level only slipforming will be permitted.

Where conventional/jumpform shuttering is adopted, minimum stripping time of formwork shall not be

less than 12 hours for sides of RCC shell. However, the stripping time to be adopted on the works shall

be subject to the Engineer-In-Charge's approval. The Bidder shall not be permitted any increase in

construction period if the stripping time for shell exceeds 12 hours. Bidder shall mobilise adequate

number of tower cranes to handle concrete and reinforcement during construction

In case the Bidder intends to use slip form construction from the bottom of the shell itself, a starter wall

of minimum 600mm high shall be constructed at the bottom using conventional curved shuttering with


CORPORATION LTD.


proper taper. The height of the starter wall shall be sufficient to ensure adequate overlapping for the

slip form shutters to ensure proper lateral support for the concrete being placed at the bottom most

portion of the slip form. Length of dowel bars from the foundation raft shall be suitably modified taking

into account height of the starter wall. Also to prevent buckling of jack rods at the opening locations,

sacrificial concrete columns shall be provided with temporary radial shutters around the jack rods to

offer sufficient lateral support. Width of such columns shall be the same as the shell thickness and

length shall be a minimum of 600 mm. These temporary concrete columns will be dismantled after the

concrete above opening to a height of half the width of opening is at least 14 days old.

10) SHUTTERING FORMS, YOKES, JACKS AND JACK RODS

Shuttering plates shall be smooth and thoroughly cleaned. They shall be formed of steel plates 4 to 6

mm thick. EN 8 grade of steel is recommended as it is more malleable. Surface of the plate on the

concreting sides shall be coated with epoxy or polymers to minimize adhesion

Height of each panel is normally between 1100 to 1250mm and length about 2000mm.

Plates shall be bent to suit curvature of chimney.

As the diameter of chimney reduces with height, the plates over lap one another at ends. Care shall be

taken to ensure that the over lapping of form panel is vertical and not inclined. For tapered chimney,

over lapping of shutters, needs careful attention, to prevent them being filled up with concrete slurry.

Generally shuttering panels are fixed in a slightly inclined position to make it, self cleaning. Also the

shutter shall have a slight rake in the top to prevent ‘step’ forming, in the case of sliding being stopped.

Walers stiffen the form panel and transfer the load to the yokes. They are of structural steel, strong

enough to bear the lateral pressure of wet concrete laid within the form panels. The walers will be

braced suitably

Form are supported on the yokes and shall be provided with a double screw system, which allows

control of wall thickness, through rotation and translation of the panels relative to the yokes

Yokes are structural steel members placed radially at regular intervals not exceeding 2000mm, and

connected to radial supporting beams of the slip form structure. Yokes are also used to fix both external

and internal hanging scaffolding frame.

Exact number and capacity of jacks as well as spacing of yoke frames are to be determined taking into

account various loadings including self weight of the system.

Jacking system based on which the entire slip form system works, consist of jacks, jack rods and a

hydraulic pump with necessary pipe connection. It is desirable that the capacity of the jacks be

restricted to 3T, 6T and 12T with jacking rods of 25 mm, 32 mm and 40 mm diameter respectively.

Where thickness of wind shield is more than 500mm it is recommended to provide two Jacks per slip

form yoke

At least 50% spare jacks and jacking rods shall be kept ready during the entire operations. It is also

obligatory to maintain spare hydraulic pump along with set of loose pipes, in perfect working condition

on top of the working platform.

11) REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT

Horizontal reinforcement bars shall be provided on the external side of vertical reinforcement bars. The

horizontal bars shall be pre bent to the curvature of the wind shield. All precautions shall be taken while

placing and securing the circumferential reinforcement bars to prevent them from bulging and getting

displaced during concreting and to ensure that there is no reduction in concrete cover. Each bar need to

be introduced below the available space between each yoke and this will affect the speed for providing


CORPORATION LTD.


reinforcement. Horizontal reinforcement will be tied to vertical reinforcement by means of binding

wires.

Vertical reinforcement shall be kept vertical by providing suitable holders within the slip forming

system. Due to problem in handling at heights, the maximum length of vertical bars may be restricted to

6 meters. The bars at yoke locations shall be re arranged to clear the yoke. Vertical reinforcement

projecting above forms shall be suitably supported to prevent breaking of bond between the bars and

freshly placed concrete. It shall be ensured that not more than one third of the bars are spliced along

any plane of the shell. For bar diameter more than 20 mm, bar couplers shall be used at splicing

location. Lapping shall be done only for bars less than 20 mm in diameter.

12) PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE

Before slip form is erected above the chimney raft, shell to a height of about 600 mm shall be cast, as a

starter, using conventional curved shuttering. The height of the starter shall be sufficient to ensure,

adequate over lapping for the slip form shutters, to give proper support for the newly placed concrete.

Particular attention shall be given to concrete placement because of thin wall section and presence of

reinforcement in addition to local obstruction due to yokes. Under no circumstance shall the point of

discharge of concrete into the form be more than 1500 mm above the concrete surface on which the

new concrete is to be placed. If concrete is placed using elephant trunk, the diameter shall be 200 mm

minimum.

To achieve good bond between foundation and the first lift of shell concrete, or horizontal joint caused

by interruption, neat cement slurry shall be poured over the initial concrete.

The slump of concrete at placing location shall be at least 150 mm.

Concrete shall be placed in about 200 mm thick layers uniformly in one continuous pour for the full

circumference of the shell, so that, there will be no vertical or inclined construction joint.

Pour sequence shall be such, that the next layer of concrete is placed, over the layer already placed,

well within initial setting time of the earlier pour. Concrete shall normally be placed within 90 minutes

of batching. Special care shall be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement, openings, cut outs,

insert plates etc.

Vibrator used shall have a minimum frequency of 8000 RPM. Diameter of the needle shall normally be

about 60 mm, and in areas where reinforcement is congested, the needle could be of 40 mm diameter.

Vibrator shall be inserted in a vertical position at approximately 450 mm centres. Vibrator needle shall

be lowered unto concrete, only to depth corresponding to the thickness of poured concrete layer just

poured. Special care shall be taken while vibrating near openings, pockets etc. Where there is

congestion of reinforcement. During the first pour, when the forms are empty vibration should be

avoided or carried out into almost caution in order to avoid bending of yoke. Vibrator should not touch

shutters or embedment. At least two standby vibrators shall always be maintained on the top deck, all

the time during the entire period of slip forming.

It is recommended that membrane curing compound of approved make shall be sprayed on to the fresh

concrete surfaces emerging out of slip form shutters, to ensure proper curing at greater heights in line

with provisions of ACI – 307. The Curing Compound shall comply with ASTM C 309 and shall be applied

in strict conformity with the manufacturer’s recommendation. If the OWNER/CONSULTANTS approves

water spray may be used at lower heights. In that case elaborate spraying arrangement shall be made

both on inside and outside surfaces with necessary pipes and pumps of adequate head, along with

standby. The spraying shall be continued for 14 days. The sprayers shall be hung below the bottom of

the slip form and raised along with it.


CORPORATION LTD.


13) USE OF SLIPFORM SHUTTERING

The Bidder shall provide all necessary temporary lighting, stand by equipments for mixing, hoisting,

placing and vibrating of concrete, and also ensure that all materials for the slide are stockpiled on site in

sufficient quantities to facilitate uninterrupted sliding. While sliding, the Bidder shall take all necessary

steps to ensure the slide proceeds in continuous operation, stopping only for planned interruption as

approved by Owner/consultant. The Bidder shall give the Owner/consultant notice of 48 hours before

slipping commences to enable him to examine and satisfy himself, regarding the arrangement at site, to

proceed with uninterrupted slipping operation generally satisfying the procedure as per the method

statement prepared by the Bidder and approved by Owner/consultant.

It is desirable to have a break at least for one day for every two weeks of continuous slipping. Such

breaks shall be used for various maintenance activities. It is preferable to suspend sliding operation

during cyclonic weather.

No block for attachment of fixtures shall be embedded to the concrete unless approved by

Owner/consultant. Small openings and pockets less than 600x300mm can be formed by inserting

wooden blocks / frame.

Larger openings shall be formed using frames which shall be formed well in advance of slipping. All the

frames, etc shall be 15 mm narrower than the nominal wall thickness to allow for wall taper. The

recessed construction joints with forms, if any, for any suspended floor is provided within the slip form;

such forms shall have a clearance of minimum 15 mm from the sliding shutter on each face.

14) DESIGN OF SHUTTERING

The CONTRACTOR shall give the criteria to be adopted for design of various temporary works and the

slipform. The following requirements shall be met.

a) Staging materials shall conform to IS: 2062.

b) Minimum design live load from personnel shall be 350 kg/sq. m. To this shall be added the self-

weight and weight of construction materials and equipment, etc.

c) The staging shall be designed as per the requirements of IS:800 (for conventional type) and

IS:4014 (for tubular scaffolding type).

d) The CONTRACTOR's design calculations shall be based on normally accepted calculation

techniques for the structural forms which the CONTRACTOR adopts for staging.

It shall be ensured by the Contractor that during all stages of execution of work, the cement slurry

mortar, concrete etc. deposited on the platform and scaffold are effectively removed periodically

A water level system, together with plumb-bobs shall be established for ensuring true vertically of the

shell. The slipform shutter shall have independent controls to counteract any tendency of the structure

to travel out of plumb or to slew, twist, rock or float.

The shutter structure shall have a minimum grip length of 1000mm. A sliding shutter shall have a slight

rake in the top to prevent "steps" forming in the event of the slide being stopped.

In the slip form shutter the details of the position and arrangement of jack rods shall be submitted to

the Engineer-In-Charge for approval. Double jack rods will be permitted and jack rod steel, may be

removed from the slide. Jack rods will be 25mm or greater in diameter. Voids left by the removal of jack

rods in the shell must be grouted up.

The Contractor shall make suitable arrangement for continuous reading, on position of shell to be

determined. This shall relate directly to the centre of the structures at their bases and shall enable the

degree of twist and inner and outer wall positions to be determined. An accurate height measure shall


CORPORATION LTD.


be installed. Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor's proposed arrangement of this must be

approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

2.10 REINFORCEMENT

The Reinforcement bars of Grade Fe. 500 conforming to IS: 1786, having Highly Corrosion resistant

elements not less than 0.5% shall be used for all the works. As per clause 1.6 of 1786- 2008, deformed

bars produced by rerolling finished products such as plates and rails, (virgin or used or scrap) or by

rolling materials for which the metallurgical history is not fully documented or not known are not

acceptable.

All reinforcement shall be clean and free from pitting, loose mill scales, dust, loose rust and coats of

paints, oil or other coatings which may destroy or reduce bond. All such mill scales, rust, paint and other

coatings shall be removed by the contractor before use.

1) WELDING OF JOINTS

Welding of joints in reinforcement for bars of 28mm dia. and below shall not be allowed. However, in

case of using welded joints for bars 32mm and above, the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be

obtained. The Engineer-In-Charge may require the contractor, prior to the use of welded joints, to have

tests carried out at the contractor's expense to prove that the joints are of the full strength of the bars

connected. The welding of reinforcement shall be done in accordance with the recommendations of IS:

2751 Code of Practice for welding of Mild Steel Bars used for Reinforced concrete construction. Special

precautions are required in the welding of cold worked reinforcing bars.

Tack welding may be permitted by the Engineer-In-Charge under certain conditions for fixing

reinforcement.

Welding shall be done by skilled welders only. Suitable safeguards shall be taken by the contractor for

welding.

2) WORKMANSHIP

General construction details and workmanship related to reinforcement including bar bends, lap splices

and installation shall be in accordance with IS: 2502-Code of Practice for bending and fixing, of bars for

concrete 'reinforcement-as well as the detailing of reinforcement given in IS: 456.

All bars shall be bent as per the bar bending Schedules indicated in the drawing or supplied separately

relevant to the particular drawing. The contractor shall in all cases verify for himself the correctness of

the schedules giving the numbers, length and the bending details of the bars,

Hot bending of bars shall not be allowed.

The number, sizes, shape and position of all the reinforcement shall, unless, otherwise directed or

authorized by the Engineer-In-Charge, be strictly in accordance with the drawings. The reinforcement

shall be adequately secured and held in position by chairs and spacers. Ties at intersections shall be

made with 16 SWG soft black annealed binding wire. Wherever conduit, piping inserts, sleeves, etc.,

interfere with placing of reinforcement proper adjustment in the spacing of bars shall be made as


Splices in reinforcement shall be made and located only as called for on the drawings or as otherwise


The contractor must obtain the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge for the reinforcement placed before

any concrete is placed in the forms.

Concrete spacer blocks of same strength as parent concrete shall be used to ensure correct cover to the

reinforcement. The clear cover shall be as shown on the drawings or as per instructions of the Engineer-

In-Charge.


CORPORATION LTD.


All the reinforcement bars shall be so tied as to form a rigid cage to prevent displacement before or

during concreting. Necessary wooden planks supported independently of the reinforcement shall be

provided for the labour to move.

The vertical distances required between successive layers of bars in beams or similar members shall be

maintained by the provision of mild steel spacer bars inserted at such interval that the main bars do not

perceptibly sag between adjacent spacer bars.

The reinforcement bending shall be carried out as per the approved bar bending schedule prepared

based on design drawing and availability of reinforcing bar in market. Workmanship shall conform to IS:

2502. All reinforcement shall be free from loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease and paint. Reinforcement

shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the materials and all bars shall preferably

be bent cold.

All reinforcement shall be accurately fixed by approved means and maintained in correct position as

shown in the drawings by use of blocks, spacers and chairs as per IS 2502 to prevent displacement

during placing and compaction of concrete.

No metal part of any device shall be used for connecting bars or for maintaining reinforcement in the

correct position within the specified minimum concrete cover to the reinforcement.

Projecting reinforcement or dowel bars for future connection of the structural works shall be protected

by cement paint, if they are to be left exposed for a long time

Reinforcement detailing shall be as per IS 13920, SP 34.

Two layers of reinforcement (on both inner and outer faces) shall be provided for RCC wall sections

having thickness 150 mm or more.

2.11 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND METAL WORK

1) GENERAL

All workmanship shall be of best practice in modern structural shops, and shall conform to the

provisions of the IS: 800 and other relevant IS Specifications, unless otherwise specified. Erection of

structural steel work shall be done as per requirement of IS: 800.

2) FLUE DUCT

The bidder has to design, and install flue gas duct from the Terminal Point (TP) of the boiler vendor

outside the chimney to the flue inside the chimney. The duct will be of rectangular or square section

matching the duct supplied by the boiler vendor

The duct will be provided with structural steel supporting arrangement from the chimney raft. All these

supports shall be through bearings which will prevent transfer of heat to the support structure and at

the same time permit thermal movement of the duct. The flange provided at the terminal point shall

have bolt holes matching with the requirement of BTG vendor. The joint shall be made leak proof with

appropriate gaskets.

The duct work and its supporting structures shall be designed for the most adverse of possible load

combinations of gravity loading, ash accumulation, wind loading, seismic loading, flue gas pressure

loading and thermal loading along with loading due to insulation and live load of 500kg per square

meter at top. Suitable structure/bracing arrangement shall be provided inside the duct to maintain the

correct cross section at all junction points.

The duct shall be fabricated out of structural steel of grade E250 (410W) quality B (killed). Minimum

thickness of plates shall be 8mm.


CORPORATION LTD.


3) FABRICATION YARD

The CONTRACTOR shall establish a full-fledged fabrication shop at site including proper cutting,

bending, welding, testing and proper handling facilities. Complete fabrication shall be carried out at site.

4) CAST IRON CAP/SS/GI

The Cast Iron cap, fitted at the top of the chimney, shall be of thickness not less than 12 mm. This shall

preferably be a single cap covering both the concrete shell and the lining, with the segments bolted

together securely and properly anchored inside the concrete in such a manner as to form a complete

annular unit, allowing for unequal circumferential and vertical expansion and contraction of concrete

shell and lining and for deflection of shaft due to wind.

All bolts, nuts, washers, rag bolts and other fasteners as required for fixing cast iron cap shall be of

bronze material. Gaps between segments are to be filled with asbestos mill-board or fibre-glass packing.

Casting is to be assembled to match with the dimensions specified in drawings, before despatch to site.

C.I caps to be painted with two coats of Acid Resisting Paints over primer coats as recommended by

paint manufacturer.

5) STEEL EMBEDMENTS

All embedments shall be accurately set, rigidly fastened and suitably anchored by welding lugs. Anchor

bolts shall be set to template and firmly secured in vertical and horizontal line and required positions.

Exposed surfaces of embedded materials are to be painted with one coat of red oxide zinc chrome and/

or bituminous paint. Correct location and alignment as per drawings/instruction of all anchor bolts,

anchor sleeves, inserts, hangers, conduit pipes and other embedded fixtures shall be entirely the

responsibility of the Contractor.

6) PIPE JOINTS

All joints between pipes, pipes and fittings and manholes shall be gas-tight when above ground and

water tight when underground. Method of pipe cutting and jointing shall be as per instruction of the

pipe and fittings manufacturer or as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

7) TOLERANCES

The erection shall be carried out to the requirements stated in Section 7 (h) of AISC Code Standard

practice, except that Structural Steel members be erected plumb with a tolerance not exceeding 1 in

1000. Column splices and other compression joints which depend upon contact bearing, upon

completion, shall bear with respect to the centroid of the contact area.

At least 65% of the entire contact area shall be in full bearing and the separation of any remaining

portion shall not exceed 0.5 mm except locally at toes of flanges where a 50% greater separation is

permissible. Otherwise corrective measures as specified by the GEB/engineer-in-charge shall be taken.

8) CONNECTIONS

a) H.S.F.G. Bolts:

The Contractor shall obtain the prior written approval of the engineer for the method proposed to be

adopted for tightening the High Strength Friction Grip bolts. For preliminary assembly and before use of

these bolts he shall use his own erection bolts.

b) Bolting/Riveting

In general bolts and rivets will conform to the relevant Indian Standards. The methods of establishing

connections, use of equipment, etc., shall be as approved by the GEB/Engineer-in-charge.

c) Welding


CORPORATION LTD.


Welding where specified shall be performed by the shielded electric arc, gas or other approved

methods, using coated electrodes and/or low hydrogen electrode conforming to 1S:814. The welding

process and the qualification of the welding operators shall conform to IS:817 and IS:823(1964) and

shall be got approved before commencement of any work of welding.

All field assembly and welding shall be executed in accordance with the requirements for shop

fabrications excepting which manifestly apply to shop conditions only. Where the steel has been

delivered, painted, the paint shall be removed before field welding for a distance of at least 50 mm on

either side of the joints. All welds should be free from defects like blow holes, lack of penetration, slag

intrusion etc. All welds shall be cleaned of slab or flux and shall show uniform smoothness of weld

metal, feather edges without overlap and free from porosity. Where a thick weld is required the weld

metal shall be deposited in successive layers. Each layer except the last, shall be preened moderately

before the next layer is applied. The contractor shall be responsible for the quality of the work

performed by his welding group.

If required, the engineer may test the welds by non-destructive tests. Any defective welds shall be made

good by the Contractor at no extra cost and the cost of non-destructive testing for such defective welds

shall be borne by the Contractor.

d) Specification for Pin and Pinned connections

Pin Material:

Rolled steel pins and rollers, including those made from slabs shall comply with the requirements of IS:

2062 - Specification for steel for general structural purposes (fusion welding quality) or IS: 8500.

Forged steel pins shall have a tensile strength of 44 to 50 kg/Sq. mm. or 57 to 63 kg/sq. mm. to conform

to IS:1875 - Specification for carbon steel billets, blooms and slabs for forgings. Steel casting for cast

steel pins shall conform to grade 1 or 3 of IS: 1030.

Pin Holes:

Pin holes shall be bored true to gauge, smooth, straight, at right angle with the axis of the member and

parallel with each other unless otherwise required. In built up members the boring shall be done after

the members have been welded. The specified diameter of pin shall be its minimum diameter. Hole

diameter can be maximum 0.5 mm more than the pin diameter.

Pins:

The pins shall be parallel throughout and shall have a smooth surface free from flaws. At ends of pins

there shall be taper to facilitate in driving the pin. Pins more than 175 mm in length of diameter shall be

forged and annealed. Cotter pins shall be provided on both sides of the pin.

2.12 CONSTRUCTION TOOLS AND MATERIALS

Bidder shall provide and maintain at the site necessary number and type of machinery and equipment

including survey instruments in good working condition for proper setting out and timely completion of

the works covered under this specification. All arrangements for transporting the equipment to and

from the site shall be done by the Bidder at his own expense.

It shall be ensured by the Bidder that work shall proceed uninterrupted even in the event of power

failures. As such, adequate number of diesel generator sets and diesel operated equipment (such as

concrete mixers, vibrators, etc.) shall be provided by the Bidder, as an alternative arrangement.

Bidder shall provide all fuels and lubricants required for the operation and maintenance of construction

machinery and equipment as well as for his transport vehicles.


CORPORATION LTD.


Bidder shall, at his cost, arrange for all his requirements of materials such as, but not limited to, oxygen,

acetylene, welding electrodes, ropes, form ties, turn-buckles, clamps, wiping rags, sand paper, etc.,

which are required to satisfactorily perform his work.

2.13 PAINTING

All paints shall be of make and shade as instructed and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. Necessary

test certificates, manufacturer's literature and samples shall be submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge, for

his approval, before bulk purchase is made.

1) CONCRETE SURFACE

Painting shall be as per Technical Specifications. Care shall be taken that the surface is free from stain

honeycomb and any rough and uneven surface. The joints between two shuttering and two lifts of

shuttering shall so be prepared that any unevenness, if by chance exists shall be removed. If one coat of

paint is not sufficient to give the required finish the contractor, at his own cost, shall repaint the surface

until the Engineer-In-Charge is satisfied with the workmanship.

External painting shall commence immediately after the shell construction is completed and the

concrete is well cured. The painting shall preferably be started from the top. This is to ensure visibility of

stack to low flying aircraft at day time even during the period of construction of the internals of the

chimney.

2) METAL SURFACE

All welded joints with galvanized steel shall be provided with cold galvanizing paint. Other accessories

necessary for lightning protection as well as brackets, supports and other items of obstruction lighting

installations, shall be painted with two coats of Red Oxide priming paint and one coat of Aluminium

finishing paint. The Red Oxide paint shall be applied on the down conductors and bands before

installation and the Aluminium paint coating shall be applied after the installation is over. The copper air

terminals, conductors, fasteners and other accessories upto the top encircling band shall have a

continuous lead covering of about 2 mm. thickness, for protection against corrosion due to gases and

weather.

3) BITUMINOUS OR TAR COATING

The surface to be waterproofed shall be rendered absolutely dry, clean and dust free. The surface shall

be sand papered, cleaned and completely coated with hot coal tar paint of approved manufacture and

quality as per IS: 216 (not heated above 375oF) using not less than 2 kg. per Sq m. or with hot asphalt

i.e. bitumen according to IS: 73 (not heated above 400oF) using not less than 1.5 kg per Sq m. When the

first coat has completely dried up and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge, the second coat shall be

applied in the same manner using not less than 1.25 Kg. per Sq m. in case of coal tar and 1 kg per Sq m.

in case of asphalt.

Immediately after application of the second coat and before it is dried up, sand shall be spread on the

surface to cover it completely. Sufficient time shall be allowed after spreading of sand before backfilling

is done in order to allow the final coat to dry up completely.

4) ACID AND HEAT RESISTANT PAINT

The quality and type of the paint shall have the prior approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. For this, a

small area shall be painted and a sample of paint shall be shown to the Engineer-In-Charge. The surface

to be painted shall be prepared and primary coat, if required as per the paint manufacturer's

specification and direction of the Engineer-In-Charge, shall be applied. The paint shall conform, unless

otherwise stated, to the requirement of IS: 158. Necessary samples, test certificates and manufacturer's

literature shall be submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge for his approval. The surface to be painted shall


CORPORATION LTD.


be completely dry before the paint is applied and the drying time between consecutive coats shall not

be less than 5 hours. The overall combined thickness of paint shall be a minimum of 230 microns.

2.14 GALVANIZING

All steel including threaded bolts, nuts and washers, unless specified otherwise in contract, shall be hot

dip galvanized in accordance with IS Specification or American Society for Testing and Material

Specification ASTM 123.

All members to be galvanized shall be cleaned thoroughly, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge,

by the process of pickling. Pickling shall be carried out in an acid bath containing sulphuric or

hydrochloric acid of suitable and adjusted concentration and temperature. Pickling process shall be

completed by rinsing the members thoroughly in warm water.

Galvanizing shall be carried out by hot dip process in a proper and uniformly heated bath and it shall

meet all the requirements when tested in accordance with IS: 2633. The zinc coating shall be of uniform

thickness with an acceptable minimum value of 610 gms/m2 for structural steel. If the galvanizing of

any member is damaged, the Engineer-In-Charge shall be shown of the extent of damage and if so

directed, the galvanizing may have to be redone in the similar manner stated above.

2.15 EXPANSION & ISOLATION JOINTS

1) GENERAL

Expansion and isolation joints in concrete structures shall be provided at specified places, as per details

indicated on the drawings. The materials and types of joints shall be as specified hereinafter. In case of

liquid retaining structures, additional precautions shall be taken to prevent leakage of liquids as may be

specified on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. All materials are to be procured

from reliable manufacturers and must have the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. Where it is the

responsibility of the Contractor to supply the material, the Engineer-In-Charge may demand test

certificates for the materials and/or instruct the Contractor to get them tested in an approved

laboratory free of cost to the Owner. Approved samples of the material to be incorporated in the works

shall be with the Engineer-In-Charge. Joints shall be formed true to line, level, shape, dimension and

quality as per drawings and specifications. Prior approval of the method of forming the joints should be

obtained from the Engineer-In-Charge before starting the work.

2) BITUMEN BOARD/EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD BITUMEN BOARD

Bitumen impregnated fibre board of approved manufacturer as per IS: 1838 may be used as fillers for

expansion joints. It must be durable and water proof. It shall be compressible and possess a high degree

of rebound. The dimensions of the board should be equal to that of the joint being formed. It should,

preferably be manufactured in one piece, matching the dimension of the joint and not prepared by

cutting to size smaller pieces from larger boards at site. At the exposed end, the joint shall be sealed

with approved sealing compound to a depth of at least 25 mm after application of an approved primer.

The sealing compound and the primer shall be applied as specified by the manufacturer.

3) FIXING OF JOINT FILLER

The concrete surface shall be made clean, smooth and free from dirt or loose particles. When the

surface is completely dry, a coat of hot blow bitumen conforming to IS: 702 of grade 85/25 shall be

given with brush or spray. When the bitumen is still hot the pre-moulded joint filler fibre board shall be

pressed against the surface and held in position till the time it takes to adhere. When more than one

layer of filler is specified each layer shall be made to adhere to the preceding layer with a few patches of

bitumen between the two layers. After placing the filler in position, the surface of the filler against

which further concreting is to be done is given a coat of bitumen.


CORPORATION LTD.


a) Filling of joint sealing compound

Sealing compound shall be of Grade A conforming to IS: 1834. Bitumen shall conform to IS: 3384. Before

application of the sealing compound the sides of the joint are sprayed or brushed with bitumen primer.

The primer is then allowed to dry out thoroughly for at least 24 hours and then filled with a mix of 30 %

fine sand and 70 % sealing compound by weight.

b) Expanded Polystyrene Boards

If required, commercial quality of expanded polystyrene products commonly used for thermal

insulations may also be used as filler material in expansion joints. The thickness may vary from 12 mm

to 50 mm. The material will have to be procured from reliable manufacturers as approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge. The method of installations will be similar to that recommended by the

manufacturers for fixing on cold storage walls. A coat of bitumen paint may have to be applied on the

board against which concrete will be placed.

4) JOINT SEALING STRIPS

Joint sealing strips may be provided at the construction, expansion and isolation joints as a continuous

diaphragm to contain the filler material and/or to exclude passage of water or any other material into or

out of the structure. The sealing strips will be either metallic like G.I., Aluminium or copper, of non-

metallic like rubber or P.V.C.

Sealing strips will not have any longitudinal joint and will be procured and installed in largest practicable

lengths having a minimum number of transverse joints. The material is to be procured from reputed

manufacturers having proven records of satisfactory supply of joint strips of similar make and shape for

the jobs. The jointing procedure shall be as per the manufacturer's recommendations, revised if

necessary, by the Engineer-In-Charge. The Contractor is to supply all labour and material for installation

including the material and tools required for jointing, testing, protection, etc. If desired by the Engineer-

In-Charge, joints in rubber seals may have to be vulcanized. Metal Sealing Strips shall be either G.I.,

Aluminium or Copper and formed straight, U shaped, z shaped or any other shape and of thickness as

indicated in the drawing and Schedule of Items and/ or as instructed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

The transverse joints will be gas welded using brass rods and approved flux and will be tested by an

approved method to establish that it is leak proof. In case it is found that the joints cannot be made leak

proof, longer lap length and different method of brazing which will render it leak proof, will be adopted

by the Contractor without any additional cost to the Owner. The edges shall be neatly crimped and bent

to ensure proper bond with the concrete.

a) G.I. Strips:

G.I Strips shall be minimum 1.5 mm thick and 150 mm in width unless specified otherwise. The standard

of Galvanizing shall be as per relevant Indian Standards for heavy duty work. The strips shall be strong,

durable, without any rust or crease. At the joints, the overlapping should be for a minimum length of 50

mm.

b) Aluminium Strips:

Aluminium strips shall be minimum 18 swg. thick and 300 mm wide unless specified other wise and shall

conform to IS: 737 of 19000 grade or 31000 grade (Designation as per IS:6051). A minimum lap of 50

mm length is required at the joints.

c) Copper Strips:

The Copper strips shall be minimum 18 swg. In thickness and 300 mm width unless specified otherwise

and shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards. It should be cleaned thoroughly before use to


CORPORATION LTD.


expose fresh surface, without any reduction in gauge. A minimum lap of 50 mm length is required at the

joints.

d) Non-metallic Sealing Strips

These will be normally in Rubber or P.V.C. joint seals can be of shape having any combination of the

following features:

a) Plain

b) Central bulb

c) Dumb-bell or flattened ends

d) Ribbed and Corrugated Wings

e) V-shaped

As these types of seals can be easily handled in very large lengths unlike metal strips, transverse joints

will be allowed only under unavoidable circumstances and without the specific approval of the

Engineer-In-Charge. The method of forming these joints, laps etc. shall be specified by the Manufacturer

and/or as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge taking particular care to match the central bulbs and the

edges accurately.

e) Rubber Sealing Strips:

The minimum thickness of rubber sealing strips shall be 3 mm and the minimum width 100 mm. The

actual size and shape will be as shown in drawings/Schedule of Items and/or as directed by the

Engineer-In-Charge. The material will be natural rubber and thus resistant to corrosion, abrasion and

tear and also to attacks from the acids, alkalis and chemicals normally encountered in service.

f) P.V.C. Sealing Strips

The minimum thickness of P.V.C sealing strips will be 3 mm and the minimum width 100 mm. The actual

size and shape will be as shown in drawings/Schedule of Items and/or as directed by the Engineer-In-

Charge. The material should be of good quality Polyvinyl Chloride highly resistant to tearing, abrasion

and corrosion as well as to chemicals likely to come in contact with during use.

5) BITUMEN COMPOUND

When directed, the gap in expansion joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and bitumen compound laid as

per manufacturer's specifications. The compound to be used shall be of approved manufacturer and

shall conform to the requirements of IS: 1834.

6) ISOLATION JOINTS

Strong and tough alkathene sheet or equivalent, about 1 mm in thickness and as approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge shall be used in Isolation Joints. It shall be fixed by an approved adhesive compound

on the cleaned surface on the already set concrete, to cover it fully. Fresh concrete shall be laid against

the sheet, care being taken not to damage the sheet in any way.

7) RUBBER PAD

Hard foundation quality rubber pads of required thickness and shapes be put below machine or other

foundation as shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The rubber shall have a

unit weight of 930 Kg/m3, shore hardness – 65A to 70A and be of best quality of approved manufacture,

durable, capable of absorbing vibration and must be chemically inert when contact with moist or dry

earth or any other deleterious material expected under normal conditions.

2.16 PRECAST CONCRETE

All precast work shall be carried out in a yard for the purpose. This yard shall be dry, properly leveled

and having a hard and even surface. If the ground is to be used as a layer of cement plaster with smooth

neat cement finish or a layer of M.S. sheeting. Where directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, casting will


CORPORATION LTD.


have to be done on suitable vibrating table. The yard, lifting equipment, curing tank, finished material

storage space etc. shall be designed such that the units are not lifted from the mould before seven (7)

days of curing and can be removed for erection after twenty eight (28) days of curing. The moulds shall

preferably be of steel or of timber lined with G.I. sheet metal. The yard shall preferably be fenced.

Lifting hooks, where necessary or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, shall be embedded in correct

position of the units to facilitate erection, even though they may not be shown on the drawings, and

shall be removed and the hooks finished after erection if directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Precast concrete units, when ready, shall be transported to site by suitable means approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge. Care shall be taken to ensure that no damage occurs during transportation. All

adjustments, levelling and plumbing shall be done as per instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge. The

Contractor shall render all help with instruments, materials and men to the Engineer-In-Charge for

checking the proper erection of the precast units. Chipped or cracked or otherwise damaged pre-cast

elements will be rejected.

After erection and alignment, the joints shall be filled with grout or concrete as directed by the

Engineer-In-Charge. If centerings have to be used for supporting the precast units, they shall not be

removed until the joints have attained sufficient strength and in no case before fourteen (14) days. The

joint between precast roof planks shall be pointed with 1:2 cement: sand mortar where called for in the

drawings.

2.17 GROUTING

Non-shrink flowable grout shall be used for under pinning work below base plate of columns. Non-

shrink cum plasticiser admixture shall be added in the grout.

Type and grade of grouting shall be indicated. Crushing strength of the grout shall generally be one

grade higher than the base concrete. Minimum grade of grout shall be M30.

2.18 INSULATION AND PACKING

All packing and insulation material shall be of thickness, diameter and type, shown in the drawing. The

packing and insulating material shall be made of asbestos rope, vermiculite concrete, slag or mineral

wool and asbestos mill-boards.

1) ASBESTOS ROPE

The diameter of the rope shall be as per drawing. The material shall be of best quality available in the

market and shall be purchased after a sample is approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. The rope shall be

plain, Grade-I, conforming to IS: 4687-1968. The strand shall be long, well twisted and no torn thread

shall stick out. The rope shall be firmly packed so as to prevent gas leakage.

2) SLAG OR MINERAL WOOL

The thickness of packed slag wool shall be as shown in the drawing. IS: 3677 for Rock and Slag wool

mats for thermal insulation may be referred for guidance. The co-efficient of thermal conductivity and

packed density shall be tested according to IS: 3677 and IS: 3346.

3) VERMICULITE CONCRETE

Vermiculite concrete shall be made by mixing exfoliated vermiculite, portland cement and water. It shall

be of Grade-B, having a density of 210 Kg./m3. The vermiculite aggregate size shall be maximum 6 mm.

The mix shall be 1 cement and 8 vermiculite by volume.

4) ASBESTOS MILL BOARD

Asbestos mill board shall be of thickness as indicated in drawing. It shall be of best quality of standard

make available in the market and samples shall be submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge for approval. It

shall be plain, dense and homogeneous texture, without cracks, flaw and any other manufacturing


CORPORATION LTD.


defect. It shall be laid directly onto the concrete bed after removing any loose material or any

aggregate. The concrete shall be prepared without mortar so that the board can have a good seating.

2.19 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

1) GENERAL

The lightning protection system to be installed on the chimney shall satisfy the following requirements.

2) AIR TERMINALS

The Chimney shall be provided with pointed air terminals uniformly distributed along the top rim of the

chimney. The projected length of the air terminals above the top of the chimney shall not be less than

1000 mm. The air terminals shall be made of lead coated solid copper rods having a minimum diameter

of 20 mm. The air terminals shall be secured to the top of chimney by at least two fasteners of

substantial construction to withstand high wind pressure acting in the area commensurate with the

height involved. All the air terminals shall be electrically connected together by means of a band of 75 x

6 mm galvanized steel flat, which shall form a close loop 600 mm. below the top of the chimney. Each

segment for the cast iron cap of the chimney shall be connected to this galvanized steel flat band by

means of tightly bolted connections.

3) DOWN CONDUCTORS

Two numbers of vertical down conductors of 50 x 6 mm. galvanized steel flats shall be provided, spaced

as shown in drawings. The down conductors shall start from the top encircling band, leading to the

ground. Galvanized steel 50 x 6 mm. flat bands shall be provided below each balcony. Encircling band,

below each balcony, shall be electrically connected to each down conductor. The connections of the

galvanized steel down conductors to the copper air terminals shall be brazed and connection to the

nearest grounding grid at the bottom shall be arc welded. Connection between any two galvanized steel

flats/bands shall be made by arc welding.

The galvanized steel flat encircling bands shall be supported at an interval of maximum 600 mm. and

the vertical down conductors shall be supported at an interval of approx. 2500 mm. The fasteners shall

be of same grade of material as the conductors and have to be galvanized. The conductor shall be laid

straight and sharp bends shall be avoided as far as practicable. A suitable bolted test piece shall be

provided at each down conductor at a convenient height near the bottom of the chimney.

At All supports, the portion embedded inside the chimney shell concrete shall not touch the

reinforcement bars and shall be duly insulated from them.

4) BONDING

All exposed metallic parts of the chimney shall be bonded to the down conductors. Such parts shall

include ladders, balconies, conduits, etc. If the metal has considerable length, it shall be bonded at each

end. If the metallic components are composed of electrically discontinuous parts, each part shall be

bonded to the down conductors. The bond shall have a minimum cross sectional area equal to that of

the down conductor.

5) JOINTS

The joints in the lightning conductors shall be kept to a minimum and there shall be no joint in the

underground portions of conductors. All joints, except those for the air terminals, shall be done by arc

welding process. Overlapping of the conductors at straight joints shall not be less than 150 mm. The

bolted joint of the test piece shall be covered with thick coating of bituminous paint after successful

testing. The connections between the M.S. down conductors/short piece (of 50 x 6 mm. galvanized steel

flat) and the copper air terminals shall be brass brazed as shown in the drawing (with the help of brass

rods, manufactured by Indian Oxygen Limited (Silos or Ruptum 14) or equivalent.


CORPORATION LTD.


2.20 AVIATION OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING SYSTEM

1) LIGHTING SYSTEM

The Contractor shall supply and install the aviation obstruction Lighting system as given below on the

chimney:

a) 4 sets of single obstruction lights with fixtures at platform levels.

b) Complete C.I. conduits, PVC insulated wires, G.I. grounding conductor, weatherproof outdoor

junction box and all accessories viz. supports, clamps, junction boxes, etc. to make the installation

complete in all respects. Conduit wiring shall be from the lighting fixtures to the junction box located at

the bottom of the chimney.

2) LIGHTING FIXTURES

The lighting fixtures shall be suitable for 240 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 5%, single phase, A.C. supply. All fixtures

and accessories shall be weatherproof, outdoor type, capable of withstanding highly humid and flue-

laden atmosphere. The obstruction lighting fixtures shall be LED based of medium intensity and

complete with all necessary accessories. A set of four nos. single lights shall be installed on each

platforms at 90o apart with suitable supporting arrangement to withstand high wind pressure. The

number of fixtures and the levels on which the fixtures shall be placed shall be decided based on ICAO

regulation.

3) CONDUIT WIRING

All the obstruction lights shall be uniformly distributed over three single-phase circuits. Conduit wiring

for lighting installation shall be done with PVC cables drawn through the G.I. conduit of proper size. The

GI conduits shall be terminated to a fuse box mounted on the chimney shell, at an accessible height

from the ground. The cables shall be 1100/650 V Grade, 1/c, 10mm2, PVC insulated and sheathed

Stranded Aluminium conductor. The conduits shall be clamped at interval not greater than 600 mm. by

means of approved type of saddles, clamps, etc. securely fixed on the shell/ladder. PVC bush shall be

used at either end of the conduit. The minimum size of conduit to be used for the installations shall be

65 mm. Pull boxes, at intervals of not more than 10 meters, inspection bends, etc. are to be provided at

suitable locations to facilitate laying of wires. 8 SWG G.I. wire shall be run along the conduit for

grounding purpose. All conduit accessories and junction boxes shall be hot-dip galvanized and of

approved type. Wiring shall be done as per the relevant IS. Specification.

4) JUNCTION BOX

The junction box at the chimney bottom shall be weatherproof and suitable for flue laden atmosphere

and provided with suitable terminal blocks and conduit knockouts for incoming and outgoing conduits.

4-core PVC insulated cable with Aluminium Conductor will be used to feed power supply to the bottom

most junction box which shall have suitable double compression type cable gland for erection and

installation of cables.

5) CONTROL PANEL

There will be two incomers – one main incomer and one stand-by. Automatic changeover facility with

manual option shall be provided in case of failure of main incomer. Stand by incomer will be

disconnected again once the main incomer is restored. A 0-30 second delay timer will be provided to

prevent change over taking place for very short time failure. One 32 ampere circuit will be provided for

flood lights and one 16 ampere circuit for Aviation Obstruction Lighting. The aviation warning light shall

be controlled by photo electric cell facing north sky through contractor. Auto manual operation selector

switch shall be provided.


CORPORATION LTD.


2.21 TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS

The Contractor shall provide at least two (2) lights located at diametrically opposite points at the top of

the chimney during the period of construction till the permanent obstruction lights are installed and

energised, to serve as temporary obstruction lighting.

1) APPROACHES AND FENCING

The Contractor should provide and maintain proper approaches for workmen and for inspection. The

roads and approaches around the excavated pits should be kept clear at all times so that there is no

hindrance to the movement of men, material and equipment of various agencies connected with the

Project. Sturdy and elegant fencing is to be provided around the top edge of the excavation as well as

the bottom of the fill at the surplus disposal area where dumping from a high bench is in progress.

2) LIGHTING

Full scale area lighting is to be provided if night work is permitted or directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

If no night work is in progress, red warning lights should be provided at the corners of the excavated pit

and the edges of the fill.

2.22 SPECIAL CONDITION FOR THE USE OF CEMENT AND REINFORCEMENT IN WORK

1) CEMENT

1. The rates in Schedule-B are inclusive of cement cost. Contractor has to purchase fresh OPC 43

grade/53 grade cement confirming to IS: 8112-1991/IS: 12269 of approved Brand by GSECL, as per the

detail specifications/requirements.

2. Contractor has to construct pucca godown at site of work so that cement bags can be properly

preserved to avoid damage due to any kind of water/seepage/humidity etc.

3. Contractor has to bring sufficient quantities of cement bags as justified by Engineer in Charge to

maintain progress of work. The work should not suffer for want of cement.

4. Cement should give the required strength of cement concrete.

5. To bring sufficient & timely cement at site is full responsibility of contractor. Nothing extra will

be paid on account of any reason to maintain progress of works and to complete the works in schedule

time.

6. Contractor has to submit material account for consumption of cement used with every bills. In

case of not submitting the same, bill will not be passed. Party has to submit the copy of

cement/purchase bill along with each RA Bill/Final Bill.

7. Contractor is fully responsible for safety of cement at site; nothing will be paid extra on account

of safety.

8. If Corporation's authorized representative wants to check stock at site, Contractor has to allow

for the same at any time.

9. The contractor has to keep own day to day record of cement received & used. The contractor

or his authorized representative has to sign jointly in the Corporation's register to be maintained by the

GSECL engineers who will check & sign for receipt& consumption by J.E. ( C), D.E(C), E.E.(C) as per the

CSECL norms. The contractor has to enter all materials in to Security gate on bases of the original

Chalans/Bills. The contractor will give the original chalan/Bills duly stamped & signed of Security gate

office certifying the cement entered, to concern engineer for verification of the chalans/bills. The

contractor has to keep the copy of all these chalans/bills duly signed on it by the concern J.E.(C)/D.E.(C)

certifying on it that the quantities as mentioned, is physically checked and actually received at site. In

no case the cement entry at security gate will be allowed on the basis of contractor's letter.


CORPORATION LTD.


10. As far as possible, contractor has to maintain supply of cement of only one brand & grade

throughout the work and on account of closure/shortage of approved brand, cement of other brand in

accordance of conditions no. (1) will be allowed by Engineer-in-Charge.

11. Minimum cement consumption to be considered for cement concrete of various grade of

concrete will be as per the detail specifications. Contractor has to use minimum cement accordingly.

Contractor should not use less than the prescribed quantities of cement even in the case of mix design

recommends lower quantity.

12. Contractor will be allowed to carry out work only after physical verification of cement brought

at site.

13. The contractor has to carry out required testing of various materials and maintain the records

duly jointly sign with concern engineers in test register of works viz. cement, steel, mix design, concrete

cube testing, soil testing , and for other materials fittings, fixtures, tools tackles, equipment as per

tender conditions.

14. Empty cement bags are not to be returned to the corporation and contractor will be allowed to

take away with the written permission from Engineer-in-charge

2) REINFORCEMENT STEEL BARS & STRUCTURAL STEEL

a) The rates in Schedule-'B' are inclusive of Steel cost. Contractor has to purchase fresh Highly

Corrosive Rresistant Steel Rreinforcement bars confirming to relevant latest IS Specifications of

approved brand by GSECL, as per the item specification and of required sizes, diameters and sections.

� All structural steel such as M.S. angle, channel, plates, beams, flats, chequered plates, tubes

should be of required strength and should confirm the relevant I.S. specification. Rolling and Cutting

Tolerances for Steel Products should be within the permissible limits as per relevant items.

b) The steel shall be protected from mechanical damage and from deterioration rusting by

exposure.

c) The conditions as mentioned above in Cement at sr. no. (3), (4) (5) (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (12),

(13), will also be applicable for the Steel reinforcement bars, structural steel and other costly materials

(if in bulk) such as water supply and sanitary fittings, paints, doors & pipes, construction chemicals etc.

d) The contractor will carry out the concrete pouring, only after complete checking by concern

GSECL engineer of the steel reinforcement placed and getting clearance for concrete pouring.

NOTES

1) Contractor has to observe all the procedures while entering of the all materials in to the security

gates as per the rules and their amendments enforced from time to time. The cement, steel etc. will be

allowed to enter in to the gate in the working days and during office hours only.

2) Contractor has to keep all the materials in their safe custody and preserve it properly.

Contractor is fully responsible for safe custody of their materials at site; GSECL will not be held

responsible for any theft/loss/damage/ deterioration etc. of their material.


CORPORATION LTD.


Approved name of Manufacturers: Allowing using steel / cementing being supplied by contractors in

civil works

The list of adopting cement and steel of companies / suppliers / manufacturers are shown below:

3.0 QUALITY CONTROL

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

All materials, components and equipment’s covered under this specification shall be procured,

manufactured, erected, commissioned, and tested at all stages, as per a comprehensive Quality

Assurance Programme. It is the Contractor's responsibility to draw up and implement such programme

duly approved by the Employer. The detailed Quality Plans for manufacturing (MQP) and Field Quality

Plans for field activities(FQP) shall be drawn up by the Bidder and will be finalized for all mutually

agreed equipments on enclosed format no. CQA/III/F Rev 0 and CQA/IV/F Rev 0 respectively.

Manufacturing Quality Plan (MQP) will detail out for all the components and equipment’s, various

test/inspection, to be carried out as per the requirements of this specification and standard mentioned

therein and quality practices and procedures followed by Contractor's/sub-Contractor's Quality Control

Organization, the relevant reference documents and standards, acceptance norms etc. during all stages

of manufacturing including raw material procurement, in-process manufacturing, assembly, and final

testing/performance testing. The Quality Plans shall be submitted to Employer in soft form for review

and Comment. Hard copies of Final Quality Plans shall be submitted for stamping and approval in

addition to soft copies. Field Quality Plans (FQP) will detail out for all the equipment’s, the quality

practices and procedures etc. to be followed by the Contractor's "Site Quality Control Organization",

during various stages of site activities starting from receipt of materials/equipment at site.

The Bidder shall also furnish copies of the reference documents/plant Standards/acceptance norm/test

and inspection procedures etc. as referred in Quality Plans along with Manufacturing and Field Quality

Plans. These Quality Plans will be subjected to Employer's approval without which manufacturer and

erector shall not proceed with the manufacturing and erection activities. These approved documents

shall form a part of the Contract. In these approved Manufacturing and Field Quality Plans, Employer

shall identify ‘Customer Hold Points’ (CHP), e.g. test/checks which shall be carried out in presence of the

Employer's representative or it's nominated outside inspection agency and beyond which the work will

Sr.

No.

Name of approved Cement Company & their

Brand Name in Market

Name of approved reinforcement

Steel/ structural steel Manufacturers

1 A.C.C. Cement A.C.C. Tata Iron & steel Co. Ltd

2 Ambuja Cement Ambuja Jindal

3 Binani Cement Binani Steel authority of India.

4 Birla Cement Birla A-1 Essar Steel Ltd

5 Gujarat Sidhee Cement Sidhee

6 J.K. Cement J.K.

7 J.K. Laxmi Cement J.K. Laxmi

8 Sanghi Cement Sanghi

9 Saurastra Cement Hathi

10 Ultratech Cement (L&T) Ultra-tech

12 Jaypee Cement Jaypee


CORPORATION LTD.


not proceed without consent of Employer's representative or it's nominated outside inspection agency

in writing. All deviations to this specification, approved quality plans and applicable standards must be

documented and referred to Employer along with technical justification for approval and disposition.

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer Field Welding Schedule for field welding activities for

Critical Structures etc. in the format no. APL/QA/F05 Rev 0.The field welding schedule shall be

submitted to the Employer along with all supporting documents like welding procedures, heat

treatment procedure, NDT procedures, etc. at least 90 (Ninety) days before start of erection work at

Site.

The Contractor shall have suitable Field Quality Organization with adequate manpower at Employer's

site, to implement the Field Quality Plans (FQP) and Field Quality Management System for site activities

.The Contractor shall submit the details of the proposed FQA set up (organizational structure and

manpower) for Employer's approval. The FQA set up shall be in place at least one month before the

start of site activities.

No material shall be dispatched from the manufacturer's works before the same is accepted,

subsequent to pre-dispatch and final inspection including verification of records of all previous

tests/inspection by Employer's representative or their authorized outside inspection agency and

authorized for dispatch by issuance of Material Dispatch Clearance Certificate (MDCC). All materials

used for manufacture shall be of tested quality as per relevant codes/standards. Details of results of the

test conducted to determine the mechanical properties, Chemical properties, etc. results of NDT tests, if

any conducted shall be recorded on the test certificate. All tests shall be carried out as per applicable

material specification, code requirement and as specified in Owner's Technical specification.

All welding shall be carried out as per procedure drawn and qualified in accordance with requirement of

ASME Section IX. All welding and brazing procedures shall be submitted to the Employer or it's

authorized outside inspection agency for approval prior to carrying out the welding/brazing. All welders

and welding operators employed on any part of the contract either at the Contractor's/ sub-

Contractor's works or at site or elsewhere shall be qualified as per ASME Section IX Welding procedure

qualification, welders qualification and test results shall be furnished to the employer or its authorized

inspection agency for approval. However, where required by the Employer, tests shall be conducted in

presence of employer's representative or its authorized Inspection agency. Unless otherwise proven and

specifically agreed with the Employer, Welding of dissimilar materials and high alloy materials shall be

carried out at shop only. No welding shall be carried out on cast iron components for repair and up

gradation of casting.

All the heat treatment results shall be recorded on time temperature Chart and verified with

recommended regimes. All non-destructive examination shall be performed in accordance with written

procedures as per ASTM Sec V. The NDT operators shall be qualified as per American Society of Non-

Destructive Testing or Indian Society of Non- Destructive. The result of NDT shall be recorded in a

report, which includes details of methods and equipment used, job identification no. job detail,

identification of personnel performing the test, result of evaluation and correlation of the test report

with the job. In general all plates of thickness 40 mm and above used for non-pressure application and

plates of thickness 20 mm and above used for pressure application shall be ultrasonically tested unless

otherwise specified in respective specification. The Contractor shall list out all major

items/equipment’s/components to be manufactured in house as well as to be procured from their

suppliers and sub-suppliers. All suppliers and their sub-suppliers proposed by the Contractor for

procurement of major items including casting, forging, semi-finished and finished items /equipment’s


CORPORATION LTD.


etc. list of which shall be drawn up by the Contractor in format no. APL/QA/F 12 Rev 0 shall be subject

to Employer's approval.

All steel materials shall be procured by the Bidder from reputed steel manufacturers. If Bidder wants to

procure steel material from SAIL authorized re-rollers, they shall obtain prior approval from owner

before placing the order. If the Contractor wants to off-load a part of the contract, they shall do so with

the consent of the owner and they shall submit their proposal for approval of suppliers and their sub-

suppliers prior to placement of orders in format no. CQA/V/F Rev 0 which will include details of

manufacturing facilities established at the respective works, their Quality Management System

followed, and experience list in manufacturing and supply of items for which proposal has been

submitted for approval along with their own technical evaluation of proposed manufacturer. The

Contractor should have their own QA and Inspection organization for carrying out inspection at

manufacturer's works and at site as per approved Quality Plan and Field Quality Plans. In case, the

Contractor proposes to engage third party Inspection Agency for carrying out inspection on his behalf,

the same shall be done only after obtaining due approval from Owner/Employer well in advance.

Employer reserves the right to carry out quality audit and quality surveillance of the system and

procedures of the Contractor and their sub-Contractors Quality Management and control activities. The

Contractor shall provide all necessary assistance to enable the Employer to carry out such audit and

surveillance.

3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTING

The word "Inspector" shall mean Employer's or Purchaser's authorized representative or nominated

Outside Inspection Agency representative acting on behalf of the Employer/ Purchaser to inspect and

examine the materials and workmanship of the equipment during it's manufacture or erection. The

Employer or his authorized representative and /or nominated outside inspection agency acting on

behalf of the Employer/Purchaser shall have access at all reasonable times to inspect and examine the

materials and workmanship of the equipment’s during its manufacturing and erection and if part of the

work is being manufactured or assembled on other premises or works, the Contractor shall obtain for

Employer/Purchaser and for his duly authorized representative or nominated outside inspection agency

necessary permission to inspect as if the materials/parts/equipment’s were manufactured or assembled

on the Contractor's own premises or works.

The Contractor shall carry out an inspection and testing of all components and equipment during

manufacture at his work and at his sub-supplier's work and at site to ensure the compliance with the

drawing, quality, conformance to functional and performance requirements of the parts and

equipment’s. Contractor shall carry out all tests/inspection required to establish that the

items/equipment’s conform to the requirements of the specification and relevant codes/standards

specified in the specification, in addition to carrying out tests as per the approved Quality Plans. Quality

audit/ surveillance/approval of the test results, inspection and acceptance of material will not, however,

prejudice the right of the Employer to reject the equipment if it does not comply with the Specification

when erected or does not give complete satisfaction in service and the above shall in no way limit the

liabilities and responsibilities of the Contractor in ensuring complete conformance of the

materials/equipment’s supplied to relevant specification, standard, data sheet, drawing etc.

Repair/rectification procedures to be adopted to make the job accept shall be subject to the approval of

the Employer/ authorized Inspection Agency.

3.3 CONFORMITY WITH DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS


CORPORATION LTD.


The Contractor shall carry out all the work in strict accordance with the drawings stamped "Released for

Construction" and specification issued to him and as per Contractor's detailed drawings approved by the

Consulting Engineer. Prior to concreting, the Contractor shall prepare a check list on a set format of all

items of work involved, and inform the Engineer-In-Charge well in advance so that the Engineer-In-

Charge shall have the opportunity of satisfying himself if the works mentioned in the format are done

according to drawings and specification, and he can allow the Contractor in writing to start pouring of

concrete. The entire operation of concreting shall be carried on as per specification, to the complete

satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge. No deviation from the drawings will be allowed unless otherwise

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge in writing.

For steelwork and metal work, the Contractor shall design all connections, inserts for scaffolding, supply

and fabricate all steelwork and metal work and furnish all connection materials in accordance with

approved shop drawings prepared by him and/or as instructed by the Engineer-In-Charge, keeping in

view the maximum utilization of the available sizes and shapes for metal components.

3.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES

Before construction activities shall commence, the Bidder shall prepare a comprehensive field Quality

Assurance Procedure (QAP), covering manufacture and supply of concrete, surveying instruments to

check verticality, twist etc. of shell as constructed, physical checks as well as frequency of such checks

on shell constructed , acceptable construction tolerance, qualification and experience of personnel to

be deputed to ensure quality. OWNER/consultant will review the QAP and construction of shell shall

commence only on the basis of approved QAP.

For measurement of verticality of the shell during construction, high precision survey instruments

including laser instruments and water level system with plumb bobs shall be mobilised along with skilled

technicians and experienced supervisors. Two laser beam instruments shall be installed at diametrically

opposite points. Target plates will be fixed at the bottom of slip form assembly with square marker at

centre. Laser beam emitted from the instrument should strike the target plates exactly at centre, in case

of true verticality. Duly considering the need for constant monitoring of verticality adequate standby

shall be provided for the laser instrument. For the plumb bob method, plumb bobs shall be attached to

the underside of slip form frame and will be lowered into four barrels filled with liquid. Barrels shall

have wire cross hairs, setting target for the plumb bobs.

BIDDER shall make suitable arrangement for continuous monitoring of position of the shell. This shall be

relayed directly to the centre of the structures at their base and shall enable the degree of twist as well

as internal and external dimensions of the shell to be determined. An accurate height measuring device

shall also be installed.

Care shall be taken to prevent twist, which predominantly occurs in the initial stages because of low

slipping rate, in the horizontal plane of the slip form assembly. A thorough check on this aspect at every

15 minutes interval is essential. One experienced person shall be exclusively assigned to check the twist

and rectifying the defect.

Every endeavour has to be made to ensure that no tilt occurs in the shutter assembly. To achieve this

purpose the following steps needs to be taken.

a) i) Performance of jacks has to be closely monitored and any defective jack shall be immediately

replaced. Difference in level of opposite jacks at any point of time shall not be more than 5 mm.

b) ii) Loading on slip form truss / yoke has to be fairly equal.


CORPORATION LTD.


c) iii) Sleeve through which jacking rod passes has to be of sufficient length so that the latter gets

uniform clearance and does not get any chance to tilt. Sleeve should have a minimum wall thickness of

3 mm and annular clearance for jack rod shall be 1.5 mm all round.

1) PHYSICAL CHECKS

Some of the mandatory physical checks to ensure that the construction tolerances are met shall be

carried out by Bidder are listed below:

a) Twist or rotation of the slip form every 15 minutes.

b) Level of top of jacks every 30 minutes.

c) Verticality with the help of lasers every 2 hours.

d) Inside and outside diameters, dimensions and wall thickness, once in each shift of 8 hours

e) Level of top of form panels once initially and subsequently after each interruption.

f) Level of working platforms, once initially, and subsequently after each interruption

g) Batter of the form panels and yoke legs, once on erection and subsequently after each

interruption,

h) Condition of jack rods for ovality, indentation, buckling and alignment etc. before fixing each

rod.

i) Bracing/RCC jacketing of jack rods passing through openings,

j) Live loads on the working deck to avoid accidental overloads every 24 hours.

k) Workability of the concrete, at batching plant and at point of placement every hour.

l) Temperature of concrete every 4 hours

2) TOLERANCE

The construction tolerance shall be as per relevant IS or ACI codes, whichever is stringent.

a) Vertical alignment of centre point

The centre point of the shell shall not vary from its vertical axis by more than 0.001 times the height of

the shell at the time of measurement, or 1 in. (25 mm), whichever is greater. Locally, the centre point of

the shell shall not be changed by more than 1 in. per 10 ft (25 mm per 3.05 m).

b) Diameter

The measured outside shell diameter at any section shall not vary from the specified diameter by more

than 1 in. (25 mm) plus 0.01 times the specified or theoretical diameter.

c) Wall thickness

The measured wall thickness shall not vary from the specified wall thickness by more than (–6 mm),

+1/2 in. (+13 mm) for walls 10 in (250 mm) thick or less, or by more than –1/2 in. (–13 mm), +1 in. (+25

mm) for walls greater than 10 in. (250 mm) thick. A single wall thickness measurement is defined as the

average of at least four measurements taken over a 60 deg arc.

d) Openings and embedment’s

Tolerances on the size and location of openings and embedment’s in the shell cannot be uniformly

established due to the varying degrees of accuracy required depending on the nature of their use.

Appropriate tolerances for opening and embedment sizes and locations shall be established for each

chimney.

When correcting dimensional deviations on the horizontal planes, stepping of adjacent sections of

concrete shall not be permitted and deviations shall be corrected over such a length of perimeter of

shell that a smooth profile is produced. Similarly when correcting dimensional deviation in any vertical

plane, shell profile shall not change direction, other than in accordance with the required batter, and


CORPORATION LTD.


rise by more than 10 mm per 5 meter rise of the shell. Stepping of succeeding concrete lift shall not be

permitted.

Precision instruments using laser beams (minimum 2 nos.) shall be used for maintaining the formwork

in required axis and for carrying out various checks. Precision instruments like optical plummet to

monitor the tilt and twist in the vertical plane and horizontal plane respectively shall also be provided.

3.5 METHOD STATEMENT ALONG WITH BID

The Bidder shall furnish a brief but comprehensive statement indicating the planning, scheduling and

method of work to be followed, for the approval of Owner/consultant, at the time of submission of the

Bid. The statement shall cover at least the following items:

1) Description of the slip form equipment and its accessories.

2) Design of the scaffolding and staging

3) Description of materials including admixtures to be used for construction

4) Rate of slipping. planned interruptions and time of completion

5) Proposed workability requirement of concrete and type of cement and admixtures to be used

6) Method of manufacture and transportation of concrete

7) Method of curing

8) Rectification of defects.

9) Manpower planning, construction machinery required, stand by arrangements, space

requirements etc.

10) Quality assurance programme

11) Contingency plan for unplanned interruptions

12) Housekeeping around the site

While selecting the Bidder, due consideration will be given to the merit of the above mentioned

statement furnished by the Bidder, and minimum time of completion, apart from his past experience in

such type of works as well as technical and financial soundness of the Bidder.

3.6 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

All work shall conform to the requirements of the specification and the constructions shall be of the

highest standards and to the specified construction tolerances. The cast surfaces shall be free from

mortar/slurry droppings and prominent/unpleasing form marks. The exposed work shall have a

uniform/ consistent shade and appearance and should be aesthetically pleasing.

Should the limitations exceed, the contractor shall, if directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, demolish that

portion of work and recast at his own cost, to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.

3.7 DETAILED CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY

This shall include at least the following:

1) Analysis proving adequacy of jacks, jack rods, yokes, slip forms including the support frame

work

2) Planned interruptions and operations planned during such interruptions

3) Properties of concrete such as design mix, water cement ratio, strength, workability, proportion

of retarding as well as plasticizing admixtures etc

4) Method of preparing, transporting, pouring, vibrating, finishing and curing of concrete.

5) Method of handling reinforcements

6) Rate of slipping under different weather conditions and at different levels


CORPORATION LTD.


7) Quantity of various materials required during each stage of construction such as but not limited

to, cement, aggregates, admixtures, reinforcements, inserts embedment, formwork for cut outs curing

compound etc., for procurement and timely supply

8) Treatment of construction joints both for planned and unplanned interruptions.

3.8 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE DEPLOYED

The Bidder shall furnish the following details:

1) The type and number of equipment and facilities to be used for slip forming such as, jacks,

piping, pumps, and working platforms at various levels, yokes walers, shuttering plates etc. There shall

be at least 50 % standby for jacks, jack rods, pumps, pipes etc.

2) Provision, including stand by, concrete manufacturing units, transit mixers, pumps, etc., to cater

to the planned progress of slipping.

3) Material hoists and buckets for transport of concrete, reinforcements formwork components

etc.

4) Hoist for supervising personnel.

5) Precision survey instruments including lacer instruments, for verticality checks and other

construction tolerances

6) Curing arrangements consisting of pumps, pipelines, etc. There shall be atleast 50% standby

pumps.

7) Estimation of power requirements for continuous operation of the slip form. The Bidder shall

provide for 100 % standby with DG sets.

8) Details of lighting arrangements during nights as well as details of obstruction lighting

9) Communication arrangement between ground and working deck.

3.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

While all the activities in effective execution of the work, needs utmost care, keeping safety of men and

materials in mind, it is obligatory that all activities shall be carried out under the guidance of a qualified

and trained safety engineer.

Safety measures listed below shall essentially be adhered to, but should not be limited to the items

listed.

1) Safety helmets and belts to be provided to all workers and supervisory staff.

2) Safety nets to be provided below both inside and outside platforms.

3) Hand railing and toe guard to be provided around openings and platform.

4) Regular maintenance of equipment, checking of hoists, scaffolding etc.

5) Passenger hoists must have multiple ropes.

6) Emergency lights to be operative during sudden power failure.

7) Emergency standby generator to be available during the entire period of operation of slip form

equipment.

8) Ambulance and first aid facilities must be kept ready during entire period of work.

9) Barricading construction area with safety bands.

10) Display of safety related precaution boards at prominent places.

11) Sufficient illumination at night and warning alarm.

12) Placing of fire extinguishers at work platform.

Brakes, wire ropes and condition of all moving equipment thoroughly checked before and while slip

forming is in process, periodically.


CORPORATION LTD.


Mock drills to be conducted at monthly intervals for safety. Also it shall be ensured all safety related

requirements as per local factory regulations are in place

3.10 STRUCTURAL FABRICATION

WPS and welders qualified as per ASME Sec IX shall be used for fabrication. Bidder shall established

suitable facilities for storage, preservation, baking and holding of electrodes as per electrodes

manufacturer's guide lines. All welders employed for welding work shall be provided with suitable

electro holders with thermostat controlled heating arrangement so that temp electrodes can be

maintained above ambient condition to avoid moist pick up. All electrodes and welding wires of

approved make shall be used for fabrication. All NDT tests shall be performed by operators qualified as

per ASNT OR ISNT. Edge preparation for welding: Suitable edge as per weld joint details shall be

prepared either by machines or by automatic gas cutting process. All edges cut by flame shall be ground

to sound metal before they are welded. Cleaning prior to welding: - All surfaces to be welded shall be

free from oxide, paint, grease, and moisture. Oiled surface shall be degreased either chemically or with

suitable solvent. Degreasing shall be followed by with wire brushing. In multi-run welds brushing shall

be carried out after each layer of weld run. MS wire brush for mild steel welds and Stainless steel wire

brushes for SS Welds shall be used. Pre-heating and post heating of plates thicker than 20 mm shall be

carried out as per requirements indicated in the specification. However, requirement of pre-heating and

post heating of welded structure as required by approved WPS shall be followed.

ASSEMBLY AND FIT-UP

ALL assembly work shall be carried out using jig and fixture. Where jigging is not possible, Edges shall be

kept in alignment by tack welds spaced at regular intervals. All tack welds shall be removed before final

welding. When welding is carried out at site, additional precautions shall be taken by the Bidder to

ensure that the welding environment is protected from wind and rain. NDT test on welds shall be

carried out as per scope identified in the manufacturing drawing subject to a minimum check as

specified below ;- Fillet Weld- Check for size of welds. Visual inspection of all welds shall be performed

in accordance with AWS D.1.1. Also fillet welds for built up plate girders shall be inspected 100% by

magnetic particle examination.

Micro etch examination on production test coupons for main fillet welds with minimum one joint per

built up beams, columns and crane girder etc. per welder shall be carried out. . 25% weld length of fillet

weld of critical load bearing members shall be subjected to Dye Penetration Test. On all other fillet

welds, Dye Penetration Test (DPT) on 5% of weld length with minimum 300mm at each location shall be

carried out. Butt Welds: Visual inspection of all welds shall be performed in accordance with AWS D.1.1.

Also butt welds for built up plate girders shall be inspected 100% by magnetic particle examination. DPT

on all butt welds after back gouging.

Mechanical testing of production test coupons with minimum one joint per built up beam, column and

crane girder etc. per welder shall be carried out. Radiographic examination shall be performed on butt

welds as per FQP. Edge preparations for field welding shall be examined by MT and Ultrasonic

examination for 100mm depth.

All structure components/members shall be checked for dimensional tolerances during fabrication and

erection as per IS-7215 and IS-12843 respectively.

3.11 GALVANIZED COMPONENTS


CORPORATION LTD.


Structures shall be fabricated, tested and inspected as per clause no. 3.10 above to ensure that the

material and workmanship are according to relevant standards.

Galvanizing of structures shall be carried out by 7 (seven) tanks process. Bidder shall ensure that the

length of galvanizing bath is long enough to carry out galvanizing of the longest member in a single dip.

Galvanizing of any component by double dipping process or any other process which require more than

one dip is not permitted. Zinc of 99.5 % purity shall be used for galvanization. During galvanization

process, specific gravity of alkali bath, acid bath and flux bath shall be within limit and suitable record

shall be maintained. Concentration and iron content of acid bath shall also be maintained to obtain

good result. Temperature of galvanized bath shall be checked at both ends at an interval of every half

hour. The galvanized components shall be free from following defects:-

A1) Bare spot, A2) Black spot, A3) Bend, A4) Steel defects, A5) Low coating thickness. B1) White rust, B2)

Ash, B3) Dross, B4) Blisters, B5) Lumps Use of Zinc rich paint on galvanized member shall be cause of

rejection. Bidder shall not use zinc rich paint without written permission from Employer/Owner.

All tests for galvanizing including weight of Zn coating, adhesion test, zinc coating thickness and

uniformity of Zn coating (preece test) shall be carried out as per sampling plan indicated below:-

Guidelines for quantum of check on galvanized components :

1) If nos. of mark offered are 20 or less and total tonnage offered is also less than 20MT then

check all members for visual inspection for galvanizing defects,

2) If nos. of mark nos. and total tonnage offered for inspection is more than specified at sl. No. (I)

above, then 5% of the offered population of mark nos. or minimum 5 mark numbers, whichever is more

shall be selected as "FIRST SAMPLING LOT".

3) Carry out visual examination for galvanizing defects on 100% quantity of each mark number

selected as "FIRST SAMPLING LOT".

4) If there is any single rejection in visual examination, "SECOND SAMPLING LOT" of 10% of offered

population of mark nos. or 10 mark nos., whichever is more, shall be selected for visual examination.

5) Repeat (3) above.

6) If there is any single rejection due to defects mentioned at A1 to A5, the entire offered

population of mark nos. stands rejected and entire offered lot shall be defaced by sprinkling acid on

galvanized surface,

7) If the rejection is only on account of defects mentioned at B1 to B5, the lot should be

segregated and defective pieces should be regularized and reoffered for inspection. In such cases, it

should be clearly reported by the inspection engineer in his Inspection Report.

8) If the lot is considered acceptable in visual examination, carry out the following test as per

sampling plan indicated against each:-

a) Adhesion test: - Minimum 2 test samples/Lot/Section

b) Wt. of Zinc coating: - Minimum 2 test samples/Lot/Section

c) Uniformity of coating: - Minimum 2test samples/Lot/Section Lot offered is considered

acceptable, if results of all samples selected are within acceptable limit.

The bought out item list shall be finalized with the Owner for which the requirement of vendor

approval, purchase specification and quality plan will also be finalized with the Owner. All bought out

items shall be only from approved sources.

3.12 QUALITY CONTROL LABORATORY

A fully equipped quality control laboratory shall be established at site with qualified personnel to

conduct acceptance test on all construction material, weldments, concrete cubes etc. This laboratory


CORPORATION LTD.


shall be housed in a covered building with A/C facility as required by the testing facility. All testing

equipment shall be periodically calibrated to the satisfaction of the OWNER/CONSULTANT. All testing

shall be carried out in presence of OWNER/CONSULTANT.

3.13 WORK EXECUTION AND SUPERVISION

Bidder shall have at the site accredited and qualified engineers and foremen/supervisors with adequate

number of years of experience in execution of similar works and operators of machinery and

equipment, for satisfactory progress and timely completion of the works. The number, qualification and

experience of such staff shall be subject to Owner/consultant’s approval.

All temporary electrical installation shall be supervised by a qualified electrical supervisor of the Bidder.

The Contractor shall provide necessary engineering supervision through qualified and technical

personnel and safety requirements and furnish all skilled and unskilled labour, equipment, scaffolding,

materials, detailed execution drawings, etc. required for complete execution of the work in accordance

with the drawings, specifications, schedule of items and/or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The

items and services, though not specifically mentioned but reasonably implied and necessary to

complete the job in all respects shall be provided by the Contractor at his own cost.

Wherever necessary, applicable and as required by the Engineer-In-Charge, detailed execution,

construction and development drawings for the work shall be prepared by the Contractor on the basis

of the specifications and scope/design drawings and the work shall be executed only after approval by

the Engineer-In-Charge.

Any approval, instructions, permissions, checking, review, etc., whatsoever by the Engineer-In-Charge,

shall not absolve the Contractor of his responsibility and obligation towards the adequacy, correctness,

completeness, safety, strength, workmanship, quality, target dates, etc. of the work.

Bidder shall be fully responsible for the correctness and accuracy of the works, which shall be executed

in a professional manner.

The Owner/consultant reserves the right to order from time to time, during progress of the work,

removal and re-execution of any work which is not, in the opinion of the Owner/consultant, in

accordance with the specification.

During inclement weather, rains, etc., Bidder shall suspend concreting for such time as the

Owner/consultant may direct and shall protect from damage all work already in progress or completed

just then. All such temporary protective measures shall be at Bidder's cost and any damage to works

shall be made good by the Bidder at his own expense.

Should the work be suspended by reason of strikes/riots by Bidder's own employees or any other cause

whatsoever, save and except the force majeure condition, Bidder shall take all precautions necessary for

the protection of works and make good, at his own expense, any damage arising from any of these

causes.

In the event of occurrence of any accidents at/or near the site of the work or in connection with

execution of the work, a report shall be made within 24 hours to the Owner/consultant giving full

details of the accident. He shall also report promptly such accidents to all the competent authorities

wherever such reports are required by them.

One hoist for passengers/supervisory staff and one for transport of goods shall be provided by the

Bidder. These hoists shall be operational not later than the time when construction first reaches 15 m

and should be available throughout the construction period. Access between various working levels

shall be provided by an approved system of ladders. Under no circumstances shall staging or scaffolding

be relied upon to provide such access. The Bidder shall give enough notice to Owner/consultant of his


CORPORATION LTD.


intention to remove access to the various areas of work as construction proceeds which would

therefore be rendered inaccessible, to allow final inspection by Owner/consultant.

The Engineer-In-Charge may require the contractor to carry out slump tests apart from taking test cubes

at regular intervals to be decided by him. All such methods of sampling and analysis of concrete shall be

in accordance with IS: 1199.

The contractor is required to employ a competent and qualified Engineer to supervise all stages in the

preparation and placing of the concrete. No concreting shall be allowed to be carried out by the

Engineer-In-Charge without such a competent person or representative being present from the

Contractor's side & without getting approval on standard inspection report & pour card. [Format

attached herewith].

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-In-Charge a programme of erection for his approval. All

plant, equipment, tools, tackle and any other accessories required for the erection shall be provided by

the Contractor. Storing and handling of fabricated materials for erection, setting out of members,

providing temporary supports, bracing, fasteners, bolts, nuts etc. shall be the responsibility of the

Contractor and shall be taken into account in quoting.

The Contractor shall have supervisors in attendance at all times whilst sliding is in progress. Such

supervisors shall be experienced in the control of slides, and shall be approved by the Engineer-In-

Charge.

3.14 MATERIALS TO BE USED

1) GENERAL REQUIREMENT

All materials, whether to be incorporated in the work or to be used temporarily for the construction,

shall conform to the relevant IS specifications unless stated otherwise and shall be of the quality


All materials supplied by the Bidder shall be of the best quality and shall conform to this specification.

Approval in writing shall be obtained from OWNER/CONSULTANT before any alternative or equivalent

material is proposed to be used by the Bidder.

Bidder shall furnish Manufacturer's test certificate for the materials supplied by him. In addition the

specimen of the material shall be got tested at a recognised NABL accredited testing laboratory at

Bidder's cost.

2) WATER

Water used for cement concrete mortar, plaster, grout, curing or washing of sand shall be confirming to

clause 4.3 of IS-456 clear and free from injurious amounts of Oil, Acid, Organic matters or other harmful

substances in such amounts that may impair the strength or durability of the structure. Potable water

shall generally be considered satisfactory for mixing and curing concrete.

Contractor shall test the water as and when required by the Engineer-In-Charge.

3) AGGREGATES FOR CONCRETE

GENERAL

Coarse and Fine Aggregates for concrete shall conform in all respects to IS: 383. Specifications for

Coarse and Fine Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete and to IS: 515. Specification for Natural

and manufactured Aggregates for use in Mass Concrete, as the case may be.

Aggregates shall be obtained from a source known to produce satisfactory concrete. Aggregates shall

consist of naturally occurring sand and gravel or stone, crushed or uncrushed, or a combination thereof.

They shall be chemically inert, hard, strong, dense, durable, clean and free from veins and adherent


CORPORATION LTD.


coatings and of limited porosity. Flaky and elongated pieces shall not be used. Whenever required by

the Engineer-In-Charge the Aggregates shall be washed by the contractor before use in the work.

The source of aggregates shall be approved by the Engineer-In-Charge and shall not be changed during

the course of the job without his approval. Rejected aggregates shall be promptly removed from the

worksite by the contractor at his own expense.

DELETERIOUS MATERIALS

Aggregates shall not contain any harmful material, such as iron pyrites, coat, mica, shale or similar

laminated material, clay, alkali, soft fragments, sea shells, organic impurities, etc. in such quantities as

to affect the strength or durability of the concrete and in addition to the above, for reinforced concrete,

any material which might cause corrosion of the reinforcement. Aggregates which are chemically

reactive with the alkalis of cement shall not be used.

The maximum quantities of deleterious materials in the aggregate, as determined in accordance with IS:

2386 (Part-II) Methods of Test for Aggregates for Concrete, shall not exceed the limits given in Table-I of

IS: 383. The sum of the percentage of all deleterious materials shall not exceed five. Deleterious

materials also include materials passing 75 microns IS Sieve.

COARSE AGGREGATE

Coarse aggregate is aggregate most of which is retained on 4.75 mm IS: sieve.

Coarse aggregate shall be graded crushed or broken stone from approved sources, free from impurities

and shall be screened free of dust and other deleterious matter. It shall conform to IS: 383 or IS: 515

and shall be washed clean, if necessary. The maximum size of coarse aggregate for stack superstructure

shall be 25 mm downgraded, unless otherwise stated Grading for a particular size shall conform to

relevant IS Codes and shall be such as to produce a dense concrete of specified proportion and strength

and shall be of consistency that will work readily into position without segregation.

Sound and durable crushed stone aggregates shall be used. All aggregates shall be tested for alkali

aggregate reaction. Materials, which contain high percentage of reactive silica, shall not be used. In

exceptional cases of high percentage of reactive silica content, aggregate may be allowed where low

alkali cement shall be used. Lime stone aggregate shall not generally be used for foundations which are

subjected to high temperature and repeated temperature cycles (like in the case of all machine

foundations).

FINE AGGREGATES

Fine aggregate is aggregate most of which passes 4.75 mm IS: Sieve but not more than 10% passes

through 150 micron IS: Sieve. These shall comply with the requirements of grading zones I, II and III as

given in Table-III of IS: 383. Fine aggregate conforming to grading zone IV shall not be normally used in

reinforced concrete unless tests have been made by the contractor to ascertain the suitability of the

proposed mix proportions and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. Fine aggregates shall consist of

natural sand resulting from natural disintegration of rock and which has been deposited by streams or

glacial agencies, or crushed stone sand or crushed gravel sand.

Fine aggregate shall be river or pit sand, free from any clay, earth, vegetable matters, salt or other

impurities and shall be clean and fit for use, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge. Sand

acceptable for the work shall normally have a grading falling within the limits of one of the three grades,

mentioned in the relevant IS Specifications.


CORPORATION LTD.


4) QUALITY CONTROL BACKFILL

The Contractor shall establish and maintain quality control for the various aspects of the work, method,

materials and equipment used. The quality control operation shall include but not be limited to the

following items of work:

a) Lines, Levels and Grades

a) Periodic surveys

b) Establishment of markers, boards etc.

b) Back-filling

a) Checking the quality of fill material

b) Checking moisture content of the backfill

c) Checking the degree of compaction

5) CEMENT

Refer clause 5.0 of Technical Specification

6) REINFORCEMENT

Refer clause 5.0 of Technical Specification.

7) STRUCTURAL STEEL

Refer clause 5.0 of Technical Specification.

8) CURING WATER

Curing of concrete with water shall comply with IS: 456. Contractor shall make provisions for curing with

approved Curing compound in case of non-availability of sufficient water for curing. Finished floors shall

be protected carefully until completely set. Protection of concrete against extreme weather conditions

shall comply with the code.

9) ADMIXTURES

Admixtures may be used in concrete only with the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. Only approved

compounds of proven quality shall be permitted. The contractor shall produce test certificate from

recognized laboratories before use of admixtures, if so desired by the Engineer-In-Charge. Calcium

Chloride shall not be used as an admixture,

In case of doubt the Engineer-In-Charge may require the contractor to carry out tests, at his own

expense, for the compressive strength of concrete using admixtures, and based upon evidence that with

the passage of time to be determined by the Engineer-In-Charge the compressive strength of concrete is

not reduced by more than 10% may give his approval for their use.

10) BRICK LINERS

The size and shape of firebricks shall conform to IS: 1526 and shall be of class Group - A conforming to

IS: 6. the fireclay bricks shall be laid in fire clay mortar conforming to IS: 195. Trapezoidal bricks shall be

used where found necessary, by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Sample of bricks shall be submitted by the contractor for approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. For testing

of bricks, sample shall be taken according to the scheme given in IS: 1528-1962 for Sampling and

Physical Testing of Refractory Material. Cost for testing and incidental expenditure shall be borne by

the contractor and rates quoted shall include the cost.

3.15 STORAGE OF MATERIALS

1) GENERAL

All materials shall be so stored as to prevent deterioration and intrusion of foreign matter and to ensure

the preservation of their quality and characteristics for the work. Any material, which is deteriorated or

is damaged or is otherwise, considered defective by the Engineer-In-Charge, shall not be used for


CORPORATION LTD.


construction and shall be removed from site immediately, failing which the Engineer-In-Charge shall be

at liberty to get the materials removed. The Contractor shall maintain an up to date accounts of receipt,

issue and balance of all materials issued by the Owner.

2) CEMENT

Cement shall be stored in easily countable stacks with consignment identification mark above ground

level in perfectly dry and watertight sheds. Bulk cement shall be stored in air tight containers. Cement

shall be stored in a manner so as to facilitate removal of first-in first-out basis. Any cement considered

defective by the Engineer-In-Charge shall not be used by the Contractor and shall be removed from the

site immediately. Cement that has been in store for six (6) months or more shall be tested for quality.

Should at any time the Engineer-In-Charge have reasons to consider that any cement is defective, then

irrespective of its origin, date of manufacture and manufacturer's test certificate, such cement shall be

tested immediately at the Contractor's cost at an approved laboratory and until the test results are

found satisfactory the cement shall not be used on any work. The Contractor is not entitled to any claim

of any nature of this account.

The cement issued to the contractor/procured by contractor shall be stored in a suitable weather tight

building and in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper inspection. The cement shall be

stored in such a manner as to prevent deterioration due to moisture and to minimize warehouse

deterioration. Cement of different types and brands shall be kept in separate storages.

All cement stored on the site by contractor shall be arranged in batches, and used in the same order as

received from the manufacturer/owner. The contractor shall maintain cement register in which all

entries shall be completed day to day showing the quantities received, date of receipt, source of

dispatch, type of cement, etc. and also the daily cement consumption on site. This register shall be

accessible to the Engineer-In-Charge for his verification as and when required.

3) AGGREGATES

Aggregates shall be stored in easily measurable stacks on brick soling or an equivalent platform so that

they do not come in contact with dirt, clay, grass or any other injurious substances at any stage.

Aggregate of different size shall be kept in different stacks. If so desired by the Engineer-In-Charge,

aggregate from different sources shall be stacked separately with proper care to prevent intermixing.

Any aggregate delivered at site in a wet condition or becoming wet at site due to rain or any other

means shall be kept in storage for at least twenty four (24) hours to obtain adequate drainage before it

is used for concreting or the water content of the mix must be suitably adjusted as directed by the

Engineer-In-Charge

The contractor shall at all times maintain at the site of work such quantities of aggregate as are

considered by the Engineer-In-Charge to be sufficient to ensure continuity of work. Each type and grade

of aggregate shall be stored (As described in IS: 4082) separately on hard firm ground having sufficient

slope to provide adequate drainage to rain water.

Any aggregate delivered to site in a wet condition or becoming wet at site due to rain shall be kept in

storage for at least 24 hours, to obtain adequate drainage, before it is used for concreting, or the water

content of mix must be suitably adjusted as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

4) BRICK

Brick shall be store such that so that they do not come in contact with dirt, clay, grass or any other

injurious substances at any stage.

5) REINFORCEMENT


CORPORATION LTD.


Reinforcement bars shall be stored off the ground and under cover if so desired by the Engineer-In-

Charge. If necessary, a coat of cement wash shall be given to bars to guard against rusting. Reinforcing

steel shall be stored consignment wise and diameter wise.

The steel reinforcement shall be stored in such a way as to avoid distortion and to prevent corrosion

and deterioration.

6) STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL AND FITTINGS

All steel, metal and fittings to be used for fabrication and erection shall be stored section wise and

lengthwise in separate stacks, off ground, so that they can be handled, inspected, measured and

accounted for easily at any time. If required by the Engineer-In-Charge, the materials may have to be

stored in a covered shed.

The steel reinforcement and structural steel shall be stored in such a way as to avoid and to prevent

deterioration and corrosion.

Mild steel or Medium or High Tensile steel deformed bars specified for reinforcement shall conform to

the latest relevant IS Specifications and shall be of tested quality under ISI Certification Scheme. The

reinforcement shall be free from any oil, foreign material or mill or rust scales.

7) PAINTS

Paints shall be stored under cover, in air-tight containers. Paints supplied in sealed containers shall be

used as soon as possible once the container is opened. Left over paints shall be kept in air-tight

containers

8) INSULATION MATERIAL

All insulation materials like bearing insulation blocks, restraint insulation blocks, glass wool, asbestos

ropes etc. shall be stored in packing boxes, under covered shed, avoiding their coming in contact with

objectionable matter.

9) FUEL STORAGE AREA

BIDDER shall obtain necessary permission from competent authorities and establish and operate a POL

outlet with proper storage, dispensing and adequate fire fighting facility.

4.0 TESTING

4.1 GENERAL

The Contractor shall carry out all sampling and testing in accordance with the relevant IS Specifications

and as supplemented herein, for the following items or any other item as may be required by the

Engineer-In-Charge unless otherwise specified in this specification. The Contractor shall get the

specimens tested in laboratory, approved by the Engineer-In-Charge and shall submit to him, the

original test results in triplicate, within seven days after the completion of the test.

Engineer-In-Charge may present himself while such tests are being carried out.

4.2 EXCAVATION

On completion of excavation, the dimensions of the pits will be checked as per the drawings after the

pits are completely dewatered the work will be accepted after all undercuts have been set right and all

over excavations filled back to required lines, levels and grades by placing ordinary concrete of 1:4:8

proportion and/or richer and/or by compacted earth, as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The choice

of grade of concrete will be a matter of unfettered discretion of the Engineer-In-Charge. Over

excavation of the sides will be made good by the Contractor while carrying out the back-filling. The

excavation work will be accepted after the above requirements are fulfilled and all temporary

approaches encroaching inside the required dimension of the excavation have been removed.


CORPORATION LTD.


4.3 BACK-FILLING

The degree of compaction shall be sufficient to achieve a dry density of not less than 90% of proctor's

dry density at optimum moisture content as per IS-2720 (Part - VII) or a relative density of 75% as per IS-

2720 (Part-XIV) as applicable depending on the nature of back filling material as stated in clause no.

3.7.2 of this specification. The work of back-filling will be accepted after the Engineer-In-Charge is

satisfied with the degree of compaction achieved.

4.4 QUALITY CONTROL TEST

Contractor shall establish and maintain quality control for different items or work and materials as may

be directed by the Engineer-In-Charge to assure compliance with contract requirement and submit to

the Engineer-In-Charge records of the same. The contractor shall submit all records and test results in

original to the Engineer-In-Charge for his approval, if so desired by him.

The quality control operation shall include but shall not be limited to the following items of work:

1) Cement: Test to satisfy relevant IS Specifications.

2) Aggregate: Physical, Chemical and mineralogical qualities, grading, moisture contents and

impurities

3) Water: Impurities Test

4) Reinforcement: Material tests of certificates to satisfy relevant IS Specification.

5) Structural Steel: Material tests or certificate to satisfy relevant IS Specification if supplied by the

Contractor.

6) Bricks: Compressive strength, water absorption. efflorescence, warpage.

4.5 CEMENT

Representative samples shall be taken as per the relevant IS Specification from each consignment of

Cement received from the Purchaser/Manufacturer/Supplier for carrying out the tests for fineness (by

hand sieving), setting time, compressive strength and soundness tests, and the Contractor shall carry

out the above tests as per relevant Indian Standard. If the cement is supplied by the Contractor the test

shall be carried out by him. The Contractor shall carry out any or all the tests on aggregates as may be

required by the Engineer-In-Charge, in accordance with IS: 2386 Parts-I to VIII. The acceptance criteria

of the samples tested shall be in accordance with the requirements of the relevant IS specifications.

The Engineer-In-Charge may reject cement which has deteriorated owing to inadequate protection from

moisture or due to intrusion of foreign matter or other causes. Any cement which is considered

defective by the Engineer-In-Charge shall not be used, and shall be promptly removed from the site of

the work by the contractor at his own expense.

Portland cement shall be as per the requirements laid down in IS: 269.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-In-Charge the manufacturer's certificate for each

consignment of cement procured if cement is supplied by him. If required by the Engineer-In-Charge,

representative samples shall be taken from each consignment and tests for fineness (by hand sieving),

setting time and compressive strengths as per IS:269 shall be carried out, free of charge by the

Contractor.

If the cement is procured by the Owner and issued to the Contractor, the Contractor shall satisfy himself

at the time of taking delivery that the quality, quantity and freshness of cement and up to the specified

standards. No complaint later on regarding the cement supplied by the Owner shall be entertained and

all rectification work on this account shall be done by the Contractor at his own cost.


CORPORATION LTD.


4.6 WATER

Sampling and testing of water being used for concrete works shall be carried out as per IS: 3550, by the

Contractor, at regular intervals and whenever directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The final acceptance

criterion in case of doubt shall be as per IS: 3025.

4.7 AGGREGATES

Coarse and fine aggregate and the grading shall be as per IS: 383. It shall be free from organic or clay

coatings and other impurities, flaky particles, and any other material liable to affect the strength,

durability or appearance of concrete. Washing of aggregates by approved means shall be carried out, if

desired by the Engineer-In-Charge. The Contractor shall carry out any or all the tests on aggregates as

may be required by the Engineer-In-Charge in accordance with IS: 2386. The acceptance criteria of

samples tested shall be in accordance with the requirements of relevant Indian Standards.

In case of doubt the Engineer-In-Charge may require the contractor to carry out tests, at the

contractor's expense, in accordance with: IS: 516 - Method of Tests for strengths of concrete; and IS:

2386- Methods of Test for Aggregates for concrete, which shall be carried by contractor without any

protest.

4.8 ADMIXTURE

AIR ENTRAINING AGENTS

Initially, before starting to use Air Entraining Agents, relationship between percentage of air entrained

and the cylinder tube crushing strength vis-a-vis quantity of Air Entraining Agents used for all types of

concrete will be established by the Contractor free of charge by carrying out sufficiently large number of

tests. After that, at regular intervals and whenever directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, the Contractor

will check up free of charge, the actual percentage of air entrained and corresponding curing strengths

to correlate with the earlier test results.

OTHER ADMIXTURE

Tests for establishing the various properties of any other admixtures which may be required to be

added shall be carried out by the Contractor free of charge to the Owner.

4.9 TESTING OF CONCRETE

The Contractor shall take cubes for works test as per requirement laid down in IS: 516 regularly from

the day's pour. The number of test cubes to be taken shall be as per IS: 456. The Engineer-In-Charge

may also use his discretion in deciding the rate of cubes to be taken. The acceptance criteria are to meet

the requirement of IS: 456. If the cube test results indicate that some portions of the work is below the

required strength, the Engineer-In-Charge may order demolition of that portion of work which is below

strength and ask the Contractor to rebuild, provided a satisfactory method of load testing is not

possible. Such testing or demolishing and rebuilding shall be carried out by the Contractor.

Normally, only compression tests shall be performed but the Engineer-In-Charge may require other

tests to be performed in accordance with IS: 516.

Sampling, making up, curing and testing of specimen will comply with IS: 456, IS: 516 and IS: 1199.

Unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer-In-Charge, frequency of works tests shall be as indicated

below. The criterion for acceptance shall be in accordance with IS: 456. Sampling procedure shall

generally conform to IS: 456. Sampling frequency for each 3 grade of concrete M15 and above shall be

six (6) cubes for each 50 Cmt or part thereof, or per day concreting volume, whichever is less. Out of

each set of six (6) cubes, three (3) cubes shall be tested at seven (7) days and the remaining three (3)

cubes at twenty eight (28) days. If there is a change in batch of cement, a separate set of samples


CORPORATION LTD.


consisting of six (6) cubes shall be taken for each batch. In case, the stripping time for shuttering needs

to be reduced or early age strength is required to be known in specific cases, the Contractor shall carry

out at short notice testing of cubes at one (1) day and three (3) days after accelerated curing as per

IS:9013. The required number of additional samples for the same shall also be taken.

To control the consistency of concrete from every mixing plant/machine, slump tests and/or

compacting factor tests as per IS:1199 shall be carried out by the Contractor every two hours or as

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge in addition to the slump measured when making test cubes.

4.10 LOAD TEST OF STRUCTURES

The Engineer-In-Charge may instruct for a load test to be carried out on any structure if in his opinion

such a test is deemed necessary for any of the following reasons:

1) The work site made concrete test-cube failing to attain the specified strength.

2) Suspected overloading during construction of the structure under review,

3) Shuttering being prematurely removed and not as per the specification.

4) The concrete is being improperly cured.

If the results of the load test be unsatisfactory, the Engineer-In-Charge may instruct the contractor to

demolish and reconstruct the structure or part thereof at the contractor's cost. The load test of

structures shall be carried out as per the relevant causes of IS: 456.

4.11 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF CONCRETE

Quality of concrete at the bottom level of the shell is of paramount importance for of the life of the

chimney. This is the most critical section of the chimney as per design requirement. Concreting in this

section is difficult due to the presence of large number of openings and consequent congestion of

reinforcement. Hence it is necessary to test concrete at the bottom portion of chimney, irrespective of

the method adopted for concreting, by non-destructive methods and institute necessary rectification

measures if required before concreting is allowed at higher levels.

The test shall be conducted at the portion of the shell extending from top of chimney raft to a height

above the soffit of breech equal to width of the breech. The test shall be conducted using Ultrasonic

Pulse Velocity method, generally conforming to IS 13311 (Part1) and as per instruction/interpretation

given in subsequent paragraphs. The Lump Sum price of the contract is deemed to provide for

conducting the above test through a reputed and experienced agency, approved by Owner/consultant,

institute any rectification measures as required, to improve the quality of the concrete in case quality

was found lacking, and re-conduct the test by the same agency, to the satisfaction of Owner/consultant.

Considering the criticality of this portion of shell, further concreting will be allowed only after

acceptance of this reach by Owner/consultant. No increase in period of construction will be entertained

on account of this test.

The UPV test shall be carried out by direct transmission ( Cross Probing) method specified in the IS

13311.The agency undertaking the work shall depute experienced operatives for the work along with a

full time supervising engineer who has minimum five years’ experience in carrying out UPV tests on

chimney using direct transmission system. All the equipment used shall be calibrated to the satisfaction

of Owner/consultant. Necessary platforms shall be erected both inside and outside the shell with

proper access ladders to permit periodic inspection by Owner/consultant. The surface of the shell inside

shall be divided into 500x500mm grids and the grids shall be marked on the concrete surfaces. The grids

shall then be radially transferred to the outside surfaces of the shell and grid point marked. This

procedure is to ensure that the point of transmission of pulse inside and the point of receiving pulse are

located radially in the correct orientation.


CORPORATION LTD.


Before commencing tests on the shell, the test cubes collected from concrete poured at various levels in

the test portion shall be collected and there location marked. These cubes shall then be subjected to

UPV tests and the velocity marked on the cube and tabulated. These values will indicate accuracy of

calibration of the equipment used. This will also later furnish comparison of velocity of concrete in the

laboratory and as concreted condition. These cubes shall now be subjected to cube tests. And the

results tabulated alongside with their pulse velocity.

Field test shall commence only when the concrete is at least 28 days old. The pulse velocity values shall

be mapped accurately on the developed inside view of the chimney shell with proper locating

orientation and levels. Contours shall be drawn for velocities 4500, 4000, 3500 and 3000 meters per

second for easy identification of the relative quality of concrete.

Measured velocities above 4000 m/sec are indicative of good quality concrete and hence acceptable.

Measured velocity between 3000m/sec and 4000 m/sec indicates presence of slight porosity in the form

of voids, cracks and in some places loss of integrity. These areas shall be pressure grouted using epoxy

or polymer grouts to ensure structural integrity and revised UPV test conducted for acceptance.

Measured velocities less than 3000 m/sec is indicative of poor concrete, may require remedial measures

such as chipping, micro concreting etc with grouting after the concrete has set. The acceptance criteria

specified in this clause is final and binding on the Bidder

A detailed report on the investigation shall be prepared by the specialist agency and the Bidder shall

submit the report for review and approval by Owner/consultant. The report shall indicate remedial

measure if any to be undertaken based on the concrete quality. Details of agency and material to be

used for repairs, along with the recommendation of the product manufacturers after the report is

accepted by Owner/consultant the Bidder shall carry out the repairs using the approved material,

through approved agency. UPV tests shall be repeated in zones of repaired concrete after a lapse of 28

days after the repair work. Repair work followed by UPV tests shall be repeated in the repaired zones,

till acceptable test results are obtained. These results shall be appropriately incorporated in the detailed

final report on testing and submitted to OWNER/CONSULTANT for his final acceptance and records.

If during slip form operation at higher levels if ‘dragging’ of concrete takes place the concreting

operation shall be immediately suspended. Proper inspection by UPV tests and rectification if any

required shall be carried out before proceeding further. In such cases the OWNER/CONSULTANT at his

discretion may permit indirect method (Surface Probe)

4.12 INSULATIONS

The insulating materials shall be tested for its stipulated characteristics and properties in accordance

with the latest editions of IS: 3144 and IS: 3346 and/or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

4.13 TEST REPORTS

Following Test Reports shall be furnished by the Contractor:

1) Mill Test Report for cement and reinforcing steel if the materials are supplied by the Contractor.

2) Inspection Report of bought out items.

3) Inspection Report of formwork and reinforcement, insulations etc.

4) Reports of tests of various material and concrete.

5) Radiographic tests on welded joints in steel flues.

6) Any other data or report or test result required by the relevant IS Specifications and if required

by the Engineer-In-Charge for satisfactory quality control of the workmanship.


CORPORATION LTD.


5.0 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED

5.1 WITH TENDER

Details of Equipment proposed to be used for excavation, back-filling and compaction have to be

submitted along with the tender.

1) Tender drawing

General arrangement drawing for RCC brick Flue Stack, incorporating all relevant dimensions, material

of construction of different parts, limits of scope of supply of electrical & mechanical works, limits of

civil works included, arrangement of ladders, platforms, lightning protection system, Aviation

obstruction lighting system.

2) Design basis report

3) Technical data sheet

4) Commercial bid

A write up on the sizing and constructional details of RCC chimney with sketch showing detail of

foundation, wind shield and brick liners, insulations, along with list of appurtenances.

List of software proposed to be used in various areas for analysis, design, drafting as well as project

monitoring along with their sources and validation report for software.

List of all SUB-CONTRACTORs including Engineering Consultant that the BIDDER proposed to employ, in

case the contract is awarded to him, indicating their addresses with telephone number, experience on

similar jobs, name, qualification and experience of persons who shall be employed in the job on behalf

of the sub-CONTRACTOR etc. shall be submitted to the OWNER/CONSULTANT. Only the Sub

CONTRACTOR, approved by the OWNER/CONSULTANT shall be engaged by the BIDDER on the job.

Details of quality control laboratory which will be set up at site with a list of testing equipment.

The following technical information is required with the tender:

1) Source and arrangement of processing of aggregates proposed to be adopted.

2) Type of plant and equipment proposed to be used.

3) Names of firms with which association is sought for to execute the special items of work

4) Types of formwork proposed to be used.

5) For insulating material, tests to be offered for inspection & tests for which test certificates will

be submitted.

6) Proposal for lifting of men and material in constructing the chimney.

The Bidder shall submit the following with his formal proposal besides the different

documents/information required under this specification.

5.2 AFTER AWARD

The following information and data including samples where necessary, shall be submitted by the

Contractor, progressively during the execution of the Contract.

Programme of Execution and requirement of Materials Within 30 days of the award of the Contract, the

Contractor will submit a Master Programme for completion of the work giving month wise requirement

of materials, particularly mentioning in details the materials which are to be supplied by the Owner and

for the procurement of which the help of the Owner is required as per the terms & conditions of the

Contract. In case the Contractor proposes to take on hire any machinery or tools and plants from the

Owner, the detailed phased out programme of such hire is also to be submitted.

The master programme may have to be reviewed and updated by the Contractor quarterly or at more

frequent intervals as may be directed by the Engineer-In-Charge depending on the exigencies of the


CORPORATION LTD.


work. Detailed day to day programme of every month is to be submitted by the Contractor before the

commencement of the month.

After award of the Contract the successful bidder shall submit the following for approval and adoption:

a) The Contractor shall submit a detailed programme of the work as proposed to be executed

giving completion dates of excavation of the various foundations and the time required for back-filling

and compaction after completing the foundation for structures. The programme should show how the

excavation and back-filling quantities will be balanced, minimising temporary stacking of spoils. It is to

be noted that the Engineer-In-Charge even after initial approval of the programme, may instruct to

enhance or retard the progress of work during the actual execution, in order to match with the progress

of foundations without attracting any claims from the Contractor. The initial programme being

submitted by the Contractor should have sufficient flexibility to take care of such reasonable variations.

b) The Contractor shall submit drawings showing details of slopes, shoring’s, approaches, sump

pits, dewatering lines, fencing etc. for approval of the Engineer-In-Charge for adoption.

1) QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAMME

The Contractor shall adopt suitable quality assurance Programme to ensure that equipment and

services under the scope of Contract, whether manufactured or performed within the Contractor's

works or at his sub- Contractor's premises or at the Owner's Site or at any other place of work are in

accordance with the specifications. Such Programme shall be outlined by the Contractor and shall be

finally accepted by the Owner/ authorized representative after discussion. The QA Programme shall be

generally in line with ISO-9001.

The following information and data including samples where necessary, shall be submitted by the

Contractor, progressively during the execution of the Contract.

2) PLANNING AND SCHEDULING

Bidder should furnish a brief statement indicating the planning & program and method of work to be

followed, for the approval of Owner / Consultant at the time of submitting Tender. This statement shall

include the following items:

a) Type and description of Slip-form equipment and its accessories.

b) Standby arrangements for equipment.

c) Design of scaffolding and staging.

d) Requirement and description of materials including admixtures to be used for construction.

e) Manpower planning, construction spaces required, standby arrangement.

f) Rate of Slip-forming.

g) Proposed workability requirement of concrete and type of cement & admixture to be used.

h) Description and frequency of dimensional and vertical checks, using precision survey

instruments including lasers.

i) Description and frequency of tests for concrete and raw material.

j) Quality assurance program and Safety Methods.

k) Methods preparing, transporting, pouring, vibrating and finishing concrete.

l) Method of curing and rectification of defects.

m) Planned interruption, if proposed and activities during planned interruption, Treatment of

construction joint.

n) Contingency solution for unplanned interruptions.

o) Time of completion.


CORPORATION LTD.


All modifications suggested by the CONSULTANT/ENGINEER to meet specification requirements and

sound engineering practice shall be incorporated by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the OWNER.

In this respect, the decision of the OWNER shall be binding on the CONTRACTOR. The CONSULTANT will

accord his approval only after the CONTRACTOR has incorporated in his fabrication drawings all

modifications required by the CONSULTANT.

Timely submission of fabrication drawings for structural steel works to the ENGINEER/CONSULTANT for

review is the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and postal or other delays as reason for late/no-

submission of fabrication drawings will not be entertained.

The owner reserves the right to order from time to time, during progress of the work, removal and re

execution of any work which is not in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge in accordance with the

specifications and drawings.

3) SAMPLES OF MATERIALS

Samples of all materials proposed to be used shall be submitted as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge,

in sufficient quantities, for approval. All samples shall be submitted well in advance of starting work at

site. Approved samples will be preserved by the Engineer-In-Charge for future reference. The approval

of the Engineer-In-Charge shall not, in any way, relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of supplying

material of specified quality.

4) DESIGN MIX

Design mix as per details of this specification giving proportions of ingredients, sources of aggregates

and cement along with accompanying test results of trial mixes as per relevant IS Specifications shall be

submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge, for his approval, before it can be used on the work.

5) DESIGN DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS

Following items shall be provided by the Contractor which are to be approved by the Owner and

Consultant.

a) Design Basis Report for chimney and flue ducts

b) Detail drawings and designs of form work including scaffolding to be used. If slip form method

of construction is adopted, then detail design and drawings showing all the arrangements for slip form

technique including methods for reducing internal diameter and providing required slopes on outer

diameter.

c) Detail drawings and bar bending schedules for concrete components.

d) Shop drawings for structural steel and metal work, including inserts etc. The Contractor shall

submit his proposal for testing site and shop joints provided in steel members.

e) Detail drawings for templates and temporary supports for embedments.

f) Category wise requirements of MS, tor and structural steel including GI flats of various sizes for

procurement.

g) Detailed drawing of hoisting arrangement for men and material satisfying statutory regulations

laid down for safety purpose.

The following drawings shall be submitted within a reasonable time after placement of order:

a) General arrangement of the RCC Stack, indicating all principal dimensions with all component.

b) General arrangement & details of stack elevator.

c) Electrical Drawings and Data as specified elsewhere in the specification.

d) Detail technical particulars of equipment and materials under the scope of this specification.

e) Drawings, Data and Calculation on Civil/structural works

a) Design Basis report.


CORPORATION LTD.


b) Design calculation of various parts.

c) Civil/Structural drawings for construction.

d) Fabrication drawings of all steel works.

e) Bar bending details for all reinforced concrete structures.

f) Insert details, anchor bolt details.

g) Detail erection & construction arrangement.

f) Report / Results of wind tunnel studies should also be submitted along with doc. / drawings

after winning the contract and commencing work.

g) Final painting schedule.

h) Other drawings & data as necessary

The Bidder shall submit design criteria, outlining his method of analysis, design parameters not

deviating from what is specified in this specification, allowable stresses not deviating from what is

specified in this specification, method and sequence of construction including staging, details of

proposed site testing facilities, etc., strictly as per specifications for the Owner/consultant 's review and

approval within 15 days from the date of work Order.

The Bidder shall submit his design/drawing submission schedule and a construction schedule within

21days of award of contract.

The Bidder shall submit, based on the approved design criteria, detailed working drawings/ design for

the foundation (with dowels for the shell), complete and detailed general arrangement drawing for the

Owner/consultant’s approval within 30 days from the date of purchase order letter of intent, whichever

is earlier. The remaining drawings shall be submitted in a progressive manner within six months from

the date of award of contract. These designs/drawings will be returned after the Consultant’s review

within one month from date of receipt by Consultant. No claims shall be entertained due to delay in

review of the Bidder’s drawing.

In case the Bidder adopts computerised designs, only validated computer programs shall be used for the

analysis and design. The computer output listing should include all input data covering the loads and

load combinations. The Bidder shall submit typical manual calculations in order to validate the

computer program / Spread sheets used for analysis / design.

Timely submission of design/drawings to the Consultant for review is the sole responsibility of the

Bidder and postal or other delays will not be entertained as reasons for late/non-submission of

design/drawings.

All modifications suggested by the Consultant to meet specification requirements and sound

engineering practice, shall be incorporated by the Bidder at no extra cost to the Owner. In this respect,

the decision of the Owner shall be binding on the Bidder. The Consultant will accord his approval only

after the Bidder has incorporated in his design/drawings all modifications required by the Consultant.

Any modifications/change in subsequent revisions of design/drawings shall be clearly marked and

identified with a revision for the Owner/consultant’s review/approval.

Construction of work shall commence only after the written approval of drawings by the Consultant.

However, the Consultant’s approval of the design/drawings shall not absolve the Bidder of his

responsibility for correctness of design, accuracy of dimensions, loadings, details, etc., or safety and

stability of the structure including foundations, accessories, appurtenances, etc.

The bidder has to support flue duct supporting columns by boiler vendor, from the chimney foundation.

The bidder shall distribute copies of design/drawings etc prepared by him as specified in the technical

specifications.


CORPORATION LTD.


The Bidder shall send one copy of all correspondence to Owner’s head office and site office. The cost of

these and that due to design/drawings submission as per distribution schedule specified above is

deemed to have included in quoted rate.

6) WIND TUNNEL STUDY

The wind pressure distribution on the shell assessed theoretically shall be confirmed with the help of

model tests in a wind tunnel. Conducting the wind tunnel studies shall be entrusted to a reputed and

experienced agency approved by Owner/Consultant. The agency selected should have successfully

carried out model study in a wind tunnel at least for five projects of similar size chimneys during last 5

years. Prior to conducting the model study, Bidders shall study the whole terrain and existing structures

in and around the proposed chimney and plant boundary which will have due effect on the response of

the chimney. Interferences of all adjacent topographical features, buildings, and other structures both

present proposed & future proposed which are likely to influence the wind load pattern on the shell

shall be considered in the wind tunnel study. The model tests shall be duly witnessed and approved by

the Owner/Consultant. The model test results shall be made available before submission of design and

drawing for approval. Expenses towards such wind tunnel study shall be borne by the successful bidder.

The scope of work under wind tunnel study covers the following

a) Submission of a detailed write-up describing procedures and details of various similitude

parameters to be followed for modeling, testing and prediction of behavior of the chimney from test

results.

b) Selection of the model scale for aero elastic and rigid components of the chimney and other

adjoining structures as applicable. Recommended model scale is 1: 250.

c) Simulation of boundary layer velocity profile in the wind tunnel.

d) Prediction of oscillation amplitude, Bending Moment and Shear Force distribution along the

chimney shell for various wind excitations.

e) Recommendation for aerodynamic treatment to control high amplitude. • Study interference

effect including wake-buffeting effects due to presence of Power house Building, cooling towers, Mill

bay, Boiler etc. as indicated in the plot plan

f) Intensification factor for wind due to interference effect.

g) Modeling criteria, Mass simulation, etc.

The tests shall be carried out on the model of the proposed chimneys considering without flues and

with flues conditions. In case, provision of strakes is recommended, tests shall also be carried out with

and without strakes along with above conditions separately.

MODELING CRITERIA

Based on principle of similitude, the important non-dimensional parameters relating the prototype and

the model shall be satisfied for the model study from the point of similitude requirements. A detail

write-up shall be furnished prior to the study describing the entire process of testing and method of

satisfying the various similitude conditions such that the responses of the prototype are determined

meaningfully from those of the model. The write-up shall include following minimum.

a) Wind tunnel size.

b) Modeling of atmospheric boundary layer.

c) Determination of mean velocity profile.

d) Details of scaled model of the chimney.

e) Details of scaled models of all other structures in close vicinity of chimney.

f) Evaluation of thickness of chimney model.


CORPORATION LTD.


g) Effect of Reynolds number.

h) Details of instrumentation used along with sketches indicating the locations where the

instrumentation is provided.

i) Details of strakes such as size, shape, number of helices etc.

j) Similarity study for the mass distribution and damping properties of the model and prototype.

TEST PROGRAMME

a) Model design

The recommended model scale is 1:250. Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) or Aluminium may be adopted as

material for fabrication of the aero elastic model considering its elastic properties besides being fairly

isotropic and homogeneous. The model shall be finalized based on General Arrangement drawing of the

chimney.

The mass distribution and damping properties should be matched with the prototype.

b) Wind and Terrain Simulation

The boundary layer wind velocity profile shall be generated following IS: 875 (Part. 3) - 1987 considering

power law exponent and terrain category. The surrounding structures shall be modeled to the same

scale as that of the model chimney using block models (rigid). An identical chimney within a distance of

200m shall also be considered in the terrain. The model of the surrounding structures shall be rotated

around the chimney so as to simulate the wind coming from different directions towards the chimney.

The wind incidence angle shall not be greater than 10o for each rotation from 0o to 360o.

c) Test Cases for Wind Tunnel Study

The wind tunnel study shall be conducted for the following cases. The test results shall be tabulated for

all the test cases mentioned below.

a) Isolated chimney without strakes and without flue liners.

b) Isolated chimney without strakes and with flue liners.

c) Isolated chimney with strakes and without flue liners.

d) Isolated chimney with strakes and with flue liners.

e) Chimney with interference, without strakes and without flue liners.

f) Chimney with interference, without strakes and with flue liners.

g) Chimney with interference, with strakes and without flue liners.

h) Chimney with interference, with strakes and with flue liners.

REPORT

Test results for all test cases as mentioned above shall be provided. The test report shall furnish the

most critical bending moments, shear forces, stresses, deflection, and peak tip deflection etc. on the

chimney at various levels along height of the chimney for the test cases indicated above.

The wind tunnel study report shall include the following as minimum:

a) The bending moments and shear forces at various levels for wind incidence angle of every 10o

(0o to 360o) and at every 10 m intervals for the entire chimney height

b) Correction factors, if any, to be applied on the computed along-wind and across-wind

responses.

c) Amplitude of displacement, both mean (static) and oscillatory components. d) Interference

factor/ proposed wind intensification to be considered in the design shall be recommended based on

Study of interference effect considering various wind directions.


CORPORATION LTD.


d) Recommendation of percentage of suppression due to strakes to be considered in the shell

design for the cases of shell alone condition with strakes, shell completed condition with strakes and

flue liners if strakes are proposed for the prototype.

e) Suggested arrangement of the strakes for the prototype based on the test results

f) Seven (7) copies of the report shall be submitted along with soft copies in CD.

NOTES: The response under wind load at any level to be used for design shall be the highest of the

following values:

a) As obtained for 3-sec gust wind, as per Eqn. (4)

b) As obtained for mean hourly wind, as per clause 15.3, Method 2

c) As obtained vide description in Cl.15.5(c), above.

d) Values obtained from Wind Tunnel studies



KACHCHH LIGNITE THERMAL POWER STATION, PANANDHRO, TA. LAKHPAT, DIST.

KACHCHH

DRAWINGS



Panandhro, Gujarat




Signature of Contractor Tender Drawings of 169

TENDER DRAWINGS

7) 410/T/DD-01 : PLOT PLAN

8) 410/T/DD-02 : CHIMNEY LOCATION PLAN

(Drawings provided in a separate packet)